Chasing The Dragon's Tail
Chasing The Dragon's Tail
'
CHASING THE DRAGON'S
TAIL
YOSHIO MANAKA
Yoshio Manaka
Kazuko Itaya
Stephen Birch
1995
/
Chasing the Dragon's Tail
The Theory and Practice of Acupuncture in the Work of Yoshio Manaka
Yoshio Manaka, Kazuko Itaya, Stephen Birch
Paradigm Publications
www.paradigm-pubs.com
Distributed by
Redwing Book Company
202 Bendix St
Taos, NM 887571
www.redwingbooks.com
/
DEDICATION
Dr.Yoshio Manaka died November 20th, 1989. Many mourned the loss of a
gentleman and a genius, a true Renaissance man. The manuscript for this text had
been approved in all but its printed form by that date. It has been particularly
difficult for those of us working on this book to break our tangible connection
with the master and get the book to press. Finally we have been able to make
this transition. We hope that our efforts have been worthwhile and we apologize
for the delays.
Shu Ha R i
PREFACE
/
vi Preface
Neither was this a merely theoretical edifice. Almost every aspect of the
model he proposed was based on clinical tests, observations, and years of success-
ful clinical practice, not merely his own, but that of a network of skillful and dedi-
cated workers many of whom were honored experts. Dr. Manaka's co-worker, Dr.
Kazuko Itaya, had taken these seeds and germinated her own original research and
undertaken years of dedicated research. In more than twenty years of work evi-
dence after evidence had been compiled. I knew that their work was significant; in
it lay answers to my questions.
I came to this work forewarned. I knew of my disposition to search for truth;
I was aware of my rational and irrational inclinations. I understood the phased
acquisition of knowledge. We move from one stone to another as we cross the
river of ignorance. But the work of Manaka and Itaya is more than just a stone in
the river. It is a significant island over which we cannot see, and the distance to its
furthest bank is as yet unkown. I believe the importance of their achievements is
multi-levelled, requiring careful examination. It is here that my work begins.
It is a great honor for me to work on this book. I hope that my journey of dis-
covery and daily clinical use of their ideas has made me capable of the task and
that my efforts will achieve at least two major goals:
- First, I hope that I can clearly and systematically organize and make acces-
sible their theoretical, experimental, and clinical materials. As we will see, this sys-
tematization is both a necessity and a travesty. I hope I have erred on the side of
necessity.
- Second, in the introduction, I would like to delineate some of the impor-
tant levels of Manaka and Itaya's work. There are crucial philosophical, method-
ological, and clinical issues that are ignored by most authors and researchers of
acupuncture. I believe that these are addressed by the work of Manaka and Itaya.
It is here that I would like to begin my examination and expressing my respect for
the junzi, :ft =f , for his ineffable kindness, wisdom, and wit.
In the garden of his home in Odawara, Dr. Manaka had a bust which he
sculpted of the famous English philospher, Bertrand Russell. In recognition of his
admiration for Russell, I offer a parallel between their work with this short quote
from Russell's later life:
I am in no degree ashamed of having changed my opinions. What physicist who
was active in 1900 would dream of boasting that his opinions had not changed?
Dr. Manaka's ideas have evolved continually. At the pinnacle of his life, his
ideas reached a level of refinement that could only come after many years of prac-
tice, research and study. It is only natural that ideas which seemed advanced in
the past, seem a little unrefined or unfinished today. This is a struggle that many
experience with their work. I see it as the mark of a true creative genius.
There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio, than is dreamt of in your phi-
losophy.
- William Shakespeare, Hamlet I:v, p. 166.
STEPHEN BIRCH
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I feel extremely fortunate to have been able to study with Dr. Yoshio Manaka.
It is not often that one meets a teacher who is truly gifted, talented, and generous. I
cannot thank Dr. Manaka enough for his great kindness, for extending his hospital-
ity and educating me at his hospital in Odawara in the summers of 1986 and 1988.
Nor can I thank him sufficiently for his enthusiasm, his warm support, and his con-
tinued generosity. I can only hope that my efforts in this work have gone some
way towards expressing my gratitude. I am profoundly grateful to his associate,
Dr. Kazuko Itaya, for her generosity, kindness, and support. Their work is truly
inspiring, and I hope it will now reach a wider audience.
My thanks must go to many others in Japan. In particular, Dr. Junya Manaka
and his wife Setsuko Manaka were very kind and helpful. The whole staff of the
Manaka Hospital also showed great consideration and patience with my bumbling
ways. Dr. Manaka's assistants, Morii-san, Okusada-san, Komiya-san, and Takumi-
san, were extremely thoughtful and generous of their time; in particular Hiromasa
Okusada-san. The two of us spent most of my evenings in Japan in 1986, as well as
several months here in Boston, in 1987, working together, translating, sharing
ideas, brainstorming. Without his support and his contributions, I probably could
not have completed my work on this book. I think he will go far in the field.
Last, but not least, I must thank my family and friends for supporting and
helping me. In particular, my wife Junko, for her invaluable assistance with trans-
lation, and for her constant understanding and support. I thank my father, who
helped me with research particulars and made important contributions; my moth-
er, sisters, and brother for their nurturing and patience. Thanks go to Bob Felt and
Martha Fielding for their unswerving support and friendship; to Nigel Wiseman,
Marty Feldman, and Mark Friedman for their suggestions; and to my patients for
teaching me about health and healing.
STEPHEN BIRCH
~~
INTRODUCTION
~
To fully understand the work of Yoshio Manaka, it is important to place it
in its wider context. If we examine the diversity of approaches and theories in
acupuncture, and the paradigmatic issues confronting the field, we can see clear-
ly that Manaka's research arose from knowing that for acupuncture to be accept-
ed in the West it would be necessary to explain the diversity of the field while
simultaneously bridging the traditional East Asian and Western scientific para-
digms. It is here that Manaka was uniquely qualified to make significant contri-
butions.
fifty years ago in Japan, and is now slowly emerging in the U.S. and Europe.
Another, the "Traditional Acupuncture" school, was first articulated in England
during the 1960's and then spread to the U.S. in the 1970's. Perhaps the most wide-
spread example can be found in the approach of the "Traditional Chinese
Medicine" (TCM) advocates who follow the ba gang bian zheng school which gained
popularity in China during the 1960's and spread to the U.S. and Europe in the
1970's and 1980's.
The historical developments of this system are quite interesting. The ba gang
bian zheng first surfaced in the early 1700's in a little known herbal treatise, gradu-
ally gaining popularity in the field of herbal medicine. It was incorporated into
the theoretical and diagnostic language of Chinese acupuncture in the 1960's,
during the turmoil of the early Mao years. Though the system itself used only the
language of traditional medicine, a concerted effort was made to present it in a
scientific and terminological framework that was acceptable to Western medical
standards. The language of the system remains technically that of traditional
medicine, i.e., the terms used are traditional terms (yin, yang, qi). Thus it is classi-
fied according to the definitions above as a "traditional approach." However,
because its creators actually intended it as a kind of scientific approach, it could
arguably be classed in the third approach described below, the "integrationist
approach."2
These schools of thought select from, and adhere conservatively to, variations
of the traditional theories described in the early Chinese medical classics. Qi, yin-
yang, five phase, channel and zang-fu theories, are the essential premises of the
medicine. They are derived from ancient texts that provide an inspirational validi-
ty, confirmed by more than two thousand years of clinical practice. These, I label
"traditional approaches."
In the second approach, anything not scientifically measurable (or already
measured), or anything couched in non-scientific language, relying on concepts
such as qi or channels, is dismissed as pseudoscience, or worse, metaphysics and
superstition. For the proponents of this approach, the only valid models of
acupuncture and East Asian medicine are those based in scientific study and obser-
vation that strictly adhere to scientific methodology. This approach is character-
ized by the dismissal or trivialization of concepts that do not easily relate to mod-
em ideas. For example, these systems often dismiss all acupoints that do not corre-
late with known neuroanatomical structures, or which cannot be related to trigger
or motor points that are already scientifically validated.3
This approach demands the dismissal of traditional methods of diagnosis and
patient assessment, such as radial pulse palpation, considered irreconcilable with
modern Western medical practice [ATP, 29]. I label these the "scientific"
approaches. Their proponents, including Mann, Baldry, and Ulett, consider "sci-
entific truths" to be determined only by the strict methodology that is the single
acceptable justification of medicine. This conceptual school has gathered adherents
parallel with the growth of the practice of acupuncture in the West, finding favor
among those who are unwilling to dismiss the clinical evidence that acupuncture
"does something," but who cannot accept a rationale based on traditional concepts
and measurements. Importantly, and to an extent rarely discussed, this hard sci-
ence approach actually accounts for a considerable body of Chinese work and is in
practice often found in works favored by the TCM school of thought.4 While the
traditional concepts are maintained, they are often defined in reductionistic terms.
The Chinese, for example, frequently label such things as qi, jing, shen, etc., under
the rubric "fundamental substances" in a quasi-scientific manner.s
Introduction xi
process of disease and healing that is regarded by some as important in health and
disease already impacts medical systems in their native countries. Hidden expecta-
tions and psychological attitudes can, of course, play a significant role in the heal-
ing process. Again, progress has been made, but even this investigation has only
just begun [FCM, xvii-xxxvii]. However, these too are essentially surface issues;
the most critical differences lie at the level of the Eastern and Western knowledge
paradigms.
In his Introduction to Fundamentals of Chinese Medicine, Ted Kaptchuk begins
to define this question, though he leaves it largely unanswered. He argues for the
integration of Western psychological and psychosomatic concepts into the
acupuncture and East Asian medical models so that practitioners may address the
greater emphasis on those issues in the West. While it is greatly to Kaptchuk's
credit that he has recognized and framed the issues, questions of emphasis in the
somatic and psychological origins of disease are at root philosophical and not soci-
ological. Until the underlying assumptions are examined and explored, the anthro-
pological and sociological issues remain isolated and unresolvable [FCM, xvii-
xxxvii].
The assumptions which support social, mental, and linguistic differences are
more significant. The conflict at this level gives rise to many of the surface con-
flicts, like a submerged leviathan that disturbs the surface of the sea. If we are to
make any headway in resolving these problems, we need to recognize that conflicts
are only useful when they engender negotiation, mutual acceptance, and a recogni-
tion of the need to strive for compromise. Refusal to examine these issues cannot
change the mutually exclusive standoff where the various schools of thought are
mired.
Compromise has been sought in several avenues, none of which have
resolved fundamental differences. The integrationist approach has evolved techni-
cal means for finding common ground and constructing a model that is at least
partially acceptable to both views. For sinologists and translators, the solution has
required avoiding the established terminology of any and all the schools so that
methods capable of distinguishing the subtle nuances of both the English and East
Asian languages could develop apart from the charged atmosphere of loyalty to
approach. For medical anthropologists, proffered solutions outline methods of
adapting medical systems so that they may recognize social and attitudinal differ-
ences.
These are all admirable approaches, representing honest and necessary
attempts to solve existing problems. Without the lessons of parallel and similarity
in the works of authors such as George Soulie de Morant and Yves Requena, the
field's source of study and imagination is impoverished. Without the linguistic pre-
cision of a translator such as Wiseman,B we are afloat on a sea of unspoken assump-
tions where both similarities and differences are lost to examination. Without the
anthropological insights and precise methods of an Unschuld,9 we have no means
of study or comparison. But, for the traditional and scientific practitioners, these
approaches cannot reconcile their differences. These two groups logically exclude
one another. Without a paradigmatic solution, the translational and anthropologi-
cal attempts of the integrationist approaches must ultimately fail to direct the course
of acculturation.
The compromise which we seek must do much more. It must address issues
and resolve conflicts at the most fundamental level. World views, the fundamental
assumptions and axioms of knowledge itself, must be examined. If we construct a
broader paradigmatic model and develop a language capable of embracing the
Introduction xiii
opposing viewpoints, we are then able to resolve conflicts and aid in the mutual
acceptance of Eastern and Western medicine.
As we shall see in Manaka's work, the theories of acupuncture and East Asian
medicine stand on the same theoretical ground with Western science. Apparent
conflicts exist because we ignore or refuse to acknowledge twentieth century sci-
ence itself, which has moved beyond the older Newtonian sciences that dominate
medicine and biology. Modem Western science shares premises with acupuncture
and East Asian medicine. This has been noted before [TaoP], but as yet has been
given little attention in science, acupuncture, or East Asian medicine. The parallels
and similarities are so strong that they can not be ignored.
Western science, Western methodology, and their offspring, Western medicine,
require a reinvestigation of their own roots in the nineteenth century. So too must
acupuncture and East Asian medicine reexamine their roots in earlier eras. The tradi-
tional schools of thought that depend on ancient classics, and the scientific schools of
thought whose rationale are inextricably tied to the assumptions of an earlier science,
share this responsibility. Because we must meet issues that cross the boundaries of
these disciplines, everything should be investigated. If similarities can give us a com-
mon language, we will possess a powerful tool for resolving both intertraditional and
interdisciplinary conflicts. However, let us remember, as Max Planck admirably stat-
ed:
A new scientific truth does not triumph by convincing its opponents and making
them see the light, but rather because its opponents eventually die and a new gen-
eration grows that is familiar with it
[SMR, ix-x].
The current political realities and power struggles may not surrender to a
common solution, but they will simply fade as the confluences of personal, finan-
cial, and intellectual interests age and are replaced. Nor will the development of
an embracing philosophical model magically resolve all conflicts. Yet the synthesis
and development of a new language and model, such as those Manaka offers in the
pages of this book, may well serve as a lighthouse to guide us away from the rocks
of exclusionary dissent, assured mutual discontent, and probable destruction. It
can protect us from unacceptable alterations of the medical system, what Kaptchuk
aptly termed "a mutant based on fantasy" [FCM, xxxvi].
Today both scientists and philosophers take ontological reduction for granted.
Vitalism is dead. Organisms are "nothing but" atoms, and that is that.
[SMR, 51].
It is also clear that the Eastern theories are non-dualistic in nature. No clear
distinction between mind and body and no separation of mind and body exists.lO
This is generally held to be true, although there are examples in the traditional lit-
erature where the reverse opinion is also held. This has led one author, in a thor-
ough analysis of the issue, to conclude:
What we have found is that this heterogeneous collection of early Chinese medical
writings reflects many still-evolving, ambiguous, even conflicting views on this
subject. Much of the evidence is in line with the basic perspective of a unified
body and mind; yet, not to be denied or overlooked, other important evidence
reveals that conceptions of the mind are at points definitely distinguishable, if not
sharply divided, from conceptions of the body. In other words, high-level general-
izations made in the past about Chinese approaches to the mind-body problem are
basically correct; but they do not go far enough.ll
While thus not altogether "correct," this view of the non-dualist nature of
acupuncture and East Asian medicine must be accounted for in a treatment of the
subject, all the more so since most of the literature supports this view.
Discussions in the medical literature clearly reflect this non-dualistic attitude.
It is typically said, for example, that anger will "injure" the gan (liver),12 yet if the
gan develops a problem, anger and irritability may result [ECA, 68; FCM, 236; EV,
256]. In modern medicine and biology, dualism is prevalent. Ever since Descartes'
famous "cogito ergo sum" ("I think therefore I am,"), the mind and body have been
studied and treated as separable and separate entities. The body is viewed as a
machine that can function independently of the mind [SMR, 24]. In the West this
has presented a considerable difficulty to medicine [SMR; TSM, 59p ], whereas in
acupuncture and East Asian medicine, Humpty Dumpty never fell from the wall
and no effort was required to put him back together again. No clear separation of
mind and body was made, thus there was no need to reassemble the parts [HD]. It
is significant that in the modern Western literature on acupuncture and East Asian
medicine, there is little reference to the non-dualistic nature of Chinese thought.l3
Introduction xv
describes the healthy dynamic systems. In this regard, the principal difficulty for
the traditional, the scientific, and the integrationist approaches to acupuncture
resides in the following question:
- How can we describe the non-dualist, non-reductionist and acausal med-
ical systems of acupuncture and East Asian medicine in the dualist, reductionist,
and causal language of the West, especially Western science and medicine? Indeed,
can we make such a description?15
Clearly, this is a problem for the scientific and the traditional approaches, but
it is particularly problematic for integrationist approaches where a reciprocity of
description is taken for granted. With their backs to the wall, the proponents of the
scientific approaches can always argue that there remains a logical possibility that
one day all the mechanisms of acupuncture and East Asian medicine will surren-
der their secrets to scientific methods [SMR, 138p]. But, as we will see, this too
runs into difficulty. With the advent of subatomic physics, relativity, and quantum
theories, twentieth century science overturned the basic assumptions of a dualist,
reductionist, and causal world that are implicit to modem medicine and the scien-
tific approaches to acupuncture and East Asian medicine. Thus, the question
applies for not only their approach to Eastern ideas, but to all Western science
itself. As a consequence, serious methodological questions arise.
The problems for the traditional approach are many-leveled. There are obvi-
ous scholarly and anthropological difficulties that must be addressed. As soon as
we translate acupuncture and East Asian medical literatures into our language, as
soon as we import these medicines with all their cultural underpinnings into
another culture, we meet this problem. The language and concepts we use in these
transitions contain implicitly all the paradigmatic assumptions of the new culture.
In the U.S. and Europe, these are essentially dualist, reductionist, and causal.
Thus in the Traditional Acupuncture schools of Britain and the U.S., an
emphasis on the "psychospiritual" components of disease has developed. This
does not accurately reflect the original acupuncture literature, because the distinc-
tion made could not have existed. The two terms, psychological and spiritual, can-
not be made whole as easily as they are combined to make the single term "psy-
chospiritual." This raises the question as to whether this particular school of
thought should be considered an integrationist adaptation rather than a traditional,
conservative movement. In a further confusion of conceptual terms, the school
places great emphasis on the diagnosis of a "causative factor" (CF), the single
underlying cause of disease. It is clear that this school must attend to at least the
dualist- non-dualist, causal- acausal dualities in its rationale.
In the traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) approach, the Chinese Marxist
reliance on empirical findings (i.e., what works), sacrifices methodology and theo-
ry. The logical view of TCM in the West lies somewhere between the non-reduc-
tionist, non-dualist, and acausal logic of the traditional literatures and the reduc-
tionist, dualist, causal logic of Western biomedicine. Much of the traditional litera-
ture is ignored as it cannot be made to fit the mold of empirical theories [FCM,
xxxii-xxxv; MCHI, 229p].
This is epitomized in the following statement, which presents an inherently
unacceptable position:
Retaining only the theories that have practical value will do no damage to the the-
oretical body of Chinese medicine. Indeed, it will help eliminate the constraints,
develop it further, and raise it to the standard of a modern medicine.
[FCM, 18].
Introduction xvii
This ignores correct scientific methodology to such an obvious extent that such
statements are more often than not deleted by Western translators whose views per-
mit such expurgations. The assumption that the clinical techniques utilized in
China today have no bearing on the outcome of clinical studies of systems and ideas
outside of the current Chinese model is simply and prototypically bad study design.
Applications of particular techniques are rooted in the theories that produce them.
It is poor inquiry to use those techniques for investigation of the practical value of
other systems and theories. These assumptions do not allow accurate judgments
about the practical value of a particular theory. To think that no damage is done to
the theoretical body of Chinese medicine is naive at best. By attempting to modern-
ize and Westernize its presentation, traditional Chinese medicine has created a con-
ceptual void. Without an acceptable methodology, it cannot be acceptably Western.
Using materialist and Marxist logic, it cannot be traditionally Eastem.16
Traditional systems must be able to explain themselves to the modem (and
Western) world. Logically, it is not acceptable to subsume ideas from both para-
digms, thereby attempting to create a new vision of the medicine, without address-
ing their fundamental contradictions. Nor is it logically acceptable to ignore these
fundamental questions by focusing instead on a plethora of clinical results. The issue
is not that acupuncture and East Asian medicine observably work (although this too
is an important question, sorely in need of appropriate resources and rigorous stud-
ies); it is rather, what consistent logical description can we make of what we observe?
A system which addresses and answers this paradigmatic conceptual ques-
tion stands on firmer ground. If it is possible to generate a larger world view that
sacrifices neither the conceptual integrity and ingenuity of the traditional theories
nor the conceptual richness of modem science, we will have a model capable of
carrying acupuncture and East Asian medicine successfully and globally into the
twenty-first century. Indeed, if this model is to be successful, it must mutually
embrace both paradigmatic systems [SSR].
Before examining and detailing such a model, one already in parallel devel-
opment for Western medicine, it is important to discuss those developments in the
physical sciences that demand the revolution in biological and medical thought. If
we ignore these developments, we will miss the most promising solutions to our
problems, and be consigned by the future to "the museum of medical oddities." If
anything is clear, it is that all the social, political, or intellectual schools of thought
now used to define acupuncture and East Asian medicine will be unable to meet
this challenge.
such systems are developing, with the outcome that rich vocabularies and models
with which to examine acupuncture and East Asian medicine are now available.
With Einstein's original formulations of the theory of relativity and the devel-
opment of quantum mechanics, the notion of a world reducible to its separate com-
ponents came under fire. In physics, at least, this concept met its end, but in the
life sciences, biology and medicine, for example, it still prevails. Foss and
Rothenberg, Dossey, Capra, and others argue for the need to update the life sci-
ences so that they come into line with these developments.
Probably the clearest and strongest theoretical and experimentally validated
expression of the non-reducible nature of the world can be seen in Bell's theorem
from the 1960's.17 Bell's theorem continues an argument begun by Einstein. He
shows that it is possible for any particle in the universe that has interacted with
another to afterward respond instantaneously to a change in the second particle,
regardless of the distances separating them. The implications of this are enormous.
At the very least, the reductionist program will no longer hold its ground. It is
possible, even probable, that all things in the universe are interacting with all other
things, all of the time. It is only in our imagination that they are separate:
This seems to imply that in some sense all these objects constitute an indivisible
whole.
[STM,100]
allowed for systematic examination and testing of traditional theories and practices,
something which is sadly missing in most current research. Manaka focused on the
demonstration of anomalies - phenomena not explained in the scientific paradigm -
and thus was able to achieve significant progress in the study of traditional concepts.
Manaka's model, still in its infancy, recognizes the following:
- Qi is difficult to measure and define. In the traditional literature it is an
important concept and can be modeled after the concept of information. It does
work and brings about (functional) change.
- Qi, information, flows through the body in organized patterns, through
pathways, generally the jingluo, the channel systems. Jingluo allow interpenetra-
tion of information from the superior to inferior, anterior to posterior, left to right,
exterior to interior, and vice versa. (This is most evident in Manaka's octahedral
model of the channel system.) It allows for the distribution of information
throughout the body.
- Jingluo, information channels, may represent biological structures or sys-
tems that developed early in evolution and through embryological development.
As such, it may be that they are regulated by simple rules and systems that have
been in existence before the development of more advanced and sophisticated reg-
ulation systems, like the nervous and hormonal systems. Yin-yang antagonisms
seem to define one such set of rules. The five-phase system seems to define anoth-
er set of rules and systems. These may represent primitive biological systems or
organizing principles that function in the global regulation and distribution of
information.
- Yin-yang and five-phase systems are operationally defined by signals.
These signals have a very low energy content, but high information content. These
signals can be changed or modified by applying appropriate low-energy signals to
loci, the xue or acupoints of the channels. Specific acupoints are receptor sites for
specific signal inputs; that is, they have yin-yang, five phase, and other characteris-
tics. Thus, very exact changes in the channels and flow of information can be
brought about with appropriate signals at the appropriate loci.
-Essentially, this information system upholds the known physiological sys-
tems as a more primitive regulatory system.
Ideas such as these have been alluded to by other authors, but not in such
depth and detail, and usually only as a theoretical modei.26 Manaka's models key
explicitly into methods of diagnosis and treatment thus representing a unique
combination of theory, research, and practice. It should be noted that each stage
and statement in the model is both theoretically justified by the traditional medical
literature and verified by clinical research and clinical efficacy. This can be said for
no other model. Dr. Manaka has called this the "X-signal system;" "X" because
the exact nature of the signals are usually not known. While Katsumata and I spec-
ulate on the possible nature of these signals (see appendices 4 and 6), it is interest-
ing to notice another parallel in structure. In the Dao De Jing of Lao Zi, the famous
first line states: "The dao that can be spoken of is not the eternal dao." Perhaps in
anticipation of future developments, Dr. Manaka has recognized the essentially
unknowable nature of the signals.
This model not only recognizes paradigmatic differences between Eastern
and Western world views, it also addresses significant epistemological prob-
lems. The methods by which we inquire into or gather knowledge about nature
-the decisions and judgments that sit behind what we will inquire about, how
we will inquire into it, and by what standards or guarantors we judge our
xxiv Introduction
inquiry as successful - are very important. John Ratcliffe from the University of
California at Berkeley has written an important paper relative to these issues.27 He
argues that the dichotomy between quantitative and qualitative research is false;
all research is essentially qualitative, since subjective judgments lie behind all the
facets of research:
All data are theory-, method-, and measurement-dependent. That is, 'jacts" are
determined by the theories and methods that generate their collection; indeed, the-
ories and methods create the facts.
This means that how the problem will be defined, which model(s) of inquiry will
be considered to be relevant to the problem as defined, where one shall look (and,
by implication where one shall not look) for evidence - and even what one shall
consider to be constitutive of evidence - are all determined by the paradigmatic
"map" or world view to which the scientist is committed.
Judgments made by the researcher determine what will constitute knowl-
edge. The guarantor of validity, that which is judged to be sufficient evidence,
determines the acceptability of observed data as fact. It is interesting to note that
these guarantors of validity have, over the centuries, gone through several evolu-
tionary steps. Ratcliffe notes that the first inquiry system establishing a guarantor
of validity was that of Liebniz, using the deductive system through which truth is
grasped by analytical deduction. This was followed by the Lockean system, the
inductive method, where truth is established through experience, that is, through
empirical content. This was followed by the third system, Kant's synthetic system,
where truth is established through a combination of the inductive and deductive
inquiry systems. Hegel's dialectical system is the fourth system. Here truth is seen
primarily as a function of conflict. This is a method that allows a further synthesis
of the earlier systems. The fifth and most recent inquiry system is that of Singer,
the relative inquiry system. This explicitly recognizes that assumptions, world
views, govern the knowledge gathering process, that truth does not exist indepen-
dent of the human mind. Thus, all truth is only true relative to the goals and objec-
tives of the inquirer and inquiry. Each of these inquiry methods have specific uses
today, being appropriate for tackling specific problems.28
Since traditional acupuncture, as well as we can determine, came with no
inquiry methodology that we know of, it is important to determine our own
methodology for investigating acupuncture and East Asian medicine. If we come
to the study of acupuncture with preconceptions of what it is, how it might work,
and with what methods it may be studied, we must also come with a considerable
knowledge of its theories and practices. If not, we limit the scope of our study
enormously and devalue whatever pronouncements our studies produce.
Virtually all acupuncture research falls short of these requirements, either because
the experimenter lacks knowledge, or because the inquiry methods applied to spe-
cific problems are inappropriate. This is not a reprimand, more a statement of fact.
Almost all researchers in the field have come to their studies with good intentions,
but almost none have asked the basic research questions. Since, as we have seen,
the traditional Chinese world view is similar to the emerging twentieth century
world view, the fifth inquiry method, the relative inquiry method, is most appro-
priate. This allows the theoretical components of the traditional theories to be
treated seriously by the inquirer.29 Unfortunately, this is rarely the case.
While Manaka did not use Ratcliffe's labels, he adopted a relative approach,
taking all theoretical concepts seriously until they were shown to be either wrong
or trivial. Further, he developed a flexible approach to his studies. This allowed
him to examine many components of the traditional systems.
Introduction xxv
NOTES
1 A comprehensive reference listing of citations and abbreviations appearing in this introduction
may be found following these notations.
2 Nathan Sivin has good discussions of this point: "One of the explicit aims of the Great
Proletarian Cultural Revolution became to produce a synthesis of the two systems [i.e., the traditional
and scientific] that would be fully scientific without being foreign or elitist." See Sivin, N., Traditional
Medicine in Contemporary China, Ann Arbor: Center for Chinese Studies, 1987, p. 19. See below for fur-
ther discussions of this point.
3 See for _example: Mann, F., Acupuncture: The Ancient Chinese Art of Healing and How it Works
Scientifically, New York: Vintage Books, 1973; Gunn, C.C. et al, "Acupuncture loci: A proposal for their
classification according to their relationship to known neural structures," Amer. Jour. Chin. Med. 4 (2):
183-195 (1976); and Ulett, G.A., Principles and Practice of Physiologic Acupuncture, St. Louis: Warren H.
Green Inc., 1982.
4 See for example: Han, J.S., The Neurochemical Basis of Pain Relief by Acupuncture, Published pri-
vately by the author at Beijing Medical University. See also the books of abstracts from China, e.g.,
Anon., National Symposia of Acupuncture and Moxibustion and Acupuncture Anesthesia, Beijing, China, June
1979.
5 For examples of this in English, see: Kaptchuk, T., The Web That Has No Weaver (chapter 2), and
The Essentials of Chinese Acupuncture, (p. 36). Nathan Sivin's translation of the Revised Outline of Chinese
Acupuncture, in his publication, Traditional Medicine in Contemporary China, renders perhaps the most
dil'ect expression of the modem Chinese opinion on this subject. This text states, for example, that
"Ch'i, blood (hsueh), ching, and the dispersed body fluids (chin-yeh) are the indispensable material foun-
dation of the body's vital activities"; and again, "Ch'i has two senses; one is physiological function or
motive force and the other is subtle, refined matter which has a nutritive function." Sivin is very aware
of the absurdity of this terminology - material foundation, refined matter, etc. He footnotes his own dis-
agreement: "This account, although typical of recent writing, differs considerably from the classical
understanding," and refers the reader to his discussion of the subject. See: Sivin, N. op.cit. p. 237.
6 Voll, Reinhold. "Twenty years of electroacupuncture diagnosis in Germany; a progress report,"
Amer. J. Acup. 3: 7-17 (1975); Voll, Reinhold, Special EAV issue, Amer. Jour. Acup. (1978). See also,
Nakatani, Y. and K. Yamashita, Ryodoraku Acupuncture, Tokyo: Ryodoraku Research Institute, 1977.
xxvi Introduction
7 See Nigel Wiseman's immense and important work, the Glossary of Chinese Medical Terms and
Acupoints. In addition, see Paul Unschuld's important contributions to the field, Medicine in Ch~n.a: A
History of Ideas; Medicine in China: Nan Ching: The Classic of Difficult Issues; and Approaches to Trad1tzonal
Chinese Medical Literature. Joseph Needham made some interesting early comments on the problem of
translation in East Asian medicine in his mid-1970's critique of Manfred Porkert's approach to the prob-
lem. See Needham, J., and Gwei-Djen Lu, "Problems of translation and modernisation of ancient
Chinese technical terms," Annals of Science 32:491-502 (1975).
8 See Wiseman's translations and works based on his translations, including Fundamentals of
Chinese Medicine, Fundamentals of Chinese Acupuncture, Grasping the Wind, Glossary of Chinese Medical
Terms, and Illustrated Chinese Materia Medica.
9 See Unschuld's numerous translations, including Medicine in China, A History of Ideas; Medicine
in China, the Nan-Ching Classic of Difficult Issues; Medicine in China, A History of Pharmaceutics; Medical
Ethics in China; and Forgotten Traditions in Ancient Chinese Medicine.
10 Good discussions of this can be found in the following articles: Ikemi, Y., and A. Ikemi, "An
oriental point of view in psychosomatic medicine," Advances 3:4 (Fall1986), pp. 150-157; and Shen, G.J.
"Study of mind-body effects and qigong in China." Advances 3:4 (Fall1986), pp. 134-142.
11 Chiu, Martha Li, Mind, Body, and Illness in a Chinese Medical Tradition, Ph.D. diss., 1986, p. 165.
12 See for example, Huang Di Nei Jing Su Wen, chapter 5; Essentials of Chinese Acupuncture, p.45.
Good discussions can be found in Shen, G.J .. "Study of mind-body effects and Qigong in China," op.cit.
13 Mention can be found in the Introduction of Acupuncture: A Comprehensive Text, p. 2. There is
a further reference to this idea - though less directly stated - in the Introduction to Fundamentals of
Chinese Medicine, pp. xxi-xxii in particular.
14 Unschuld, Paul, "The dual approach to healing in Chinese medicine: Ontological and func-
tional understandings of illness," lecture given at the New England School of Acupuncture, April 11,
1989. See also: Unschuld, Paul, "Traditional Chinese medicine: Some historical and epistemological
reflections," Soc. Sci. Med. 24:12 (1987), pp. 1023-29. More recently see, "Epistemological issues and
changing legitimation: Traditional Chinese medicine in the twentieth century," in Leslie, C., and A.
Young, Paths to Asian Medical Knowledge, Berkeley: University of California Press, 1992. Other authors
have drawn attention to the "mechanistic" and thus causal nature of many of the early medical specula-
tions. For an interesting and thorough discussion, see Epler, D.C., "Bloodletting in early Chinese medi-
cine and its relation to the origin of acupuncture," Bulletin of the History of Medicine 54 (1980), pp. 337-
367.
15 Questions like this have been asked by some authors, typically not in the primary acupunc-
ture literature, but rather in secondary literatures. See e.g., Aakster, C.W., "Concepts in alternative
medicine," Soc. Sci. Med. 22:2 (1986), pp. 265-273. See also, Patel, M.S., "Problems in the evaluation of
alternative medicine," Soc. Sci. Med. 25:6 (1987), pp. 669-678.
16 In the Essentials of Chinese Acupuncture (p. 11), yin and yang are described as a "naive concept
of materialism and dialectics." In Fundamentals of Chinese Medicine (p. 18), yin-yang and five-phase theo-
ries are described as being based on rudimentary dialectics and necessarily incomplete. In the Zhongyi
Mingci Shuyu Xuanshi (p. 1 p, p. 7 p), edited by the Chinese Medical Research Institute of the Guangdong
Chinese Medical School (People's Hygiene Publishing Company, 1973), yin-yang and the five phases
are described as primitive dialectical materialism. Perhaps the originators of yin-yang and five phase
theories did not have Marxist dialectics in mind. Historically, at least, it would be better to say that
Marx (albeit unintentionally) had Chinese philosophy in mind. Kaptchuk states the problem well in his
Introduction to the Fundamentals of Chinese Medicine, p. xxxiv-xxxv:
The self justification of East Asian medicine was taken outside of its own methodology. By
appealing to a combination of 19th century shallow positivism (i.e. "empirical practices of
the masses") and 20th century watered-down dialectical materialism (i.e., "yin-yang is a
rudimentary dialectic"), East Asian medicine ceased to be a coherent point of departure for
illness and health and became a corpus needing rescue from modern science. The tendency
that has existed for the last thirty years in China to be "interested in the empirical efficacy
of traditional practice, not in the traditional theoretical framework, which supported these
practices," reached full bloom . ... China's synthesis (which itself is always changing and
itself has been affected by Western questions and research) is the product of complex cultur-
al, historical and political forces.
17 For good discussions of this theorem see Dossey, Larry, Space, Time and Medicine, pp. 98-101,
and Capra, Fritjof, The Turning Point, pp. 83-85.
18 David Bohm, Wholeness and the Implicate Order. See also: Ken Wilber, ed. The Holographic
Paradigm and other Paradoxes.
Introduction xxvii
19 For good discussions of this see: Gleick, James, Chaos, Making a New Science; Prigogine, llya,
and Isabelle Stengers, Order out of Chaos; Davies, Paul, The Cosmic Blueprint; Mandelbrot, Benoit, The
Fractal Geometry of Nature; also Foss and Rothenberg, The Second Medical Revolution; and Dossey, Larry,
Space, Time and Medicine.
20 We are certainly not the first to draw attention to and use these parallels. The physicist Wing
Y. Pon, a native Chinese living and working in California, has developed models using exactly these
parallels. Some of his work was published privately, most is not yet published. See for example: Pon,
Wing Y., Journey into a Science of Reality I-III, San Jose: East West Institute for Sciences and Philosophy,
1978. His use of these recently developed conceptual frameworks is unparalleled in my knowledge.
21 Cunningham, A.J., "Information and health in the many levels of man: Toward a more com-
prehensive theory of health and disease," Advances 3:1 (1986), pp. 32-45.
22 Ibid.
23 Foss and Rothenberg make the most extensive and cogent argument regarding these develop-
ments and their necessary inclusion in the medical model. They develop the notion of "infomedicine,"
rather than biomedicine, which they see as necessarily containing all the restrictions of modem science
not grounded in twentieth century physics, where the infomedical model has none of these disadvan-
tages. This is discussed throughout the Second Medical Revolution. Many other authors have used simi-
lar models and analogies. See for example: Capra, Fritjof, The Turning Point, pp. 265-304; Cunningham,
A.J. "Information and the many levels of man: Toward a more comprehensive theory of health and dis-
ease," Advances 3:1 (1986), pp. 32-45; Engel, G.L., "How much longer must medicine's science be bound-
ed by a seventeenth century world view?" in K.L. White (ed.), The Task of Medicine, Menlo Park,
California: Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, 1988, pp. 113-136. For discussions of the biological
extensions of these models, see for example: Schoffeniels, E,. Anti-Chance; Brooks, D.R. and E.O. Wiley,
Evolution as Entropy. For interesting discussions of the origin of information, see: Gleick, James, Chaos,
Making a New Science, pp. 255-262.
24 See for example: Ikemi,Y. and A. Ikemi, "An Oriental point of view in psychosomatic medi-
cine." Advances 3:4, pp. 150-157, 1986. See also the works of Wing Y. Pon referenced above.
25 Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Acupuncture as intervention in the biological information system.
(Meridian treatment and the X-signal system)," Address given at the annual assembly of the Japan
Meridian Treatment Association, Tokyo, March 29-30, 1986. Published in English in the Journal of the
Acupuncture Society of New York 1:324, 9-18, 1994. In this paper he proposed that a low-energy signal
system comprises the essence of the theories and effects of acupuncture. He provided preliminary evi-
dence for this model from theoretical and experimental biology and his clinical research and practice.
26 For example, several Chinese researchers have concluded after extensive reviews of current
research that the channels must be a "higher and more complicated system" linking all other systems in
the body together. See Zhao Jianguo and Zhang Linying, "Review of the current status of acupuncture
and channel theory," Amer. Jour. Acup. 14:2 (1986), pp. 105-109. One Chinese researcher has proposed
that the channels function as a "third equilibrium system" which mediates between the body surface
and the viscera. See Meng Zhaowei, "The third equilibrium system-meridian system," Jour. Chin. Acup.
Moxib. 1:1-2 (1987), pp. 62-64. Other Chinese authors have proposed that the channels of acupuncture
function as a "latent information feedback network of the human body's regulating systems," where
information about the body's current state is conveyed by the channels between "special cells" that lie
along its path, producing general regulatory effects in the body. See Chong Jang Xia and Jia Rui Lin,
"A new kind of stimulator for dredging human body's channels," IEEE Eng. Med. & Bioi. Soc. lOth
Annual Int. Con. (1988), pp. 1250-1251.
Other authors and researchers from different parts of the world have arrived at similar conclu-
sions. William Tiller, in reviewing the literature and uses of electrodermal instruments, has drawn a
model showing how it might be possible for information about the state of function of the internal
organs to reflect to acupoints at the skin surface, and how information can be sent back from these
points to their corresponding organs to produce functional changes. These points at the surface
"become information access windows to the functioning state of specific organ and body systems." See
Tiller, William, "On the evolution of electrodermal diagnostic instruments," Jour. Adv. Med. 1:1 (1988),
pp. 43-72. Some researchers in Austria have specifically related the systems of acupuncture to "systems
theory" and proposed physiological models that match these theories. See Feigl, W. and E. Feigl, "The
pathophysiology of acupuncture: An abstract," Amer. Jour. Acup. 13:3 (1985), p. 280, originally from the
Deutsche Zeitschrift fur Akupunktur 28:2 (1985), pp. 36-40.
27 Ratcliffe, J.W., "Notions of validity in qualitative research methodology," Knowledge, Creation,
Diffusion, Utilization 5:2 (1983), pp. 147-167.
28 Ibid.
29 Ibid., p. 157.
xxviii Introduction
Terms such as jing luo, wu xing, jing jin, bu, xie, shi, xu, have been translated in
a variety of ways that depend on the viewpoints of various authors. ]ing luo are
variably translated. The first European attempt came from France where they were
translated as "meridians." Other common translations include "channels and col-
laterals," "channels and connecting channels," "conduits," "conduits and net-
work vessels." A brief study of the etymology and use of these terms showed that
they each capture some, but not all, of the meaning of the Chinese. For example,
the term "meridian" has implications associated with celestial movements, the
division of the heavens by invisible lines, and by extension, lines of force. The term
channel generally refers to some pathway along which fluid moves, and secondari-
ly has meanings such as "channels of information." The term conduit is not that
dissimilar to the term channel, except perhaps in being more specifically used.
Each of these words captures some of the connotations of jing luo. They have been
analogized to passageways of water as the qi flows through them, a fact confirmed
by the names of important acupoints. They are also insubstantial and nonvisible,
and define the surface of the body from top to bottom, section by section.
How to decide which term is most appropriate? Dr. Manaka used the term
"meridian" when speaking or writing in English because this was the word common-
ly used by the English speakers he first encountered. The term seems to imply some-
thing more subtle, less gross than a channel, which is usually something tangible with
a definite shape, depth, and size. "Meridian" implies a logical rather than physical
quality. However, the argument that information flows in channels is telling, particu-
larly since Manaka's work shows that the jing-luo are passageways for the flow of
something (e.g.: signals, information). Thus, I decided on the term "channel."
The term wu xing has been translated elsewhere as "five elements." While there
are some who still wish to justify a relationship to the Western ideas of elements, this
translation is now generally recognized to be less accurate than "phases." Phase
implies change and interaction, key features of this logical system, where element car-
ries with it the sense of immutability that is at the conceptual root. Manaka used the
term phases and his research seemed to show that the wu xing are something similar
to a phase. Manaka's own term, "isophasality" has been reserved for technical pre-
sentations of his ideas. Again, the practical value of an easily recognizable differen-
tiation between the classic term and the proffered theory is of some value.
The jing jin are more difficult; in the past they have been translated by
European authors as the "tendino-muscular" meridians or channels. Recently
they have been rendered as the "channel sinews" or "muscle meridians" or "con-
duits." The term jin seems to refer to anatomical structures that include the ten-
dons, ligaments, muscles, and all the other associated structures, such as nerves
and blood vessels. The term muscle is thus a limitation of scope. However, by
extension it does include other related structures. The term "sinew" is relatively
broad and encompasses all these structures. However, those who want a more
physical and less functional reference to musculature do object. "Sinews" refer to
the tendons in most medical dictionaries. The term "tendino-muscular" is interest-
ing, but limited. In anatomical literature the term one encounters is "musculo-
tendinous" not "tendino-muscular."
I used the term "channel sinew" for this text because of the following consid-
erations. First, Unschuld uses the term muscle with a footnote that defines this as
including the sinews; Needham takes note of the nature of the jing jin as being
neuro-muscular; Shibata argues that the term jin refers to the muscles and all their
associated structures, tendons, ligaments, nerves and blood vessels. Thus there is
good precedence among those who have offered a rationale.l
Glossary of Terminology xxxi
STEPHEN BIRCH
xxxii Glossary of Terminology
TERMINOLOGY
DISSIPATIVE STRUCTURE: This term was first coined by Ilya Prigogine, who
received a Nobel prize for his work on dissipative structures. It refers to a system's
use of entropy (see below) for maintenance and development. In a closed system,
order slowly breaks down and entropy ensues, but in the real world where open
systems are the rule, systems interact continuously with their environment. This
allows a continuous exchange of energy between the system and its environment,
which is believed to underlie the development of order in the system. This is most
clearly seen in systems that are far from equilibrium, i.e., that are on the brink of
chaos. In these states, systems show self-organizing properties that push the
system into a newly ordered state; they dissipate energy into the environment,
allowing order to develop with the energy remaining in the system.
"A dissipative structure evades the degenerative effects of the second law lf ther-
modynamics- see also below] by exporting entropy into its environment."
Dissipative structures interact and exchange with their environment. "In all
cases the system is driven from equilibrium by an external forcing agency, and
adopts a stable form by dissipating away any perturbations to its structure. Because
energy is continually dissipated, a dissipative structure will only survive so long as
it is supplied with energy (and perhaps matter too) by the environment."4
ENTROPY: In a broad sense, entropy refers to a state of disorder in a system.
The higher the entropy, the greater the disorder. The second law of thermodynamics
states that the entropy of a closed system will increase over time. In a narrower
sense, entropy is a measure of a system's unavailable energy. The more entropic a
system is, the less available energy there is in the system. Recent studies in chaos
have called the second law of thermodynamics into question, since it has been shown
that the state of chaos (disorder/entropy) contains within it the seeds of order, or
hidden orders. Chaotic systems can spontaneously give rise to ordered systems.S
HOLOGRAPHY - HOLOGRAM, HOLOGRAPHIC PARADIGM, HOLOMOVEMENT:
Holography is the study of three-dimensional images created using light waves
that interfere with each other. The image created is called a "hologram." An inter-
esting fact about holograms is that each portion of the hologram contains within it
an image of the whole hologram. This unusual feature has led a number of
researchers in various fields to speculate that holographic modeling may explain
how "holistic models" work. For example, the brain may use holographic model-
ing.6
The physicist David Bohm has gone much further in his modeling of nature.
He argues that the entire universe is a hologram. 7 This model has allowed him to
explain and resolve certain difficulties in experimental physics. The new model
that he (and others) have evolved is called the "holographic paradigm" (see below
for discussions of "paradigm.") The importance of this model is that it allows
descriptions of how non-local events can produce local changes and how local
events can produce non-local changes, that is, how every part of the universe com-
municates with all the other parts of the universe. The term "holomovement"
refers to that which carries the information specific to an "implicate order" (see
below) in an undivided and unbroken totality.
HOMEOSTATIC MECHANISMS- FIVE PHASE, YIN YANG INTERACTIONS: A homeo-
static mechanism is a mechanism that serves to restore an original state of a system.
In biological organisms homeostatic mechanisms are extremely important, since
most biological activities occur within very narrow biochemical and thermal limits.
Optimal biological activities are maintained when the homeostatic mechanisms are
Glossary of Terminology xxxiii
able to keep the internal environment within those limits. Any shift outside those
limits can lead to decreased biological activity and malfunction, that is, disease. In
the earlier chapters of this text we will show how many of the traditional Chinese
theories, such as the five phase and yin yang theories, are partially descriptive of
how the body regulates itself.
Yin yang interactions describe how antagonistic/syntagonistic parts of the
body regulate each other, or at least how those antagonistic/syntagonistic parts
can be utilized therapeutically to initiate such regulation. In the "octahedral
structure" (see below), the yin yang antagonistic halves of the body serve to regu-
late the overall distribution of qi around the body. When problems occur, treat-
ments can be given that activate these regulatory functions to restore a healthier
balance (e.g., the general distribution of qi around the body.) The five-phase inter-
actions also describe how different functional systems within the body regulate the
activities of other functional systems. If one phase goes out, the others function to
return it to its more normal state. Should this be insufficient, such that pathologies
occur, treatments may be devised to activate the phasal interactions, thus helping
the whole system restore a more normal state of balance. These two regulatory
mechanisms represent significant first line homeostatic mechanisms in the body.
{The nature of these phasal interactions and regulatory functions are analyzed
mathematically in appendix 5.)
INFORMATION- THEORY, SYSTEMS, FLOW: Information is a general term that
refers to both energy and matter. It occurs within organisms and between organ-
isms. In more general terms, it occurs within and between systems (see below); it
describes the interactions between parts and wholes, between systems.
Information theory is a theory that uses the concept of information to make broad
statements about the object of the theory.
"Information" is a complex concept that has been given various definitions in
such fields as thermodynamics, communications and probability theory. Generally
speaking, it is a measure of the order existing in a system - a certain degree of
order represents information - and it implies the deliberate selection of one event
out of a number of possibilities . ... Information is any pattern of events in time
and space. ... The form or structure of the body has informational content.B
In the sense of traditional physics, information is neither matter nor energy.
Rather, the concept of information brings into play the two older antipoles of mat-
ter - namely, form and consciousness. . . . One must take "probability" and
"information" as objective and, at the same time, as subject-related concepts.9
The term "information" and the informational view of nature are becoming
increasingly central in science and in medicine. Basically, use of the term "infor-
mation" allows descriptions of systems and the complex interactions within and
between systems, in such a way as to give more accurate descriptions of the
processes at work. It allows a logical description of nature in more comprehensive
or holistic terms, which is more in keeping with experimental physics than the sev-
enteenth century world view still prevalent in much of the scientific community.
Many in the medical community demand the full development of information the-
ory in medicine. The infomedical model is becoming more important as a replace-
ment for the traditional model.lO
IsoPHASALITY: This term was first coined by Dr. Manaka in relation to the
ancient Chinese theory of the five phases. Each phase is described as having a series
of (horizontal) interactions with each other phase, for example, the engendering and
restraining cycles. Within each phase numerous (vertical) correspondences are
described. For example, each phase has corresponding organs, channels, colors,
xxxiv Glossary of Terminology
sounds, tastes etc. In its broadest sense, the term "isophasal" refers to these verti-
cal sets of relationships or correspondences. In a narrower, more clinically orient-
ed sense, the term refers to a set of same (iso-) phenomena. For example, each
meridian has an "earth" acupoint on it. These earth acupoints are all isophasal to
each other. This means that they all manifest some similar characteristics. A spe-
cific signal produces the same response at all these acupoints but not other acu-
points. For example, the color yellow when applied to earth acupoints elicits the
same response from each meridian to which it is applied, but not at any other acu-
points. A technical definition of the term can be found in chapter six. The term is
occasionally used outside the field of acupuncture. (It does appear occasionally in
topological theories and models; see below for a brief discussion of the term
"topology.")
MAGNETIC POLES: In this text we use the terms "north magnetic pole" and
"south magnetic pole". We denote the north magnetic pole as a positive polarity
agent, and the south magnetic pole as a negative polarity agent. In the context of
our discussions, the north magnetic pole of a magnet is that pole of a magnet
which repels the points of a compass, while the south magnetic pole of a magnet is
that pole which attracts the point of a compass. This is based on the idea that the
geographic north pole of the earth is the geomagnetic south pole. If one is using
magnets that are denoted opposite to this definition, one would expect to see the
reverse reactions to those described in this text.
OCTAHEDRAL THEORY OF STRUCTURE-FUNCTION REGULATION: This theory was
first formulated by Dr. Manaka. It refers to the ancient yin-yang categorizations of
the body into antagonistic halves, for example inferior-superior, anterior-posteri-
or. Examples of this ancient categorization have appeared in medicine and biology
(see chapter five). Our own testing of the body also has shown these antagonistic
tendencies (again, see chapter five.) Clinical methods designed to take advantage
of these ideas have proven useful and have led us to formulate the theory that
there is a hidden structure or symmetry in the body that probably arose early in
evolutionary and embryological development. This structure is more a kind of
"structure-function" regulatory mechanism; e.g., in traditional terms, the circula-
tion and distribution of qi is regulated in part by this yin-yang, antagonistic-syn-
tagonistic structure.
ORDER- IMPLICATE ORDER, EXPLICATE ORDER: The term "order" has multiple
meanings. In this text, the term is used primarily to describe or refer to the state
and degree of structure of a system. The more "ordered" a system is, the greater
its internal structure and the more the functions or purposes of the system can be
realized. Entropy, disorder, or chaos refer to the breakdown of the structure of the
system. In most instances, diseases or pathological conditions could be character-
ized as a breakdown of the order of the system and an increase of the disorder of
the system. Order also implies a set of rules that govern the system's behavior.
Many times these rules are known, and can be described, in the terms of David
Bohm, as being of the "explicate order." Many times the rules are not apparent or
are unknown, or hidden. These can be described, again following David Bohm, as
being of the "implicate order." We have found, for example, that there are "hid-
den orders" in the body, hidden structures, which have functions that do not nor-
mally manifest, i.e., are not clearly apparent to us. In the octahedral structure
model (see above), we have found just such a hidden order, a structure hidden in
the body which seems to have important regulatory functions in the body (see
chapters three and five for details).
Glossary of Terminology xxxv
ENDNOTES
1 See for example, Paul Unschuld, Nan Ching: the Classic of Difficult Issues, p. 113; L. Gwei-Djen
and J. Needham, Celestial Lancets, p. 51. For a discussion of this issue and Shibata's ideas, see
Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, p. 149. This is reinforced by
Wiseman's note that he chose "sinew" to preserve the vagueness of jin in Chinese. In the medical liter-
ature the symptoms associated with the jing jin are mostly symptoms of muscle pain, muscle spasm,
muscle cramps. To exclude the term muscle from the translation might lead the English-speaking prac-
titioners away from the obvious clinical association . But, the jing jin not having been experimentally
investigated by Dr. Manaka left me with no choice. The reality that we do not know what, if anything,
is in these jing, or whether they may only represent projections of information, perhaps with the signa-
tures described by Williamson and Kaufman, Biomagnetism (op.cit) makes the term "channel sinew"
acceptable, since it is less rigidly material.
2 See for example Wiseman's immense work, Glossary of Terms in Chinese Medicine. For Paul
Unschuld's contributions, see for example, his Nan Ching: The Classic of Difficult Issues, and the proceed-
ings of the 1986 Symposium on translation methodologies and terminologies edited by Unschuld, in
Approaches to Traditional Chinese Medical Literature, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1989.
3 Davies, P., The Cosmic Blueprint, New York, Simon and Schuster, 1988, p. 85.
4 Ibid., p. 84. For good discussions of this concept, see: Prigogine, Ilya and Isabelle Stengers,
Order Out of Chaos, New York: Bantam Books, 1984.
5 For good discussions of these issues, see: James Gleick, Chaos, Making a New Science, New York:
Viking Penguin, 1987.
6 See for example, Wilber, Ken, The Holographic Paradigm and Other Paradoxes, Boulder:
Shambhala Publications, 1982.
7 See for example, David Bohm, Wholeness and the Implicate Order, London: Ark Paperbacks, 1980.
8 Cunningham, A.J., "Information and health in the many levels of man: Toward a more compre-
hensive theory of health and disease," Advances 3:1, pp. 32-45, 1986.
9 Carl Friedrich von Weizsacker, The Unity of Nature, 1980, quoted from Jahn, R.G. and B.J.
Dunne, Margins of Reality, San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1987, p. 298.
10 For good discussions of these issues in medicine, see: Lawrence Foss and Kenneth Rothenberg,
The Second Medical Revolution, Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1987. For more general discussions of
the applications and importance of the information theory model, see: Alastair Cunningham,
"Information and health in the many levels of man: Toward a more comprehensive theory of health and
disease," Advances 3:1, pp. 32-45, 1986. For more technical discussions and descriptions, see: Ernest
Schoffeniels, Anti-Chance, New York: Pergammon Press, 1976.
11 For good discussions of these concepts, see Capra, F., The Turning Point, New York: Bantam
Books, 1982; and Foss, L. and K. Rothenberg, The Second Medical Revolution.
12 Capra, F., The Turning Point, New York: Bantam Books, 1985, p. 266. In the systems model,
what passes back and forth between each interacting system or level is information (see above). Like
the use of information theory, systems theory allows descriptions of how a person, for example, inter-
acts with all internal and external systems, i.e., it allows an holistic description of the person.
DESIGNATION
I~
\
,..)
CHAPTER ONE
ACUPUNCTURE:
TRADITION AND TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
In ancient times people did not have the mechanisms for storage and trans-
mission of knowledge that we have today. Technology was not in the hands of a
few specialists, but in the hands of " doers," craftsmen and artisans. These crafts-
men and artisans practiced acupuncture and moxibustion and developed high lev-
els of expertise without the formal education that is emphasized today. They
amassed experiential knowledge and the know-how of important clinical methods,
passing their knowledge on in the classical texts. Using right-brain pattern recog-
nition more than left-brain analytic methods, they constructed sophisticated meth-
ods and systems that achieved clinical success without the appearance of the schol-
arly and coherent methodologies that are so important to us today.
4 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
There are Western scholars who claim that no Western scientific methods
were practiced in ancient China, that acupuncture and moxibustion are justified
only as folk medicines with traces of shamanism. Methods such as applying sim-
ple, naturalistic philosophies, and using theories such as yin-yang and five phases
to explain complex medical phenomena, are seen by such Westerners as thorough-
ly unscientific methodologies, inappropriate for the modern world. Yet the preva-
lence of this Western intellectual chauvinism is at odds with the facts. Many excel-
lent therapeutic systems were developed in China; many excellent methodologies
and technologies, among them the early use of magnets, compasses, gun powder,
and astronomical instruments, had their nascence in ancient China.2 At the time of
the European Middle Ages, at least twenty influential ideas and technologies had
been imported from China to the West, but only two had been exported to China.
Something of a paradox can be glimpsed between the historical facts and the
claims of some scholars.
We would hope that such evidence might encourage us to set aside haste in
judging the cultural legacies of others and in adapting them too abruptly to our
own cultures. We might discover that taking the theories and language of
acupuncture and moxibustion out of clinical context, and solely at face value, is not
highly useful. We might discover that without a broader appreciation of the rich
background and legacy of these medicines, it is all too easy to misinterpret them.
We must at least acknowledge the continued survival and success of these medi-
cines in the modern world.3 Not only has the practice of acupuncture and moxi-
bustion gained acceptance at the professional level, but these traditional therapies
have also made considerable gains in the medical delivery system.4
As acupuncture as a medical delivery system is transmitted from its ancient
Eastern origins to modern Western cultures, it is essential that we recognize and
understand the difficulties inherent in such transmission. For it is only by so doing
that we may be able to grasp the nature of acupuncture and moxibustion and
develop consistent and powerful clinical methods. By first recognizing these diffi-
culties and then developing strategies to address them, we may find that we are
not only able to clarify and verify many of the classical theories, we are - with
good research methodology - able to encounter phenomena not yet described and
develop new, more comprehensive theories and powerful clinical procedures that
are potentially more suitable to the modem world. By raising questions in a frame-
work broader than most other researchers use, and suggesting research methods,
we may be able to point the way to a more thoughtful approach to the study of
acupuncture and moxibustion.s
UNCLEAR TERMINOLOGY
Such a diversity and wealth of literature exist in the native languages of
China and Japan that sifting through the traditional ideas and clinical applications
requires the skills of scholars as much as the clinical insight of practitioners.
Archaic and classical Chinese create particular translational problems that require
specialized philological work. The classical texts described people, health, and dis-
ease using different terms than those familiar to us today. To compound this
obstacle, the general concepts described in these early texts are often rooted in clin-
ical experience and thus do not lend themselves to interpretation by intellectual
endeavor alone. Careful coordination and cooperative methods of translation are
required. Even given such coordination, perhaps we can never really know what
was meant by terms two thousand years old. Perhaps our modem languages and
experiences simply do not entertain equivalent concepts.
Acupuncture: Tradition and Transmission 5
Many use the arcane jargon of the old texts without really understanding its
meaning. This is particularly true because of the predominance of left-brain think-
ing and cognition in the modern world, and its broad application to all things.
However, we should recognize that the terms of these arcane jargons are often keys
that are essential to a deep understanding of acupuncture and moxibustion. They
require appropriate and reasonable methods of examination, analysis, and testing,
before they can be understood accurately and coherently. One day, as when
Champollion deciphered the Rosetta stone, a genius will decipher and explain
these key terms. When this happens many will be surprised by the immensity and
importance of this cultural legacy.
A good example of this conceptual and translational difficulty is the term qi,
#\, in Japanese ki. The Huang Di Nei Jing Su Wen is generally acknowledged to be
the primary extant text in the field of acupuncture and moxibustion. Of the more
than fifty thousand characters comprising this text, over eleven hundred (about
one in fifty characters) are the term qi. It is obvious that this term has considerable
significance. According to tradition, everything is composed of qi in one form or
another; all movement involves qi. There have been many translations of the term
by scholars and practitioners alike, all of which pose difficulties. We commonly
find translations such as "vital force," "vital energy," "life force," "energy,"
"breath," "spirits," "air," "pneuma," "influences," all of which represent some
specific aspect of the term, or a generalization of its concept, but rarely both.
In a modern Chinese dictionary, we can see that the term qi is given quite a
wide variety of meanings: "gas; air; breath; smell, odor; weather; airs, manner;
spirit, morale; to make angry, to get angry; bully, insult; [in Chinese medicine] vital
energy, energy of life." Obviously, the term is used in many different senses in
everyday language. Characterizing all these different meanings and nuances with
a single term or translation is difficult. Qi is expressed in personality and in emo-
tional context. In Japan, we greet people by asking how is their yuan qi: "0 genki
desu ka?" As practitioners, we treat people with our qi. Certain techniques of
breathing and gymnastics such as qi gong and tai ji build and master the qi. The
classical literatures of China and other East Asian countries provide many exam-
ples of simple expressions of the universal and encompassing nature of qi:
Heaven and Earth have correct qi;
its form is flexible and fluid.
In the lower parts it is in the rivers and mountains on earth;
In the upper parts it is in the sun and stars in the sky;
The human being is said to be overwhelmingly
and universally soaked in it.
- The zheng qi song of the Wen Tian Xiang, before 200 BC.
Life is the follower of death and death is the predecessor of life,
but who knows their cycles?
Man's life is due to the conglomeration of the qi,
and when they are dispersed, death occurs.
- Zhuang Zhou, in Science and Civilization in China II p.76.
In everyday language and context, the term qi in China and Japan has multi-
ple shades of meaning and uses, from classical to modern times. When a child
inherits characteristics of his or her parents, this is traditionally said to be the xian
tian qi, the "before heaven qi," or "prenatal qi." It is recognized that some form of
qi passes from parents to their offspring. In the twentieth century, we understand
this as details of the DNA, chromosomes, genes, etc. Likewise, when someone
catches a cold or flu, it was traditionally said to be an external pathogen, a xie qi,
such as cold, wind, damp, dryness, summerheat, or heat. Today we use theories
of bacteria and viruses. In ancient times, and still in the modern literature, these
6 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
and related phenomena all come under the general heading of qi in some adverse
form. It is evident that we cannot define clearly the term qi, but, as we will see, it
may be possible to suggest an understanding of its nature based on numerous clin-
ical experiences and researches. What is important in our attempts to clarify and
understand such terms is the nature and consistency of the research methodology
we use.
Qi poses particularly complex difficulties because it is essentially a qualitative
rather than quantitative concept. It is thus not open to simple quantitative method-
ology. But what of quantitative terms? Are they more readily resolved? The term
cun for example, loosely translated as "body division" or "body inch," is clearly a
quantitative term. Yet similar problems arise with this term. According to the tra-
ditional literature, the term cun refers to some distance on the body surface that is
different in each body area, and different according to each individual. But in the
descriptions of each acupoint, the needle depths for insertion are also given in cun.
Little or no indication is given as to which length of cun is meant for each point. It
appears that there must be some acceptable standard length for this cun. For
Westerners and Asians, the actual length of the cun will vary, because, for the most
part, Westerners are taller and of larger body build. Should there be one standard
for Asians and another for Westerners? Researchers who have tried to answer this
and related questions come to quite different answers. The standard distance of
one cun in Japan is now 3.3 em, but other estimates vary from 2 em to 3 cm.6 In
China, attempts at standardization of the cun have also been made. One study
states, for example, that one cun is 22.3 +/- 0.14 mm? These ranges in length are
quite different. How do we resolve this problem? Perhaps the relative definition is
best, because it depends on the body area and individual differences. But to the
scientific mind, this is not a happy solution. A quantifiable standard is much more
acceptable.
Translation of the "organs," the zang fu, is also particularly difficult. The
original terms and their modem English equivalents can be seen in the following
table:
We all know that the traditional Chinese terms refer only partly to the physi-
cal organs and their physiological functions, those described by Western anatomi-
cal labeling. The traditional terms also refer to functions not described by Western
science. This translational problem is particularly difficult for the xin zhu/xin bao
luo, the san jiao, and pi. It is far from clear that there is even a functional equivalent
Acupuncture: Tradition and Transmission 7
for the san jiao in the Western literature. The xin zhu/xin baa Iuo is not always seen
as the.~ericardium, as_H has other functions clearly not related to the pericardium.
The _Pt. mvolves what m Western terms may be described as pancreatic functions,
but 1t 1s commonly seen as the spleen, which has none of the digestive functions of
the pi.
There are approximate functional equivalents for the other organs, but for
these three, it is hard to see such near equivalence. What is the best way to trans-
late these terms? To a Western-trained doctor, rendering the standard anatomical
references can be misleading. But the terms must be translated and those seen in
the preceding table, which are in common use, can be at best only approximations,
carrying with them many cultural biases. Such problems must of necessity be rec-
ognized as unresolvable, at least until some creative individual invents a reason-
able methodology for comprehensive understanding.
INCONSISTENT TERMINOLOGY
A particularly difficult problem with which we must contend when dealing
with the literature of acupuncture, and more broadly East Asian or Oriental medi-
cine, is the inconsistent use of the same terms by different authors, in different
books, in different periods. Often the same terms are used by different authors at
different times to mean different things. This has created great confusion and con-
siderable difficulty for translators.
For example, the terms shao yang, tai yang, yang ming, tai yin, shao yin, and jue
yin, when found in the classical acupuncture texts (the Su Wen, Ling Shu, Nan Jing),
primarily referred to the pairs of arm and leg yang or yin channels, being a sixfold
pairing of the twelve channels. In the herbal literature, especially in the Shang Han
Lun, the terms referred more to the stages of progression of disease and the degree
of penetration into the body of pathogens. In even earlier pre-medical texts, the
terms referred to six periods of the year of sixty days each.s These multiple uses
have created considerable difficulty and confusion.
Other examples abound. For instance, the use of the terms bu (supplementa-
tion or tonification) and xie (drainage or dispersion) raise many interesting ques-
tions and difficulties. The term bu generally is understood to mean the supplemen-
tation or replenishment of vacancies or insufficiencies, where xie means the rid-
ding, draining, or breaking down of repletions or fullnesses. But there are a
greater number of ideas about how these goals should be achieved, some of which
are obviously unclear.
In massage therapy, massaging with the flow of the channel is said to be sup-
plementing, while massaging against the flow of the channel is said to be draining.
Yet, if KI-ll- a reflex point for the bladder channel- is sore, applying a light,
stroking massage, following the directional flow of the bladder channel down the
legs, will eliminate the pressure pain on this point. By stroking in the opposite
direction, we can cause the pressure pain to return. Thinking in terms of supple-
mentation or drainage in a case like this might be inappropriate. These same phe-
nomena would occur regardless of whether the pressure pain on KI-ll is a sign of
bladder repletion or vacuity. Instead, we need to redefine the terms clearly, or per-
haps to not use them at all in this context.
The herbal tradition describes the use of supplementation (bu) and drainage
(xie), but sometimes with opposite meaning to their use in acupuncture and moxi-
bustion. For instance, earlier this century, the Japanese herbalist Yumoto Kyushin
defined pulmonary tuberculosis as a febrile disease and prohibited the use of moxa
to treat it- because of the supplementing and warming effects of moxa. Yet,
8 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
famous moxibustionists such as Takeshi Sawada and Bunshi Shiroda took great
exception to this idea. They had unusually go?d results treatin? ~ulmonary ~ber
culosis using only moxa. How do we recone1le these contradictions? Cons1stent
research methodologies might help to resolve these difficulties.
In the classical texts the following techniques were all seen to be important
methods of supplementation and drainage:
1. The use of inhalations and exhalations
2. Needling against or following the flow of the channel.
3. The selection of specific points.
4. The use of finger pressure.
5. The use of slow and quick techniques.
6. The choice of moxa or needles.
7. The depth of insertion of needle.
8. Blowing or not blowing on the burning moxa.
Many contradictions and problems can be discovered when using these various
techniques. For example, the classic notion of the supplementing point and drain-
ing point can be contradicted. In our research, we have found that these points can
produce the same effects depending on how we stimulate or influence them. We
have devised powerful clinical methods based on their simultaneous use.
Another interesting example of textual inconsistencies can be found in the
numerous interpretations of radial pulse diagnosis. In the following table, while it
can be seen that most texts share a general agreement over the guan or "bar" posi-
tion and the cun or "inch" position, it is equally evident that the chi or "foot"
position of the radial pulse is different in virtually all cases. This poses consider-
able difficulty in diagnostic consistency and is one reason why numerous other
diagnostic techniques have arisen to help confirm, or deny, what is felt in the
pulse.
If we study the table on the following page, we can see various interpreta-
tions of the three positions of the radial pulses on the left (L) and right (R) arms in
the superficial (yang) and deep (yin) positions.9 Many interpretations other than
these eight can be found, as can different translations of the same passages, but we
can clearly see differences in these samples.
There are many more examples of confusion or inconsistency in the literature.
Some may have stemmed from the widespread use of simple mnemonic rhymes.
When they were written, they may have served as useful learning devices for stu-
dents who were almost always clinical apprentices as well. Today these rhymes
are often confusing and difficult to understand, and have contributed to irregular
translation.
Other unclarities may have arisen through attempts to simplify the literature,
especially the introduction of simple formulary approaches. Such approaches were
likely invaluable for the study of acupuncture, particularly for beginning students
who could thereby obtain reasonable results quickly. However, as diminishing
attention was given to the more traditional concepts of restoring balance and har-
monizing the whole body (a concept, as we will see, that is essential to the practice
of acupuncture), more information became lost. Further, many such formularies
were given simplified explanations. Over generations, this approach lead to the
creation of treatment strategies based on reduced information; understanding
became more difficult.
Acupuncture: Tradition and Transmission 9
EXPERIENTIAL ADAPTATIONS
In both historical and modem times, the practice of acupuncture has involved
employment of differing treatment levels or differing treatment targets. Some
focus only on the patient's symptoms and apply needles with the intention of alle-
viating or ameliorating those symptoms. (A common form of this therapy is shi?~
ki ryoho or stimulation therapy.) Others focus on the state of the flow of the qt m
the meridians or channels, and apply needles to correct the flow of qi. (A common
form of this therapy is keiraku chiryo or channel therapy.) Still others adopt some
middle ground between these two and combine both aspects in treatment.
Significant variations in approach and teaching methods are the result of
these different focuses. As a result, studying acupuncture and moxibustion can be
difficult and confusing for the beginner. Recognizing this, many translations,
schools, and traditions within the field of acupuncture and moxibustion simplified
the techniques for study and for teaching so that the student might learn more easi-
ly. (A good example of this process is the barefoot doctor training in China.)
These simplifications tried to reduce and rationalize major parts of the field into a
single coherent system. Though helpful at face value, over time many useful con-
cepts were ignored or simplified to the point of inaccuracy. This is clearly seen in
the T.C.M. system most popular today, the bagang bianzheng, where essential com-
ponents of channel theory, as well as structural, five-phase, and biorhythmic con-
cepts are ignored or simplified to mere aphorisms. It is fine to do this; within the
delivery system established in China it is effective and useful. For the beginner, or
those whose place in the system will be essentially paramedical, the approach is
satisfactory. Yet when examined in detail this system creates basic problems. For
example, the popular notion that an acupoint has specific, defined effects, a key
concept in this system, disintegrates quickly when we raise the question as to how
specific effects were defined and what tests determined their validity.
We must also address the fact that the functions of acupoints can vary from
patient to patient. Changes occur in the points based on daily biorhythms, biologi-
cal changes, changes following infection,lO surgery, etc. If we ask what points are
good for asthma we may be able to list a few that will produce a 50-60% success
rate with asthmatic patients. But what of the other 40-50%? These same acupoints
do not have the same characteristics. This may be an easy way for students to
study acupuncture and moxibustion, but in a clinical setting it rapidly becomes
limiting and overly complicated. When there are many points said to be good for a
given condition, how do we select the ones to use? What parameters are used in
the decision process? The more parameters, the more complex and difficult the
decision becomes. Yet, the more simplistic the criteria, the lower the rate of treat-
ment success. The clinician with many years experience can decide with ease
which points to use, but how does the beginner decide?
Many years ago I treated a patient who had a twenty-year history of asthma.
I treated her asthma by burning moxa at CV-22 (at the center of the jugular fossa).
This completely eliminated her symptoms. It was more than twenty years before I
heard from this patient again. She was only beginning to experience a return of
her asthma; apparently, that single treatment had eliminated her chronic asthma
completely! Because of this experience should I conclude that burning moxa on
CV-22 is effective for asthma?
Likewise, many years ago I was treating a difficult and stubborn case of
trigeminal neuralgia. Various forms of therapy had so far been helpful, but only
with short-lived success. Since I was researching and studying the eight extraordi-
nary vessels at the time, I decided to try the extraordinary vessel confluence-jiaohui
Acupuncture: Tradition and Transmission 11
points, SI-3 and BL-62, with TB-5 and GB-41, using silver and gold needles shal-
lowly inserted on the side of the body opposite to the pain. This completely elimi-
nated the pain! Should I then have concluded that this was the treatment of choice
for trigeminal neuralgia?
The interesting questions about these case studies are more to do with
methodology. The problems exist at three basic levels. First, at what level of use
and experience should an observed clinical effect be incorporated into the body of
clinical literature? That is, at what point can we say that moxa at CV-22 is good for
asthma, or that gold and silver needles at the yang wei mai and yang qiao mai effec-
tively treat trigeminal neuralgia? Second, how are such effects differentiated with-
in the corpus of clinical literature and when is it acceptable for such observations to
submit to experiential adaptation? That is, how do we determine when and how to
use these treatments? Third, who is qualified to make such decisions and what is
th~ appropriate methodology for making them? This last question is bound to be
culturally and historically dependent. The way such findings may be interpreted
in modem China or modem Japan will be quite different, depending on the theo-
retical perspectives of the interpreter.
Let us imagine that it is nearly four hundred years ago in China and I am a
good friend of Yang Ji-Zhou, the author of the Zhen Jiu Da Cheng. Because of this,
he might have included these treatments in his text of 1601, despite the limited
experience of my two cases. Today, almost four hundred years later, practitioners
and students reading his text will place enormous trust in my results because they
were included in this great and revered text, and because my friend's reputation in
later centuries is excellent. Is this a sufficient criteria for making general proclama-
tions about the treatment of asthma and trigeminal neuralgia?
What if these treatments were to go through the mill of heuristic adaptation
and later authors transmitted my results by saying only that CV-22 is good for
asthma, or TB-5 is good for trigeminal neuralgia, without including the method I
used (moxa) or the theory of the extraordinary vessels? What if translators then
simplified the terms with which I diagnosed these conditions? Would these points
reliably produce the desired results or would there be only a statistical percentage
of patients who were helped?
These are particularly difficult questions because methodology is something
remarkably lacking in traditional literature. Simplifying the accretion of therapeu-
tic effects observed over the centuries into a list of functions is useful for the begin-
ner. But who sifted through the literature? What standards and models did they
apply to interpret it? What assumptions did the compilers and translators bring to
their work?
We have no simple answers to these questions, but we have at least tried to
address them by devising methodologies appropriate to the ideas. Because of the
great diversity of information that has developed over the centuries, we have
found that generally it is better to have a more flexible model and method. Even
within the lifetime of a single practitioner, many changes of theory and practice
can occur. Imagine how much more complex this is with thousands of practition-
ers. In modem practice we often see such changes; a particular practitioner may
develop a specific methodology that yields a model changing over time.
Dr. Paul Nogier, the founder of auriculotherapy, first defined very specific
points and areas in the ear with specific point recipes for each disease. But now,
after many years of practice, he has found that there are three overlaying maps
which may be active simultaneously.ll He has a rather complex method for using
these findings, but for the beginner and general clinician he simply recommends
12 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
auriculotherapy using pressure pain points in the ears. This initial approach is
easy for the student to learn because of a clear methodology and systematization.
However, as the clinical findings and theories become more complex, they are
more difficult for the beginning student to grasp. The second approach, the
approach of auriculomedicine, is difficult for the student to learn, and is perhaps
only really comprehensible to clinicians, as it is more experiential and less intellec-
tual.
As clinical practitioners develop more expertise, their techniques and strate-
gies often evolve, leading to quite different approaches. This is necessary for both
individual and general growth, but is typically not within the grasp of students.
Hence students are generally exposed to a systematized approach that tries to side-
step these issues. But, just as in a game of chess or in a fencing match, the players
must modify their techniques based on their opponent's reaction, in medicine, the
practitioner must do the same based on the response of the patient. Often the sim-
plified systematic approaches that beginners learn are not sufficiently flexible to
allow for such modifications. What is important is the need for, and utilization of,
a creative and consistent research methodology and methods of assessing the
effects of treatment. We can take nothing at face value because without clinical
tests and confirmation, we have no real idea of what these simplifications mean.
RESEARCH DIFFICULTIES
In recent years much scientific research has been done on the nature and
mechanisms of acupuncture and moxibustion. While this is laudable, it often
leaves unanswered questions as to what the classical acupuncturists were doing. A
major focus of this research has been the neurological effects of acupuncture, but
this is really only one part of what happens during therapy. The effects of treat-
ment are complex and entwined. Some are hidden and hard to measure. Yet as we
hope to demonstrate, these minute signals and responses are probably the most
important occurrences and the ones most closely allied to classical theory and prac-
tice.
Many scientific researchers in acupuncture tend to take a narrow perspective
in their research, unfortunately neglecting the larger picture and losing sight of the
general significance and effects of acupuncture. Such a perspective also creates
poor clinical research and practice. This was evidenced in a recent symposium of
the Society of Japanese Acupuncturists and Moxibustionists on the systematization
of the diagnosis and treatment of lumbar problems. Instead of looking systemical-
ly at lumbar problems, it focused only on the diagnosis and treatment of the lum-
bar region. While this may be a good "scientific" approach, this simplistic, reduc-
tionist approach can only fail to achieve a complete understanding.
This method ignores the simple clinical reality that we are frequently able to
treat lumbar problems without touching the lumbar region. Unfortunately, mod-
em scientific researchers and acupuncturists scorn traditional theories (channel
theory, five-phase theory, etc.). This may be simply the result of their inability to
devise suitable tests or to develop equipment sensitive enough to research these
theories. Whatever their reasons, this mental bias in their approach biases their
results.
Scientific research is further hampered by its own unattainable concept of
rigor. The double blind study is the supposed pinnacle of clinical research, yet in
acupuncture research, it is impossible to perform a true double blind study. Some
of the effects involved in acupuncture and moxibustion are so subtle that they are
impossible to block or eliminate. These effects are more than the placebo effect,
Acupuncture: Tradition and Transmission 13
which is a thorn in the side of any medical researcher. They manifest at more sub-
tle levels, such as the simple touch of the patient by the therapist. We can show
how touch can have a series of effects, two clearly demonstrable ones being the
touch of the thumb versus the touch of the little finger. Both these techniques pro-
duce notably different effects depending on where the touch occurs. Even the best
designed double blind studies involve touching the subject in some manner, if only
to insert the needles. How are we to account for the potential effects of touching
contact? Further, in certain styles of acupuncture practice, the success of treatment
depends in part on the practitioner's qi for its efficacy. How can these effects be
eliminated and leave a viable form of treatment to be studied?
Another related problem in the scientific analysis of acupuncture arises at a
more basic level. The premises that comprise the foundations of acupuncture and
East Asian medicine are quite different from the premises that support Western sci-
ence and medicine. As a consequence, applying Western premises to the analysis
of acupuncture and East Asian medicine may, at times, be like trying to slice a loaf
of bread with a chain saw: it is possible, but very little of the bread remains. The
following passage from the Tang dynasty medical sage, Sun Si-Mo, expresses some
of these differences:
There are diseases whose interiors are the same, but whose exteriors are different,
and vice versa. Therefore the repletion and vacuity of the zang and fu, the
smoothness and blockages of the blood vessels, ying, and wei cannot be observed
[solely] by the ears and eyes, [instead they] can be elucidated by pulse diagnosis.
There are floating, sinking, wiry, and tight [categories] of pulse in the blood ves-
sels. There are high, low, shallow, and deep flows in the different inductive
[acu]points. There are differences in the thickness, thinness, hardness, and soft-
ness of the skin, muscles, and bones. Only a person who uses his heart [/mind]
delicately can tell these differences.12
Western medical analysis needs objective signs and indications before diag-
nosis and treatment are determined. Here, traditional Chinese medicine is seen as
relying primarily on subjective assessments, in particular, intuitive observations
and decisions. This is a significant difference between Western methodology and
Chinese or Japanese traditional medical methodology.
While scientific research is important for mapping some of the effects of ther-
apy, it rarely addresses the important questions regarding what it was that the
classical texts tried to describe. It is self-limiting in a field such as acupuncture,
where it is impossible to rule out or describe the subtle effects - which are possi-
bly the more important effects - and is thus not very helpful in achieving the goal
of a consistent research methodology. This does not, however, rule out the use of
scientific knowledge and technology for achieving this goal.
The current attitudes toward the research and the teaching of acupuncture
and East Asian medicine in Japan arose during the Meiji era. The government was
desperately and hastily trying to modernize Japan. The medical systems of that
time, including acupuncture, moxibustion, anma (massage), and herbal medicine
were Westernized, both in their theoretical descriptions and the manner in which
they were allowed to be taught. The traditional theories were completely thrown
out, and, with the exception of the blind practitioners of acupuncture, moxibustion,
and anma, who were allowed to continue as part of the government's social policy
towards the blind, all other practitioners were banned from practice. The Ministry
of Education set the curriculum for the education of the blind. The committee that
decided this curriculum submitted the following plan:
14 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
geniuses devised and described powerful theoretical models and clinical tech-
niques. Some of these have survived to modem times, but many have sunk into
obscurity to await rediscovery. We should never dismiss something because we
are unable to understand it, or because it does not fit clearly into our current model
of how things are. As clinicians, researchers, or scholars, we can only make
progress in unravelling the Rosetta stone of East Asian medicine with open minds
and willingness to participate in this research adventure. It is our purpose in this
book to give examples of how one can begin to approach the Rosetta stone, to hold
up a beacon to light the way. Throughout the theoretical sections we will discuss
classical theories, raise questions as to their meanings, and describe clinical
research methods by which these theories can be confirmed and described.
We think that the research methods and clinical tests we have devised and
the good clinical results we have obtained will justify our theoretical conclusions.
But, probably more than anyone, we recognize the inherent limitations and possi-
ble contradictions of all these ideas. It is in this light that we would like to clarify
our purposes and methods with a simple yet profound saying that arose in the tra-
dition of the tea ceremony and has continued as a traditional teaching method:
In Japanese, -;r li8i ~ is termed shu ha ri; in Chinese, it is termed shou po li.
Simply put, this means what we absorb and obey, we must eventually break away
from (so as to begin our own new tradition). To merely follow our teacher's tradi-
tion is not sufficient, but it is a necessary starting point. If we take the wisdom of
shu ha ri, we can develop a suitably flexible mind and approach, and begin to make
real progress.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 Paul Unschuld lists more than 130 commentaries in Chinese and Japanese on the Nan Jing
alone. See: Medicine in China: Nan Ching, the Classic of Difficult Issues, 653-669.
2 Joseph Needham's multi-volume work, Science and Civilization in China, gives an exhaustive and
enlightening recital of such discoveries. See especially volumes III, IV and V.
3 In Japan, for example, acupuncture, moxibustion, and herbal medicine have attained a level of
clinical success that compares well with Western medicine. These therapies are often found integrated
with allopathy. Research is often government-sponsored and conducted at prestigious universities and
medical schools. In China in the last twenty years, considerable government-sponsored research has
been conducted. In France, acupuncture training is conducted as a post-graduate specialization for
medical doctors. Numerous other countries use and recognize acupuncture and moxibustion to varying
degrees.
4 In Japan, for instance, such therapy is favorably viewed by the populace. In a study conducted
from 1975 to 1976 by researchers at the Chiba University Oriental Medicine Research Association, the
researchers found that acupuncture, moxibustion, and herbal medicine were favorably judged by those
who participated in the study. Questionnaires were sent to more than 2200 patients who came for ther-
apy. With nearly half responding, the statistics clearly showed that most patients had tried Western
medical therapy (75%) before coming for acupuncture, moxibustion, or herbal therapy. Most gained
improvement or abatement of their symptoms (approximately 70%) following therapy using one of
these three methods. Most patients reported that they would use or recommend these therapies in the
future (approximately 60%) and most felt that both modem (Western) and traditional (East Asian) med-
ical systems were necessary (80%). Clearly, in Japan, the existence of diverse medical systems is seen as
favorable and complementary.
5 S.B.: Some serious attempts have been made to broach the problems of translation and trans-
mission. Among the best descriptions are in the work of Nigel Wiseman. His introduction to Glossary of
Chinese Medical Terms is a thorough analysis of the topic, and the work itself is notable for the inclusion
of Asian clinicians in the process of term selection and definition.
6 For instance, Dr. Yoshio Nagahama defined one cun as three centimeters (see Shinkyu Chiryo no
Shinkenkyu p. 21). Dr. Haruto Kinoshita defines it as two centimeters (see Illustration of Acupoints p. 12).
7 Chen Weichang et al., "The determination of the depth of puncture for the development of
needling sensation," National Symposia of Acupuncture and Moxibustion and Acupuncture Anesthesia, June
1-5, 1979, pp. 113-114.
16 Acupuncture: Tradition & Transmission
8 This is also seen in the medical literature. See for example, Nan Jing 7 (Paul Unschuld, Medicine
in China: Nan Ching, the Classic of Difficult Issues, p. 122).
9 From Y. Manaka, Ilea no Tameno Shinjutsu Nyumon Kuoza p. 135, Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha
1958, 3rd edition. The books referenced come from the following approximate dates: Su Wen, 300 BC;
Nan Jing, 100 BC- 100 AD; Nan Jing Ben Yi, 1361 AD; Qian fin Yao Fang, 652 AD; Mai Jing, 300 AD; Mai
Jing Tu Shuo, circa 290 AD; Lei Jing, 1624 AD; Yi Zong fin Jian, 1742 AD. For a more complete discussion
of the interpretation of the six pulse positions, see Birch, S., "An historical study of radial pulse six posi-
tion diagnosis: Naming the unnameable," Journal of the Acupuncture Society of New York 1:324, 19-32,
1994.
10 As is evidenced in trigger points; see: Travel J. and S.H. Rinzler, "The myofascial genesis of
pain," Postgrad. Med. 11 (1952), p. 425-434. See also, Melzack, R. et ai.,"Trigger points and acupuncture
points for pain; correlations and implications," Pain 3:3-23 (1977).
11 P. Nogier, From Auriculotherapy to Auriculomedicine, Saint-Ruffine: Maisonneuve, 1983.
12 Y. Manaka, quoting from the Qian fin Yao Fang in "The treatment of several diseases of the
neck, shoulders, and arms by acupuncture and moxibustion," Modern Oriental Medicine 3:4, 1982.
13 S.B.: There have been many publications on the problems of research methodologies in
Western medicine, a number of which are referenced in the introduction.
CHAPTER Two
THE X-SIGNAL SYSTEM
In a way, the whole idea of the tao was the idea of a field offorce. All things orient-
ed themselves according to it without having to be instructed to do so, and without
the application of mechanical compulsion.
- J. Needham, Science and Civilization in China II:293.
From this research, and from the perspective of the signal system, we have
developed a systematic and comprehensive treatment plan with many alternative
treatment methods. In our presentation of this material, we hope that you will be
able, by example, to devise your own treatment style. We feel that this is important,
not only for your own growth and development, but for the continued growth of
acupuncture and moxibustion.
If we appear at any time to be making fixed and absolute statements, you are
well advised to review the text. When I begin to lecture an audience, regardless of
who they are, I often begin by saying, "Don't believe what I'm going to tell you." It
is our purpose only to show by example how you, the reader, can mold your own
practice and perform your own clinical tests and research.
As we present the X-signal system at its current state of evolution, we will
explain how we see it as related to various theories and practices of acupuncture and
moxibustion. We will elaborate some classical theories and the tests, researches, and
methods of verification that we have developed and implemented to explicate them.
These theories include channel theory; the unidirectionality of channel flow; the
closed circuits of the channel flow; yin-yang theory and its relationship to body struc-
ture, topology, and thus the extraordinary vessels through octahedral theory; the
five-phase theory and its relationships to isophasality as a branch of topology, and
the five-phase engendering ("creative") and restraining ("destructive") cycles.
Our simple, demonstrable tests that confirm these theories also use simple sta-
tistical research methods such as the meridian imbalance diagram (M.I.D.),l and sim-
ple technological tools that influence the body without stimulating the nervous sys-
tem. Tools including various polarity agents such as the thumb and little finger, the
north and south magnetic poles, the positive and negative polarities of different met-
als, and the ion-pumping cords, have been particularly useful for mapping charac-
teristics of the X-signal system. We believe these characteristics lie at the heart of the
classical theories.
Since it does not manifest through commonly known biological laws, its bio-
logical effects and significance need to be carefully distinguished from the known
effects of the anatomophysiological systems. This is particularly important because
many of the biological effects of acupuncture and moxibustion are the result of direct
stimulation of the anatomophysiological systems, especially the neurological system,
which tends to mask the effects of the signal system.
His theories are quite complex and very powerful. What is of importance to
us here is his idea that the DNA, the biochemical memory of the cell, contains
enfolded layers of information that are derived from the most primitive of organ-
isms at the earliest stages of evolution. Much of this information is biochemical,
some may be structural. It is well known that the structures of biological molecules
can encode information beyond the atomic sequencing of the molecules. With the
right influence, stimulus, or circumstance, this stored information can be made to
manifest as a particular sequence of events or actions even in more advanced
organisms.
Thus, it may be that just as the salamander and fiddler crab have stored in
their genetic memory a certain tendency towards symmetry or asymmetry, the
slime mold has the information required to cause its pluricellular state to arise and
govern its return to the unicellular state. With the right stimulus this information
is released from within the layers of DNA so that the resulting activities and
changes ensue. While we agree in principle with Schoffeniels' thesis, we should
add that the complexity and diversity of bioinformational effects make it unlikely
that DNA is the sole repository of this information. There are probably other sys-
tems capable of storing biological information.
We can observe the natural order of each event that occurs and measure the
phenomena at each stage. There is an unobservable higher order of organization
24 The X-Signal System
that governs these activities and changes. This can come from organismic and
even global levels of organization. If, for example, the Gaia hypothesis is correct,
all living organisms would be functional parts of a larger organism.lO In this case
the higher order of organization would be literally global and hidden levels of
functional organization would exist everywhere around us. The ability to see this
higher order is entirely dependent on the scope of the method we choose to search
for it. Mathematicians, physicists, astronomers, meteorologists, and researchers in
many disciplines have begun to uncover even more general, and probably uni-
versal, higher orders in nature. There are organizing principles and levels of orga-
nization that appear only when the correct method of analysis, commonly com-
puter-enhanced mathematical analysis, is used. For example, one astronomer dis-
covered that simple geometric organizing principles were capable of explaining
complex, apparently random, celestial orbits.
The key, he believed, was the repeated stretching and folding of phase space in the
manner of a pastry chef who rolls the dough, folds it, rolls it out arin, folds it;
creating a structure that will eventually be a sheaf of thin layers. 1
There are unobservable orders of organization in nature, like the multilayering of
phase space or French pastry. These are important to the behavior of objects in
nature, and can only be discovered with the appropriate analysis. These hidden
higher orders describe rules that govern the flow of information, only the effects
of which can be observed.
Observable, unobservable, lower and higher orders of organization are not
too dissimilar to the notion of the conscious and unconscious mental realms. The
unconscious realm lies hidden beneath the conscious, and by all accounts appears
to be much deeper and larger than the conscious. This concept is similar to David
Bohm's idea of an explicate order behind which lies an implicate order. The impli-
cate order is enfolded or hidden within the explicate, but is neither observable nor
measurable; it is only knowable through the existence of certain phenomena,
because sometimes we are able to roll time backwards and perceive its manifesta-
tions. This implicate order is likewise much deeper and vaster than the explicate
order. As Bohm himself states:
It is being suggested here, then, that what we perceive through the senses as
empty space is actually the plenum, which is the ground for the existence of
everything, including ourselves. The things that appear to our senses are deriv-
ative forms and their true meaning can be seen only when we consider the
plenum, in which they are generated and sustained, and into which they must
ultimately vanish. This plenum is, however, no longer to be conceived through
the idea of a simple material medium, such as an ether, wnich would be regarded
as existing and moving only in a three dimensional space. Rather, one is to begin
with the holomovement in which there is the immense "sea" of energy. . .. This
sea is to be understood in terms of a multidimensional implicate order ... while
the entire universe of matter as we generally observe it is to be treated as a com-
paratively small pattern of excitation.12
The notion of holomovement is a specific extension of the idea of a hologram.
As we will see later, the holographic paradigm also has its place within acupuncture
theory and practice, and may be an important component of the signal system.
Homo sapiens are as much a part of this holomovement as all else. We are
equally subject to the flow, storage, and transmission of biological information as
are other organisms and are equally capable of manifesting expressions of this
hidden order, of the latent tendencies enfolded into our genetic background. We
can see numerous examples of this, many of which are described in the next two
chapters.
The X-Signal System 25
of the body. For example, the body can be described by three-dimensional halves
- upper-lower, left-right, front-back - as an octahedron, which can be shown to
affect the behavior or functions of the body.
As an example, we might examine the "pressure perspiration reflex" discov-
ered by Professor Kentaro Takagi. He found that if pressure is applied to one side
of the body, maximally at the nipple level, perspiration will occur only on the oppo-
site side of the body. The dividing line will be at the exact center of the body. If
pressure is applied, for instance, to the upper right side and the lower left side, per-
spiration will occur only in the upper left and lower right portions of the body. If
the pressure is reversed, the perspiration is reversed, again with the dividing lines
at exactly the center lines of the left-right, inferior-superior sections.
The octahedral system is part of the hidden order. The signal system func-
tions to access biological information derived from the structure and function of
our primitive ancestors and our earliest stages of embryogenesis. This idea is
essentially topological. Applying topological theory to biology we are able to
explain the signal system in greater detail and trace its origins in evolution and
embryology. More than this, taking a generalized topological view of the body as
our starting point allows us to more clearly understand the relationships of struc-
ture and function, pathological deviations and normal variations (biases). From
this, we have been able to devise simple but powerful treatment procedures and
reliable diagnostic assessments.
We may use a limited definition of topology: The study of those properties
retained by an object under deformation such as stretching, bending, squeezing,
but not breaking or tearing. One immediate consequence is that injury or surgery
on the body with the formation of scars will disrupt the normal flow of informa-
tion. This occurs not only as an "energy blockage," but as a distortion or disrup-
tion of the information flows associated with the properties describable by topol-
ogy.
A lump of modelling clay molded first into a sphere, then a cube and then
some other random shape retains certain properties:
systems and their properties that otherwise might not be made. Topological rea-
soning allows us to describe how octahedral symmetry, with its inherent proper-
ties, may have arisen through the course of evolutionary and embryological devel-
opment.
This may seem extremely abstract; however, the implications of this idea for
biology are enormous. As with information theory, these properties do not need
to be defined clearly. We can propose that this topological theory is a subset of
information theory that pertains to certain aspects of information transmission
and storage. It allows us, for example, to describe how phenomena occurring in
the body can produce manifestations elsewhere. Just as we can define the flow of
electrons, ions, and chemicals as information, so, too, can the transmitted effects
described by the language and concepts of topology be classified as an (unde-
fined) information flow. Recent studies in the geometry of nature describe prop-
erties that belong to the whole system being analyzed which are not describable
with reference to the component parts of the system. Many of these studies have
revolved around the investigation and description of chaos. It has been found that
chaotic systems can spontaneously give rise to order. Underlying the seemingly
chaotic systems are what appear to be universal layers of order, describable geo-
metrically and mathematically:
In the 1980s, chaos brought to life a new kind of physiology built on the idea that
mathematical tools could help scientists understand global complex systems
independent of local detai/.13
Interestingly, the use of this method is very effective for describing the hid-
den order contained within an object. Some, like Benoit Mandelbrot, believe that
these geometric properties- in his words "fractal orders" -are universal in nature
and require only a few rules to decode.l4 Perhaps the theories of yin-yang and the
five phases are such rules.
We can see more than structural relationships by the use of topology theory.
The changes of an object through space and time come under the purview of
topology; thus the normal timing of physiological events, of biorhythms, also falls
within its realm.15 We can use this to reexamine the classical Chinese descriptions
of biorhythms where the flow and interrelationships of the channels, the numer-
ous five-phase relationships, can be viewed from an isophasal perspective.
"Isophasality" refers to the synchronous harmonic effects, or resonances, pertain-
ing to the various phase shifts of bioenergetic and biorhythmic occurrences.l6 For
example, in clinical practice, if we find a pattern of synchronous occurrences in the
body- areas of tenderness, tension, pulse qualities, and symptom complexes-
that correlate to the earth phase, then the earth points of each of the channels are
therapeutically available, especially those of the more biorhythmically active
channels. By whatever means, these acupoints resonate with or are in harmony
with that specific pattern of phase energetics and can have profound effects upon
it. All earth points are isophasal, having in common some properties not shared
with other points. The same commonality can be found to hold true for other
classes of points. With delicate experimentation and examination we have been
able to map some of these properties. We can also look at both evolution and nor-
mal development from a topological perspective.
From the moment of conception to the moment of death, the organism
retains essentially the same topological structure, the same homeomorphic prop-
erties, even though it has undergone numerous changes and transformations.
Organisms thus retain certain properties that may or may not have manifested at
The X-Signal System 29
@
r-------------~~--------------~
Single Cell
RenMa~ DuMai ~
~ TwoCells
DaiMai II
9 0
Figure 2.7: The first division gives rise to the ren mai-du mai axis.
The second division gives rise to the dai mai axis.
Thus, we can see the possible embryological roots of octahedral theory, as the
left-right, superior-inferior portions are clearly delineated in this development. The
anterior-posterior portions may be delineated in the same manner. The physical
body retains properties that were active and important at all stages of embryogene-
sis, many of which are now latent, awaiting the correct stimulus, circumstance, or
bias, to manifest again.
Evolution can be viewed as the progressive extension of topological principles
and properties. If for example, we take a simple donut-shaped structure, we can
imagine the hole on one side representing a mouth and the other as the anus:
Further development of these structures yields the arms and legs. Finally we
arrive at structures like those of mammals and indeed people:
1. With the correct application of polarity agents to the body, we are able to
bring about almost instantaneous changes, such as decrease or increase of pressure
pain and tension at specific acupoints. These rapid changes occur too quickly for
them to be molecular. As we have already stated, stimulus from polarity agents is
too minute to affect the nervous system, so neither are the effects neurological.
2. The various polarity agents that we can use for testing and treating operate
essentially from an electrically positive and negative polarity, and thus we can rea-
son that their effects are at least in part electrically mediated. Examples of these
polarities are as follows:
Polarity agent Positive Negative
two-metal contact zinc
~~fger silver
bi-polar magnet contact* north pole south pole
digital contact thumb little finger
ion-pumping cords red clip black clip
ion-beam apparatus red electrode black electrode
electrostatic adsorbers positive stick negative stick
* See the glossary for magnetic pole definitions
These various polarity agents produce repeatable results and effects. Reversing
polarities will reverse the effects.
For example, ST-27 is the Manaka diagnostic point for the large intestine. If
right ST-27 has pressure pain, placing a north-facing magnet on right Ll-4 will
decrease the ST-27 pressure pain. Reversing the magnet so that the south pole
faces to right Ll-4 will cause the ST-27 reaction to return. This reversibility elimi-
nates the possibility of a placebo effect or another psychological phenomenon, and
demonstrates that a genuine response is occurring. Although these tests cannot be
repeated indefinitely, this type of procedure can be applied on a specific point sev-
eral times, after which the reactive points will become insensitive regardless of the
polarities applied. This may occur because of overstimulation, with the flip-flop
effects of polarity reversal.
When the two-metal contact technique is used, the electrical effects are sim-
ilar to, but differ from, a metal battery. These two metals do not make contact as
in a metal battery because they are not inserted into the body fluids, but are placed
on the body surface. A metal battery has two metals inserted into a conducting
medium.
We know from experiments, clinical results, and observations, that each of
these agents produces some electrical polarity so that minute electrical currents
flow, but these are very difficult to measure; often they are simply too small to
measure. We can further suggest that the mechanisms of these minute currents are
probably one or more of the following:
1. The semi-conductor network of the interconnected large molecules
throughout the body described by Szent-Gyorgyi and Oschman.18
2. The ionic currents that flow through the cardiovascular system from var-
ious local microscopic areas to other local microscopic areas, described by
Nordenstrom.19
3. The DC electrical current system said to flow through the perineural cells,
described by Becker.20
4. Other currents as yet not clearly mapped and other systems as yet undescribed.
32 The X-Signal System
BIASOLOGY
The concept of bias is useful for describing very subtle influences in the body.
We might go so far as to say that the concept of bias is an important idea for handling
the hidden aspects of the body, as they pertain to the functions of the signal system
and thus the theories of acupuncture and moxibustion. A bias can be described with
examples such as the following:
1. In bowling, the lopsidedness of a ball causing its curved path.
2. A mental inclination or leaning.
3. A slanting or diagonal line cut or sewn in cloth.
4. In engineering, a steady force, voltage, magnetic field, applied to a device to
establish a reference level or determine a range of operation.
In the medical field we can find examples of biases, such as the methods of Drs.
Vall and Omura which utilize the bias effects of substances brought in close contact
with the body surface. In psychoanalysis the concept of the Freudian complex can
be seen as a bias. A small incident in a patient's childhood biases that person
throughout their life until they confront the incident and relieve the bias it creates.
Similarly, an irrational fear of spiders or monsters can be a hidden bias.
In our own practice we once had a nurse come for treatment of shoulder pain.
She had a scar on her lower limb from an osteomyelitic problem that had occurred
many years before. Injection of one cc. of novocaine subcutaneously into this scar
eliminated the shoulder pain. In this case we can describe the old scar as biasing the
body and causing secondary problems. This can happen with any scar and has been
reported as a common problem with scars from abdominal and other surgeries.
Similarly, a patient who came for treatment of chronic shoulder and low back pain
felt that she had nowhere else to tum and was depressed about her condition. After
good results had been obtained, it was necessary to relieve the mental bias she had
concerning the condition, which had predisposed her to perpetuate the condition.
To prevent its returning, an anti-bias was given by simply telling her that the
Western disease name she had been given was no longer accurate. Since simple
treatment of her liver channel was able to cure the condition, it was only a liver
channel problem. She was told that she should stop worrying about it, a tactic that
proved successful.
After the war, I had a distraught male patient who was depressed, anxious, and
worried that he was dying. His family was concerned as he was slowly wasting
away and seemed very sick. Recognizing that the man had nothing organically
wrong with him, yet might well eventually die because of the emotional bias, I told
him that as an experienced doctor I was always able to predict when a patient was
soon to die and that I would tell the patient when this was about to happen, but that
in his case it was not going to happen now. Of course, because the patient trusted
The X-Signal System 33
me, I was able to counterbias the negative bias and the man recovered soon there-
after. Only recently did I hear from the man's family that he had passed away,
some forty years after he was "dying."
Other examples of bias might include a patient with a toothache, who creates
a secondary distortion and bias by chewing only on the side that does not hurt, so
as not to irritate the toothache. This causes other problems later. Any repeated
imbalance movement can trigger a bias. Someone who writes extensively with
only the right hand, or who plays tennis only with the right arm, will bias the
body and eventually may have problems.
We can see that in each case we need an anti-bias or a suitable counter-bias
for the particular problem at hand. This requires a simple means for finding the
bias and a simple means for testing the applicability of a particular counter-bias.
A successful counter-bias will release the bias and allow both the secondary bias
effects and the original functional problems to change. The use of polarity agents
to achieve this is extremely helpful, especially because the polarity agent itself
generates a tiny electrical/magnetic bias. When applied to the appropriate points,
this can be a very potent counterbias.
Thus we can use the study of biases, biasology, as a useful means for exam-
ining our diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, since it allows us a multi-disci-
plinary synthesis and rationalization of our understanding of the body's hidden
signal system, the X-signal system. We can use the concept of the bias outside of
the medical realm to examine other facets of the signal system. For instance, in the
practice of Zen Buddhism, there is the concept of satori. This refers to a particu-
lar conscious state that is achieved at a particular moment in time. Usually satori
occurs when some small phenomenon occurs, such as the sound of a bamboo
shoot falling in a bamboo grove, or the light tap of the zen monk's staff on the sub-
ject's shoulders.
These are clear examples of bias, a tiny stimulus given at a critical moment.
In the realm of biometeorology the tiny but significant effects of the geomagnetic
field are seen as a favorable bias to the organism, as they are essential to the cor-
rect timing and integration of physiological events. In all cases, the bias refers to
some minute or subtle influence, analogous to the minute signals of the X-signal
system.
When we apply such a minute stimulus or bias, we are able to observe the
topological nature of acupuncture and moxibustion theory and practice. We can
also observe some of the complex relationships between structure and function,
symmetry and asymmetry. Using these observations, we have derived new clini-
cal laws, rules, and methods of treatment. For instance, looking at some of the
body's natural asymmetries, such as the position of the liver and gallbladder on
the right, and the stomach, spleen, and heart on the left, we might expect to find
particular asymmetrical patterns, if any of these organs or their associated func-
tion sets develop problems.
We would expect these asymmetries to bias the body in particular patterns.
This is what we actually find. The liver, being in the upper right abdominal quad-
rant, will produce a particular pattern of tension and pressure pain in the body.
The right-sided subcostal tension that develops as a result of a functional liver
problem in fact biases a whole set of muscle groups, producing a range of other
problems. Reactions often will be found on the left sartorius, left internal oblique,
right external oblique, right serratus anterior, right rhomboideus major, and the
right rhomboideus minor muscles when liver problems occur. This particular spi-
ral of muscle bands is a functional set, as can be demonstrated using kinesiological
34 The X-Signal System
techniques. It is associated with the liver, because the liver is in the upper right
abdominal quadrant and tends to bias this muscle set.
Using the meridian imbalance diagram (M.I.D.), we are able to confirm these
observations objectively and track a patient's progress before, during, and after
treatment. The M.I.D. procedure was specifically designed as a means of observ-
ing and statistically demonstrating structure-function relationships, particularly
octahedral relationships. It provides simple, objective statistical measures of a
patient's overall energetic state, described in classical theory as yin-yang balance.
somewhere on the feet, hands, nose, eyes or auricles. (Of these, the hand reflexol-
ogy of Tae Woo Yoo and the auricular reflexology of Nogier and the Chinese are
particularly useful.) As we have already suggested, if we consider the theories of
the holographic paradigm, where all aspects of the whole reflect or contain all
other parts of the whole, as descriptive of part of the signal system, we can begin
to see how such systems may work. These reflex points and areas are able to
receive and send very specific information to specific areas of the body.
refers to the whole sequence of events in the process and may involve all the
known equivalent biochemical and physiological components. Qi also has uses and
functions that imply less tangible processes, transformations, and exchanges. The
term "information" is equally vague, referring only to the fact that something is
transmitted, transformed, or produces change. Qi does work, is the result of work
done, and is the medium of regulation.
Yin-yang and the five phases have the same difficulty of translation. In the
medical literature, many of these functions can be clearly described in the terms we
use to explain the information and energy systems: the neurological, biochemical,
storing, dissipating, or assimilating functions of modem biomedicine. Yet, many of
the functions and ideas described by the ancient Chinese cannot be rationalized in
that way. All we have are descriptions of various qi functions, movements, interfaces
and transformations. The Chinese descriptions are like a qi signal system, parts of a
larger system, the X-signal system in our words. Relative to their uses in classical
medical literature, we can now explain these terms with reference to the signal sys-
tem model that we have developed. The terms "yin-yang" and "five phases" are
used to categorize and describe interrelationships. In signal system terms, they
describe the characteristics of components of the whole body and how they interact
and regulate, at a primitive biological level, through information/ signal exchange
(qi). The twelve channels represent pathways of information/signal transmission
and sites of information/ signal reception. Thus, they have yin-yang and five-phasal
characteristics and acupoints. The eight extraordinary vessels represent what are
probably the remnants of a primitive biological structure that functions to globally
regulate the body, through distribution of qi, both in the sense of what does work and
what regulates activities - information/ signals.
One final question we should raise: what is it that prompted the ancient
Chinese to describe these things? How were they able to observe and discern things
that are virtually undistinguishable to us in modem times? We have proposed
already that perhaps they were using more right-brain pattern recognition and obser-
vation. In the West and in modem times, the tendency is to use left-brain patterning.
If this is true, then we can say that the ancient Chinese had a finer, more developed
sense of intuition. Perhaps because of their simpler, more natural life styles, they
may have been more attuned to natural phenomena and could perceive aspects of
nature that are difficult for us to see. This would be true of all simpler, more natural
cultures, not just the ancient Chinese. We can cite the Micronesian natives who had
the ability to navigate thousands of miles over open waters in small sailing boats
without maps or compasses.
While it is harder for us to see these aspects of nature that are now hidden for
us, we can use the same rules that the ancient Chinese described. With careful appli-
cation, we may discern and observe these rules and devise methods of using them
with powerful clinical effects. We can now examine more thoroughly some tradi-
tional acupuncture theories and show with simple experimentation (that you may
repeat for yourself) how the signal system rests at the heart of acupuncture as its
modus operandi.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 S.B.: The term "Meridian Imbalance Diagram" has been retained because of the number of
papers already published which refer to it as such.
2 S.B.: Even the queen and royal family of Britain have an homeopathic doctor as their primary care
physician.
3 See The American Homeopathic Association Bulletin.
4 English Homeopathic Journal, 1954.
The X-Signal System 37
5 S.B.: For an interesting discussion of scientific research into the effects and mechanisms of home-
opathy, see: Manning, C.A. and L.J. Vanrenen, Bioenergetic Medicine East and West, Berkeley: North Atlantic
Books, 1988, pp. 65-89.
6 Davenas, E. eta!., "Human basophil degranulation triggered by very dilute antiserum against
IgE," Nature 333:816-818, 30 June, 1988. For the disclaimers of this study, see pages 787 and 818 of the same
issue of Nature.
7 Ibid.
8 In acupuncture, this is relatively easy to demonstrate. Normally, placing a small, north-facing
magnet at LU-10 will reduce the tension and pressure pain of LI-4 on the same hand. If instead the mag-
net is held anywhere from a few centimeters to several meters away from LU-10, while pointing the mag-
net at LU-10, the same effects can be observed as when placing the magnet directly on LU-10. However,
this occurs only when the magnet is held east of the acupoint. If the magnet is held to the north, west or
south, the effect disappears and the pressure pain at LI-4 is unchanged. This effect can be observed using
other tools and other points. See Appendix 4 for further presentation of sayoshi.
9 S.B.: See for example studies on the partial regeneration of fingertips accidentally severed in chil-
dren, where regeneration only occurs under special conditions. Illingworth, C.M. and A.T. Barker,
"Measurement of electrical currents emerging during the regeneration of amputated fingertips in chil-
dren," Clin. Phys. Physiol. Meas. 1:1,p.87-89, 1980.
10 Lovelock, J., Gaia: A New Look at Life on Earth.
11 Gleick, J., Chaos, p. 149.
12 Bohm, D., Wholeness and the Implicate Order, pp. 191-192.
13 Gleick, J., Chaos, p.280.
14 Ibid., p.238.
15 See for example Winfree, A.T., The Geometry of Biological Time, New York: Springer-Verlag, 1980.
16 Amore clinically based definition of the term "isophasal" can be found in chapter six.
17 Schoffeniels, E., Anti-Chance, p.103.
18 Oschman, J.L., "The connective tissue and myofascial system," Rolfing 1981 conference, unpub-
lished paper.
19 Nordenstrom, B., "Biologically closed electric circuits: clinical, experimental and theoretical evi-
dence for an additional circulatory system," Stockholm: Nordic Medical Publications, 1983. Taubes, G.,
"An electrifying possibility," Discover, April1986, p.23-37.
20 Becker, R.O. and G. Selden, The Body Electric.; Becker, R.O. and A.A. Marino, Electromagnetic Fields
and Life.
SECTION Two
IN PURSUIT OF THE DRAGON
the universe is a vast organism with now one and now another component
taking the lead - spontaneous and uncreated it is, with all the parts of it cooperat-
ing in a mutual service which is perfect freedom, the larger and the smaller play-
ing their parts according to their degree.''
J. Needham, Science and Civilization in China II p.288.
CHAPTER THREE
YIN-YANG THEORY
The concepts of yin and yang are central to the theories of East Asian medi-
cine. Explication of these terms in the professional literature depends on context,
author, and era; their meaning carries as many subtleties, nuances, and facets as the
term qi. The multiplicity of their correspondences make it difficult to design an
encompassing and coherent definition. Even the use of terms like "positive" and
"negative" to express their polar nature is inadequate. There is clearly no scientif-
ic definition available. For the purposes of our research, we propose to use clinical
procedures and tests to focus and clarify our understanding of these concepts.
Many conceive of yin and yang as fixed entities or ideas, sometimes almost
palpable entities. Our perceptions and methods of analysis always define the
polarities with various syntagonistic and antagonistic tendencies. It is difficult to
see the underlying, indivisible unity of which yin and yang polarities are but
appearances. Realistically, they are just relative ideas, simultaneously syntagonis-
tic and antagonistic, complementary and opposite. In some sense they are like a
moebius strip. First examination shows two surfaces, and we can say that one side
appears yang, and the other yin; but with closer inspection we find that there is
only one surface: its duality is just a relative appearance. We can further imagine
that the relative balance of yin and yang surfaces in the body form a large, complex
mobile:
Here many pendants balance antagonistically against one another, often with
one against many at the various fulcra. Total balance and harmonization consists
of all the partial balances throughout the mobile. Left-right balance is not free from
the superior-inferior or anterior-posterior balance. All facets are organically relat-
ed. Different parts can become unbalanced, but generally the whole remains rela-
tively balanced.
The concept of balance is not a rigid, strictly defined idea. In dynamic sys-
tems such as the human body, or nature in general, rigidity is not possible. Balance
is always an oscillation around a reference point. For example, a pendulum always
appears to swing back and forth over the same point, but its real motion is much
more complex. When analyzed statistically it appears to be balanced; but at any
particular time, its motion may not be balanced at all. When standing upright, the
center of gravity always sways back and forth over some reference point that lies
directly below the center of the body. Blood pressure, body temperature, and prob-
ably all physiological processes oscillate through some normal range. This home-
ostatic process is vital in dynamic and living systems. Without it, order likely could
not prevail. The concept of balance is thus flexible and not rigid. Yin and yang bal-
ancing or harmonization is something similar; it is always relative and moving.
Such are the dynamic balances of life.
Historically, in Chinese medical tradition, yin and yang were viewed as oppo-
site polarity concepts used to assess disease and to design treatments to restore bal-
ance. We think that there are two ideas basic to this concept. First, there are con-
cepts relating to changes within the environment: terrestrial, celestial, bodily, sea-
sonal, and the changing condition of the disease. Yin increases, peaks, and gives
rise to yang. Yang increases, peaks, and gives rise to yin. This concept has been
described extensively, and many familiar examples can be cited.
For example, during the course of a year the relative state and flux of yin and
yang is quite complex. At the summer solstice, in June, yang energy is said to be
already peaking, after which it begins to decline, while yin ascends. But in actual-
ity, the warmest days come in July and August, after the actual peak of yang, dur-
ing the time yang is declining and yin ascending (yang gives rise to yin.) There is
a lag between reality and appearance. This same phenomenon occurs during the
winter: yin peaks at the winter solstice in December, but the coldest days come in
January and February. In this context, yin and yang are not absolute and separate.
In yin there is yang and in yang there is yin, as is graphically portrayed in the yin-
yang taiji symbol.
YIN-YANG IN TOPOLOGY
The second perspective views the yin-yang components of the physical body
as a system of syntagonistic-antagonistic relationships. We say that these are topo-
logical relationships. This differs from the first concept of yin and yang within and
Yin-Yang Theory 43
engendering one another. Now we consider yin and yang as separate: in yin there
is no yang, in yang there is no yin, and there are relatively clear yin-yang bound-
aries. This second concept has been given little attention in the field, yet it is a per-
spective that we have found particularly useful because it correlates to the channel
system, and the flow and regulation of qi.
The classical yin and yang correspondences, such as those referring to the
structural, topological relationships of the body, have notable clinical utility.
Body portions
yang superior posterior left
yin inferior anterior right
left-right posterior
dividing line Yang
left-right
anterior superior-inferior
dividing line dividing line
Yin
Figure 3.3: Structural octahedral body symmetry
Research abounds which corroborates octahedral theory. The pressure perspi-
ration reflex tests of Professor Takagi are one example, mentioned earlier. Takagi
demonstrated that these perspiration effects could be elicited with needle stimula-
tion to single acupoints. Interestingly, he found that shallowly and deeply inserted
needles elicited different responses. Stimulation that clearly produced strong ner-
vous system reactions (deeper needling) did not manifest this octahedral symmetry.
Needling with little (or no) nervous stimulation was able to manifest the symmetry.
Our theory of the signal system, responding to tiny electrical bias or stimulation,
predicts such differences.
Other biological and medical examples of octahedral symmetry can be refer-
enced.1 The non-pathological harlequin flushing of the newborn clearly manifests
left-right asymmetries.2 The familial condition, painful harlequin flushing, mani-
fests clear left-right, anterior-posterior, and superior-inferior asymmetries.3 Some
researchers have noted left-right, superior-inferior asymmetries in the distribution
of biopotentials.4 Superficial lymph drainage is clearly quadrantaJ.S Opioid pep-
tides have shown left-right, inferior-superior, medial-lateral limb specificity in
acupuncture analgesia.6
We have devised simple tests to demonstrate and validate the octahedral
model. The use of north and south magnets on the large intestine points of the a uri-
44 Yin-Yang Theory
de to relieve pressure pain at LI-4 is one example. If right LI-4 has pressure pain,
north (+) at the right large intestine point of the auricle will reduce the reaction,
while south(-) will increase it. South(-) to the left large intestine auricle point will
reduce reaction, while north (+) will increase it. We can take this simple experiment
further. First, we can compare left and right LI-4 points after each application of the
magnets. Second, we can also place the north and south magnets on the points
directly behind the large intestine points on the posterior surface of each auricle.
When doing this we obtain the following results:
Magnet Auricle point RightLI-4 Left Ll-4
north(+) right LI point decrease increase
south(-) right Ll point increase decrease
south(-) behind right LI pt. decrease increase
north(+) behind right LI pt. increase decrease
south(-) left LI point decrease increase
north(+) left LI point increase decrease
north(+) behind left LI pt. decrease increase
south(-) behind left LI pt. increase decrease
We can see that it is difficult to reduce the reaction on one side without increas-
ing the discomfort on the other side. A north magnet syntagonistically affects one
side, the same side, and in so doing it antagonistically affects the other side. In this
relationship the magnetic polarity has relative effects on LI-4 of one side of the body
that are dependent on left-right, posterior-anterior antagonisms. This pressure-pain
relief method causes relief on one side, but creates an antagonistic pain on the other,
further demonstrating the structural symmetrical properties enfolded into the body
which we postulate are the product of evolutionary and embryological develop-
ment, and part of the X-signal system.
This same type of test can be applied to other auricle points to elicit the same
pattern of changes. For instance, for a subject experiencing pressure pain at LR-14,
we can place north and south magnets on the left and right auricle liver points and
on the points directly behind them on the posterior surface of each auricle. This
gives the following results:
Magnet Auricle point Right LR-14 Left LR-14
north(+) right liver point decrease increase
south(-) right liver point increase decrease
south(-) behind right liver pt. decrease increase
north(+) behind right liver pt. increase decrease
south(-) left liver point decrease increase
north(+) left liver point increase decrease
north(+) behind left liver pt. decrease increase
south(-) behind left liver pt. increase decrease
pain in specific areas of the abdomen. These areas vary according to where we place
the magnets:
~~ !@,J.
------+-------
~~J, !
------+-------
~ ~
Figure 3.4 (i) Figure 3.4 (ii)
(i) - If we place a north magnet to the left and a south magnet to the right of the midline above
the navel on the abdomen, pressure pain on the left side of the abdomen reduces
(ii) - If we place the two magnets below the navel line, north on the left and south on the right,
the right side of the abdomen shows pressure pain reduction.
This procedure compares the right-left dividing lines. If we then try the same
experiments with the anterior-posterior dividing lines, we find the following:
~~ J. !
------+-------
~
Figure 3.4 (iii)
(iii)- Placement of the magnets on the back again reverses the effects. Above the navel line, north
on the left and south on the right produces reduction on the right side of the abdomen .
~~ !J,
------+-------
~
Figure 3.4 (iv)
(iv)- Below the navel line, north on the left and south on the right produces reduction on the left
side of the abdomen .
~~~ J
('(\
! \_
~ ./
(~k-kl
t!
------+-------
(~\
Figure 3.4 (v) Figure 3.4 (vi)
(v)- Placing south on the left lateral side of the chest on the anterior portion and north on the left
lateral side of the chest on the posterior portion will cause a reduction in the upper right quadrant (URQ)
and lower left quadrant (LLQ) reactions .
(vi)- Reversing the positions of the north and south magnets causes the URQ and LLQ reactions
to return.
(backside! t ! (-kside) ~ !
------+------- ------+-------
(~}_ 1~\
Figure 3.4 (vii) Figure 3.4 (viii)
(vii)- Repeating the same test procedure on the right side will cause the phenomena to reverse.
South on the right anterior and north on the right posterior lateral portions of the chest will cause the
URQ and LLQ reactions to increase.
(viii)- North on the right anterior and south on the right posterior portions of the lateral chest will
cause the URQ and LLQ reactions to decrease.
~~ ~~ t!
------+------- "'
! !
------t-------
,......... AT(""'
{~\
t I J, /
tbachideJ ~\
Figure 3.4 (ix) Figure 3.4 (x)
(ix) - Placing south on the LLQ and north on the lower left lumbar region causes the URQ and
LLQ reactions to increase.
(x) - Placing south on the RLQ and north on the right lower lumbar region causes the URQ and
LLQ reactions to decrease.
If we use this method to examine the boundary lines that pass through the
navel to delineate superior and inferior regions, similar reversals of reactive areas
occur depending on the polarity of the magnets.
These simple tests clearly demonstrate all three sets of antagonisms and polar-
ities that compose the octahedral model. What is significant here is not just the par-
ticular mechanisms that underlie each expression of octahedral antagonism, but
also the general rules behind all these mechanisms. The fact that the body manifests
a set of antagonisms is most important. We must ask: what are the biological func-
tions of such a structure? We have speculated on the role such a system may play
in the management and distribution of energy. In primitive organisms this would
be a very significant aspect of regulation. In higher organisms its significance may
be reduced by the multiplicity of other mechanisms that have evolved, but it may
still play a biological role similar to the role it plays in more primitive organisms. In
terms of acupuncture and the regulation of energy (qi), the octahedral antagonism
is significant. The boundary lines of this octahedral symmetry are all yin-yang
antagonisms: inferior-superior, anterior-posterior, right-left.
As we shall see in later chapters, we can devise powerful treatment procedures
based on octahedral theory, which is an essential part of the overall picture, the sig-
nal system.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 In chapter two we also referenced our development and use of the M.I.D. as an objective, statis-
tical means for demonstrating the octahedral model. See also, Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara
Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, pp. 228-231.
2 See for example: Mortensen, 0. and A. P. Stougard, "Harlequin colour change in the newborn"'
Acta Obst. et. Gynec. Scandinav. 36, 352-359, 1959.
3 See Hayden, R. and M. Grossman, "Rectal, ocular and submaxillary pain," Amer.Jour.Diseases
Childhood 197:479-482, 1959. Dugan, R. E., "Familial Rectal Pain," Lancet, April1972, p. 854; Mann, T.P.
and J. E. Gee, "Familial rectal pain," Lancet, May 1972, pp. 106-107; Diggle, J. H., "Familial proctalgia
with painful harlequin flushing," unpublished manuscript.
4 Hori, S. et al., "Objective consideration of the correspondence between pulse diagnosis and
quadridemarkation of the body," abstract, Amer. Jour. Acup. 13:1, p. 80, 1985. From Jour. Jap. Soc. Acup.
33:4, p.420-426, 1984.
5 See for example Kapit, W. and L. Elson, Anatomy Coloring Book, p. 69, New York: Harper & Row,
1977.
6 Edisen et al., "Regional and lateral specificity of acupuncture-induced action of blood-factor
effects inhibiting flexor reflex in the rabbit'" Physiol. Chern & Phys. & Med. NMR 15, p. 189-199, 1983.
),1'.\~
Y~~~
~
CHAPTER FOUR
Like yin-yang, the concepts of the jing luo, the channels or meridians, and their
xue, the acupoints, are central to the traditional theories of acupuncture and moxi-
bustion. Along the course of the channels were said to flow the qi, blood, ying, and
wei. Each channel was described as having a direction of flow and as being con-
nected in a continuous circuit. On this circuit the more than 360 acupoints were
described by their locations, categories, and general use.
The term jing luo refers generally to the channel system, but this involves more
than the vertical trajectories, the jing mai, and includes the connecting horizontal tra-
jectories, the luo mai. Other channel systems in the body describe different func-
tional sets. Each category has different associated functions, with overlappings
among all categories.
Type No. Function
jing mai (primary channels) 12 connecting to internal organs & external
limbs & joints
luo mai (connecting vessels) 15 interconnect the organ-channel system
qi jing mai (extraordinary vessels) 8 regulate the channel system
jing jin (channel sinews) 12 connect with body musculature
jing bie (channel divergences) 12 branching & leading back to the channels
jing shui (water channels) ?? referenced only briefly and obscurely
The acupoints are found only on the shi si jing (fourteen channels): the twelve
jing mai (primary channels) and two of the qi jing mai, the ren mai and du mai. All
other channels intersect acupoints on these fourteen channels and have no acu-
points of their own. According to our model, use of the twelve primary channels,
the channel sinews, and the extraordinary vessels are usually sufficient to regulate
the body through the octahedral and (iso)phasal components of the signal system.
If we examine aspects of their nature, origins, and functions, and apply it to our
model of the signal system, we can discover how the twelve primary channels, the
channel sinews and the extraordinary vessels regulate the body through the octahe-
dral and phasal components of the signal system.
Few attempts have been made to clarify the nature of the channels and acu-
points or to confirm the various theories related to them. If we examine the diffi-
culties associated with studying these phenomena, we may be able to describe a
50 The Channel System: Jing Luo Theory
variety of tests, experiments, and theories that both demonstrate and clarify their
nature. We have already stated that the channels and acupoints seem to be an
essential component of the X-signal system. In demonstrating this we can not only
demonstrate traditional theories, but describe new clinical rules and devise useful
clinical procedures.
into what the channels were thought to be. What were the likely observations that
inspired the ancient Chinese to speculate and then develop channel system theory?
Perhaps coupling these speculations with simple clinical tests and demonstrations
using "polarity agents," that is, working from the demonstrable channel phenom-
ena themselves, we may be able to resolve some of the contradictions and difficul-
ties.
For staunch skeptics who question what the channels "really" are, our
methodology will be unacceptable. There likely will never be a satisfactory answer
for such questions, at least until the advent of an as yet unconceived measuring
method. Perhaps such questions of reality are far too problematic, as they are
rarely (if ever) resolved. The hidden assumptions, the manner in which the ques-
tion is asked, and the methods chosen to find the answer, always color or preselect
the research findings. Even the most ardent objectivists recognize that purely
objective research is theoretically and practically impossible. Thus, questions of
reality are rarely the terrain of the scientist.9 Often the ability to ask the correct
question is as important as finding an answer.
The earliest observations of the channel system were somewhat similar to the
propagated sensations already described. Perhaps various ancient doctors found
particularly sensitive patients, or were themselves exceptionally sensitive. They
described sensations that propagated along specific routes when the body was stim-
ulated. Wishing to document and teach their discoveries, these ancient doctors wrote
books. Possibly, the readers of these books did not share the authors' sensitivity or
experiences. They may have had difficulty understanding what was written because
they did not share the direct observation that produced the descriptions. Thus, they
understood the descriptions slightly differently, each according to their individual
background and clinical experience. We can envision how diverse interpretations of
a single phenomenon may have arisen. It is also worth noting that modem studies
of propagated sensations reveal individual differences in the trajectories of propaga-
tion. It is likely that this was also a factor in ancient times. The phenomenon is clear-
ly documented, but it does not provide the systematic theories we have now. It pro-
vides the foundations on which such a systematization could be constructed.
This systematization probably occurred as the result of direct observations. It
was, for example, commonly observed that treating a point on one part of the body
produced changes at another part. The evolution of vertical or longitudinal relation-
ships -later called the channels- probably included this variety of observation as well.
Recently a manuscript titled Yin Yang Shi Yi Mai Jiu Jing (Yin yang eleven-vessel
moxa treatise), dated prior to 168 BC, was excavated at the Mawangtui archeological
site in China. In this text there is no mention of a twelfth channel corresponding to
hand jue yin (pericardium); neither is there any reference to a three yin-three yang cat-
egorization of the channels, a five-phase categorization, or any specific acupoints. To
date, this is the oldest extant written record that makes reference to the jingluo. It is
believed by some to be the antecedent of the jingluo system described in the Nei Jing.
The channel system used in that era was much simpler, referring more to body
parts than to internal organs. Yet we cannot doubt that it was effective as a thera-
peutic system in its day. At least we can safely assume that its inclusion with other
treasures indicates that the book was honored and revered. We cannot say conclu-
sively that this system was the prototype of the channel systems described by later
literature; however, we can imagine that at least the earliest channel system concept
would include the ideas of inferior-superior, vertical body relationships, that are
described by this early text.
Another example of what is probably an early conceptual stage in the evolu-
tion of the channel system can be found in chapter 21 of the Su Wen. Here, only four
categories are given for the channels. The back of the body is labeled as being con-
trolled by tai yang, the front by yang ming, the lateral aspect by shao yang, and the
medial aspect of the limbs by tai yin. Ling Shu chapters 10 and 15 describe the chan-
nels as a circuit:
lung ~ large intestine
~
spleen <:::: stomach
~
heart ~ small intestine
~
kidney <:::: bladder
~
pericardium~ triple burner
~
liver <= gallbladder
~
lung~ etc
The Channel System: Jing-Luo Theory 57
The Ling Shu 17 and Nan ]ing 23 describe all the channels as running from the
toes and fingers centripetally, not as a circuit. Similarly, Ling Shu chapter 5 describes
the channel "root"' and "knots" all of which flow centripetally. It was not until
much later texts, such as the Shi Si Jing Fa Hui (Elucidation of the fourteen channels)
(1341 AD) that we see the now standard descriptions of the circuit first outlined in
chapter 15 of the Ling Shu. These variations suggest that the channel categories and
pathways were developed in stages. Among the various means of classifying the
channels that survived to this day, only a few are used in clinical practice. This does
not make the other descriptions wrong per se. Difficulty in comprehension and uti-
lization is not proof of error. Some inventive practitioners and researchers are able
to understand and utilize less common descriptions with good effects.13
In the theories of traditional acupuncture and moxibustion, there are two
methods of treatment. In the first, problems such as headache and toothache are
treated using specific local points. One can treat known reflex points without any
thought of channel theory. The second method does not utilize these local reflex
points. Based on probable empirical observation of inferior-superior relationships,
and thus less reliant on the effectiveness of local points, this second method utilizes
more distal points instead.
For instance, for lumbago one can utilize inferior-superior correlations to
select points or areas of the body for needle stimulation. Chapter 41 of the Su Wen
describes over twenty different treatments for lumbago. Many point prescriptions
are related to specific channel problems; for example, liver channel lumbago, kidney
channel lumbago or extraordinary vessel lumbago, such as that of the yin wei mai
and yang wei mai. These descriptions provide evidence for the systematization of
vertical or longitudinal relationships through the concept of a channel system.
The experience of placing a needle and obtaining a directional effect was also
an important step in the development of channel theory. From these experiences the
ancient Chinese, step by step, devised a system composed of twelve primary chan-
nels. We can imagine how the original practitioners of acupuncture and moxibus-
tion used these methods of observation to research and select acupoints beneficial
for specific conditions. They compiled an experiential knowledge of several hun-
dred acupoints. The need for a systematic usage of these points in relatively simple
treatment procedures that could be taught and recorded led to a systematization of
vertical point relationships. From this and other research, they developed the con-
cept of twelve primary channels each having a left and right pathway, and of two
central channels. The acupoints were placed on these lines and named the jing xue,
channel points.
The twelve bilateral primary channels were categorized as six yin and six yang
channels:
Name Arm/leg Channel
tai yang arm small intestine
leg bladder
shao yang arm triBle burner
leg ga lbladder
yangming arm large intestine
leg stomach
tai yin arm lung
leg spleen
shao yin arm heart
leg kidney
jue yin leg tericardium
leg ver
58 The Channel System: Jing-Luo Theory
Further, since it is written in the old books that if the yin increases the yang decreas-
es, someone then theorized that the yin channels were ascending streams of qi that
ran from the toes to the torso and from the torso to the fingers. Based on the same
idea, someone theorized that the yang channels were descending streams of qi that
run from the fingers to the head and from the head to the toes.
This style of thinking appears to be only theoretical. However, as we will see,
it is possible to demonstrate the flow as well as the circuit. Further, it is possible that
this flow may have been observed through the propagated sensation phenomena
and the heightened sensitivities of certain people. When these ideas became cou-
pled with the directional effects of stimulation, the concept developed further. The
channels and their characteristics were the result of adding theoretical explanations,
software, to the effects observed.
Reviewing illustrations from texts such as the Shi Si Jing Fa Hui of 1341, the
Zhen Jiu Ju Ying of 1529, and the Zhen Jiu Da Cheng of 1601, shows that the channels
were not traced with great anatomical accuracy. One can also see slight variations
even where it appears that one set of illustrations is based on another set. For exam-
ple, the illustrations of at least the Ju Ying were based on the illustrations of the ear-
lier Shi Si Jing Fa Hui. We can see interpretational differences, and these continue
throughout history.
We can demonstrate "channel-related phenomena" that support traditional
descriptions, but we cannot prove that channels exist, or clearly state their nature.
The traditional descriptions were of the channel software. It is to the uses and
effects of this software that our attention should tum, for in this we can discover the
secrets of the channels. We have found that channels are related to the signal sys-
tem and are an important aspect of the regulation and overall operation of the body.
in continuous circuits. IS The major circuit begins on the lung channel, passing to the
large intestine, stomach, spleen, heart, small intestine, bladder, kidney, pericardium,
triple burner, gallbladder, liver, and then back to the lung.
Within this major circuit are smaller circuits, comprised of the arm and leg, yin
and yang pairs of the three yin, three yang categorization.
yin yang yin yant?; yin yang
shao yin tai yang joe yin shao yang tai yin yang ming
HTE > SI LR E > GB LU E > LI
The same phenomenon can be seen with the use of magnets. If we place a
north-facing magnet(+) upstream and a south facing magnet(-) downstream, the
pressure pain of points between the magnets will decrease or disappear. If we
reverse the polarity, the pressure pain will increase or reappear. Thus, taking as a
specific example pressure pain on right LI-4, we choose a random distal point on the
large intestine channel and place a north magnet at this point. At a proximal point
we place the south magnet and the LI-4 reaction will decrease or disappear.
Reversing the position of the magnets will cause the LI-4 reaction to return. The dis-
tance between the points is irrelevant to the strength of the effect.
These two examples offer even greater significance than previous examples
because the results of testing on the arm or leg are observable on the abdominal
reflex points. Polarity and directional properties are clearly demonstrated, and the
likelihood of their non-neurological nature is corroborated.
Positioning the north pole (+) distal to the south pole (-) on a proximally flow-
ing channel will vanquish the pressure pain reaction found on a diagnostic point of
that channel. Reversing the polarity placement will cause the reaction to return.
We see a regularly occurring pattern here, related to polarity properties and corre-
lating with the directional properties (direction of flow) that are described in clas-
sical texts.
There are other directional qualities associated with the channel and their
acupoints, as can be seen in the following two examples. Both use the effects of
magnetic polarity. The first demonstrates some left-right, surface properties asso-
ciated with the acupoints. These too are polarity dependent. The second demon-
strates properties of the acupoints that are tied to rotational vectors and that are
created with rotating magnets; these effects and properties are also polarity depen-
dent.
We can select a point "A'' on any of the channels of the four limbs. If we place
a north magnet close to, but not touching a south magnet, and place both magnets
on a horizontal plane to the left and right of point "A," the effects observed will
reverse when the two magnets are switched. One alignment will decrease pressure
pain at a point related to "A," while the other alignment will increase pressure
pain at the same point. For example, if we apply the magnets to the left and right
of TB-4, the source-yuan point of the triple burner channel, and palpate for a reac-
tion at ST-25 on the same side of the body, a triple burner diagnostic point, we can
observe this reversal. One application will reduce the ST-25 reaction, while the
reverse alignment will increase the reaction. Similarly, we can place magnets either
side of LI-4 and check the reaction at ST-27, the large intestine diagnostic point.
Magnets placed either side of SI-4 will influence the reaction found at ST-26, a small
intestine diagnostic point.
In further research, we have found that rotating a plastic disc with a two cen-
timeter diameter over an acupoint (without touching the surface of the skin) will
stimulate the point. Clockwise and counterclockwise rotations have reverse effects,
one positive and the other negative. For example, rotating the disc clockwise, then
counterclockwise, over the draining point (LI-2) and the supplementation point
(LI-11) of the channel has the following effects on pressure pain at Ll-4 on the same
arm:
If we place four magnets at the corners of a centimeter square on the plastic disk,
the procedure can be repeated to check rotational magnetic polarity effects. With
all four magnets placed so that the north poles (+) face the acupoint, we obtain the
following results:
In this case, we can say that north-facing magnets are positive when rotated
clockwise and when rotated counterclockwise they are negative. Using south-fac-
ing magnets, the rotational polarities reverse:
This phenomenon shows clearly the use of the supplementation (LI-11) and
drainage (LI-2) points, relative to the five-phase supplementation (tonification) and
drainage (dispersion) techniques. Polarity agent stimulation and tests of five-
phase points are described in greater detail in chapter six.
This technique also works on almost all the acupoints on the body. However,
there are specific acupoints where this polarity produces the same effect with
either rotation. These are the intersection-jiaohui points (in Japanese, koe ketsu).
SP-6, san yin jiao, is the three leg yin intersection-jiaohui point. TB-8, san yang luo,
is the three arm yang intersection-jiaohui point. GB-35, yang jiao, is the three leg
yang intersection-jiaohui point. GB-31, feng shi, is also a three leg yang intersec-
tion-jiaohui point. A point on the pericardium channel, roughly halfway between
PC-3 and PC-7, around PC-4, is the Manaka three arm yin intersection-jiaohui
point. A point roughly two divisions above SP-10 is the Manaka leg three yin
intersection-jiaohui point. It is important to note that these points are all on the
gallbladder, triple burner, spleen, or pericardium channels. This is significant
because octahedral interpretations of yin-yang predict this discovery, since the
gallbladder, triple burner, spleen and pericardium channels define the lateral
dividing lines of the octahedron; see the discussion below.
Rotating either north or south magnets, clockwise or counterclockwise, over
these points will reduce pressure pain reactions at relevant diagnostic points (e.g.,
GB-26 the spleen diagnostic point, KI-16, the kidney diagnostic point, LR-14, the
liver diagnostic point, when SP-6 is tested without regard to polarity). In other acu-
points, polarity effects are the rule. Thus, we can say that these intersection-jiaohui
points are special points that are outside the realm of normal acupoint characteris-
tics. We feel that this anomaly is explained by octahedral theory. These points
occur on the octahedral dividing lines of the body (such as the ren mai and du mai).
We call this phenomenon the "san yin jiao characteristic."
These intersection-jiaohui points have unique characteristics, being receptive
to either positive or negative stimulation. Further, according to other tests we have
performed, they are able to receive information and transmit it to the opposite side
of the body. Normal acupoints tend to transmit only to the same side of the body.
Thus, these points are extremely useful.
The Channel System: Jing-Luo Theory 65
GB-31
GB-35
to minute changes in the environment local to the point, and communicating infor-
mation that regulates circulation. Since we have seen that acupoints can detect and
discriminate very small signals, smaller than we can imagine, his ideas are not dif-
ficult to accept. If Professor Furukawa's conjectures are correct, we can speculate
that this observation may be only a modem interpretation of what the authors of the
Chinese medical classics called qi, blood, ying, and wei. This additional signal func-
tion allows us to speculate more generally that the function of the acupoints, and by
extension the channels, is one of transduction. Clearly, this idea is worth further
investigation.
12
The relationships described by this circuit are available at any time of day. At
6 pm (kidney channel peak). if we diagnose a fire imbalance, we can treat the fire
point of the kidney channel, KI-2. If we diagnose a problem of the large intestine
channel by finding pressure pain on ST-27 (reflex point for the large intestine), we
can treat the metal point of the kidney channel, KI -7. (The metal point is selected
because the large intestine is a metal phase channel). At 2 pm, if we find pressure
pain on KI-16. reflecting the kidney channel, we can treat the water point of the
small intestine channel, SI-2.
In clinical practice, this provides excellent utility. At the Kitasato Institute, we
once had a 64 year-old man come to us for therapy. He suffered a violent fever at
nearly the same time every night. This fever was of unknown Western etiology and
physicians had been unable to find an effective therapy for his problem. Using an
electrical measuring device. the "Neurometer," we measured in microamps the
electrical current at the skin at the left and right source-yuan points of the twelve
channels.19 The following chart shows the first set of readings we obtained:
Channel Left Right
hand tai yin lung 35 41
foot tai yin spleen 31 24
handjue yin pericardium 25 23
foot jue yin liver 39 28
hand shao yin heart 35 28
foot shao yin kidney 29 28
hand yang ming large intestine 46 39
foot yang ming stomach 25 21
hand shao yang triple burner 54 50
foot shao yang gallbladder 20 24
hand tai yang small intestine 36 36
foot tai yang bladder 36 22
We compared these readings with the values for the source-yuan points as
obtained by averaging the scores from measurements of the same values in fifty
healthy athletes. These average values are shown in the following table.
There was a clear imbalance of the triple burner channel. We theorized that he
had a biorhythm problem which only manifested at the normal peak of triple burn-
er activity, thus causing an abnormal tendency. We treated him at this time using
the ion-pumping technique on the confluence-jiaohui points of the yang wei mai and
dai mai, TB-5 and GB-41. These points were selected because treatment occurred at
the time corresponding to a triple burner peak and because the triple burner showed
abnormal activity at this time. (Confluence-jiaohui points_ are discussed further in
the next chapter.)
Treatment was simple and effective. After one treatment the patient's fever
reduced. Usually this fever was most violent late at night when it produced sweat-
ing, but after treatment it was dramatically reduced. We treated him three more
times, after which the fever completely stopped and he appeared to be in good
health. We followed this case for five years, and noted no recurrence of the fever.
During this period we checked the values for the source-yuan points, as with the
original baseline test, and found that the antagonistic tendency had returned to
normal.
Now only the tai yang channels showed an opposite tendency. The relative
balance of the other channels was good. It appears that our body always strives to
maintain balance. If a negative inclination occurs in one place, a positive inclination
will occur to maintain balance. This new state is a balanced state, but a balance that
includes an abnormal inclination.
Besides this type of clinical example, there is much more evidence for the exis-
tence of a channel biorhythm. Using several subjects, we tried to determine which
channels peaked at what times, taking measurements hi-hourly through a twenty-
four hour period. These efforts yielded results like those following which show an
average set of readings for the individuals tested:
%
20% 20%
+1
r
PC
TB
-1 LU
I
HT
j_ j_ j_ j_ j_ j_ j_ j_
12 12 16 20 0 4 8 12
%
%
Kidney
+1 +1
-1
-1
0CTAHEDRALITY
Besides these temporal relationships in the channel circuit, and the pattern of
ying qi circulation moving fifty times a day through this circuit, there are other
important relationships. Of particular note are the opposite polarity relationships
of the circuit, traditionally the zi wu. For example, the heart channel is in opposition
to the gallbladder channel, the small intestine to the liver, etc. These opposite polar-
ities, while described in the traditional literature as temporal or biorhythmic, also
70 The Channel System: Jing-Luo Theory
manifest structurally independent of the time of day. They are based on the yin-
yang relationships we find in the octahedral model. The six pairs are sometimes
called the yin-yang, six phase pairs. Each pair is composed of either a leg yin-arm
yang pair or a leg yang-arm yin pair. They manifest the octahedral yin-yang, supe-
rior-inferior, anterior-posterior relationships, and, depending on how we use them,
also manifest a left-right polarity.
Aside from the clinical results we obtain using these opposite polarity relation-
ships, there is other evidence for the existence of these relationships. Once, I had a
fifteen-year old patient who suffered a hematuria that was difficult to diagnose and
was finally discovered to be due to the presence of a cancerous growth on the right
kidney. We examined the urine of this patient every two hours during each twen-
ty four hour period until we discovered the cycle governing the presence of blood
in the urine. It peaked around 6:00 am, when there was also a tendency towards
decreased urine output.
-
......
CHANNEL FREQUENCIES
Since the channels demonstrated certain characteristics, such as being electri-
cally measurable, we further investigated the relationship between the channels
and different frequencies. Using an oscilloscope with headphones, we found that
playing sounds to a subject in the low frequency range (50 Hz) reduced pressure
pain and tension located along the abdominal midline. Sounds in the higher fre-
quency range (1000Hz) reduced pressure pain and tension at the lateral edges of
the abdomen, even in subjects who evidenced very stubborn reactions. Curiously,
in schizophrenics, the reverse was true. Low frequency reduced lateral reactions
and high frequency reduced midline reactions. While this is an interesting phe-
nomenon that is hard to explain, it does suggest that channels lying more medial-
ly on the body - the kidney or stomach for example - respond to lower frequency
stimulation that those lying more laterally on the body - the spleen or gallbladder
for example.
To explore this idea further, we subjected different acupoints on the limbs
(channel points, five-phase points, intersection:Jiaohui points) to low and high fre-
quency pulsed electromagnetic fields. Again the same frequency correspondences
were found. Low frequency affected the midline of the body; higher frequency
affected the lateral edges of the body. However, there were certain exceptions. The
intersection:Jiaohui points (again) showed opposite effects. For instance, subjecting
the Manaka three yin intersection-jiaohui point (above SP-10) to low frequency fields
released tension from the lateral edges. High frequency fields released tension from
the midline. The effect reversed from that of non-intersection:Jiaohui acupoints.
This seemed to be another curious phenomenon, demonstrating once more
that the intersection-jiaohui points appear to have unique properties which set them
apart from other acupoints. In other clinical tests, low frequency stimulation
applied to CV-1 released pressure pain and tension on the head of a subject
(between GV-24 and GV-20). Low frequency stimulation applied to left SP-6, the
three leg yin intersection:}iaohui point, released tension from the gallbladder chan-
nel on the right side on the neck, focusing around GB-20. With suitable application
this simple technique might be a useful form of therapy.
In order to investigate frequency relationships for each of the channels, we
adopted another approach. Using a SEIKO quartz metronome, which emits regular
clicks at a rate of 40 to 208 clicks per minute, we recorded the frequency that
appeared to affect each of the twelve main channels and the ren mai and du mai by
reducing pressure pain and tightness at related reflex points and areas. Initially we
used the presence of pressure pain on these reflex points as our measure of a spe-
cific channel problem. Then, we set the metronome at different rates, letting the
subject listen to the clicks while we repalpated the reactive acupoints. We then
determined the frequency that reduced the reaction. The metronome frequencies
that reduced the reactive acupoints thus studied were then projected to be indica-
tive of that corresponding channel.
72 The Channel System: Jing-Luo Theory
For instance, we found that pressure pain on KI-16, a reflex point for the kid-
ney channel, was reduced by listening to the metronome when it was set at a rate of
120 clicks per minute. Pressure pain at ST-25, a reflex point for triple burner prob-
lems, was relieved by a rhythm of 152 clicks per minute. Pressure pain found at BL-
18, corresponding to the liver channel, was reduced at a rate of 108 clicks per
minute. The corresponding reflex points on the abdomen and chest and along the
ren mai and du mai were primarily used in this study. (See chapter 8 for further
description of reflex points.) Using this method of investigation on many subjects,
we came up with the following frequency-channel correspondences:
more comfortable, but at a setting of 112, the moxa procedure became uncomfort-
able again. This exemplifies the specificity of channel reaction to metronome fre-
quency.
While these channel-frequency relationships clearly require further research,
we can suggest that these simple frequency relationships are specific signals that are
sensed and transmitted by the signal system. The difference in signal between 108
and 112 clicks of the metronome, or beats of the wooden hammer and needle, is very
small. Yet, specific systems in the body appear to be finely tuned to a difference of
that magnitude. A frequency of 108 will reduce reactions along the large intestine
channel and at points associated with it, but not the bladder channel nor its assoq-
ated points. A frequency of 112 will reduce reactions in the bladder channel and the"
associated points, but not the large intestine channel. This fine-tuning ability of the
channels and acupoints is, we think, characteristic of the signal system. The signal
input is very small and the differences between the signals smaller still, yet the chan-
nels and their acupoints can sense these differences and respond with remarkable,
obvious, and distinct reactions.
The channel frequency relationships are useful for clinical application as well
as for conducting research. They aptly characterize the biological signal system
associated with acupuncture and moxibustion. When we treat and stimulate the
channel points, it is not only stimulation that occurs, the channel points also receive
minute signals and discriminate between these signals.
Other practitioners and researchers have described frequency characteristics
for the channels, certain acupoints, and even body areas. My friend, the late Mr.
Naomoto from Kyoto, found the following frequency relationships. These too can
be used clinically with good effect:
toes in a cooperative interlocking system like the channels. He theorized that the
channels constituted a projection of the muscle system. This is an interesting idea,
but it does not take account of the many slanting and cross relationships in the mus-
cle system. For example, if the weight is placed on the toes of the left foot, or on the
left lumbar region, the upper right side of the body compensates to maintain bal-
ance. The body is able to compensate in this manner because there are interlocking
muscle groups running from the left leg upward to the right side of the neck.
Further, the channels are usually described as thin lines, even with their vari-
ations in trajectories. The interlocking tendino-muscular systems are sometimes
broad, sometimes narrow bands. The relationship of the channels to the longitudi-
nal muscles is not as clear as Dr. Fujita proposes. Yet, there does seem to be some
relationship as is demonstrated by the example of pressure pain at Ll-4. If right LI-
4 evidences pressure pain, extending the left hand outward (to the left side), while
looking to the right side (by turning the head), will cause the pressure pain to leave
right LI-4 and appear in left LI-4. If the right hand is then extended outward while
looking to the left side, the tenderness leaves left LI-4 and returns to right LI-4.
Repeating this for several iterations will eventually eliminate the pressure from both
right and left Ll-4. Thus, we might say that pressure pain in an acupoint is at least
partly related to muscle and tendon tension and body posture. The channels and
acupoints themselves have some general relationship to the muscle systems and
posture of the body.
THE MU POINTS
This relationship is again evidenced when we examine the classic mu points.
These specific diagnostic points on the anterior of the body correspond to each of
the twelve channels or organs. The mu points are seen in the following diagram:
LU-1
LR-14
GB-24 CV-14
CV-12
LR-13
GB-25
ST-25 CV-5
CV-4
CV-3
sinews have some relationship, but this is not described; it is only surmised because
of the similarity of their names.
Figure 4.12: Leg tai yang channel sinew Figure 4.13: Leg shao yang channel sinew
-Unlike the channels, there are no relationships to the internal organs. Because
of this they are called just the leg tai yang channel sinew or arm tai yin channel sinew.
(The leg tai yang channel is also the bladder channel and the arm tai yin channel is
also the lung channel.)
-Treatment procedures for the channel sinews were described. The method
uses fa zhen, the "burnt" or "hot" needle technique (described in chapters ten and
eleven).
Rotating the head to the left while standing straight with the weight evenly
distributed, will cause a thin band of tension to occur on the right side of the body
at the back of the neck. This band will pass from there, down the back, around the
right side of the body from below the axilla, to the upper right quadrant of the
abdomen, cross the abdomen down to the lower left quadrant, down the sartorius
muscle, and finally down to the left foot. This functional muscle group can be seen
in the illustrations on the following page.
This band of tension is the result of a specific movement and occurs as a com-
pensatory mechanism that allows the body to maintain its posture. Since the fibers
of each muscle in this group are controlled by different nerves of the central nervous
system, we can speculate that there is a central nervous system pattern that relates
these nerves to each other through the corresponding movement. There are many
similar functional muscle groups, but little evidence to suggest that they are of neu-
rological origin.
This particular group is important because tension and pressure pain tend to
occur along it when there are functional liver problems. Reactions will be found at
left LR-3, the Manaka leg three yin intersection-jiaohui point, and the lower left and
upper right abdominal quadrants.
The Channel System: Jing Luo Theory 77
kinesiological sources are discussed in appendix 1). The findings of Kono and oth-
ers considerably expand and complicate any theory of channel sinew relationships.
Kono's findings and correlations are summarized in the following tables.23
Acupoints Channels
CV-12 stomach
CV-10 heart
ST-23 gallbladder
CV-9 large intestine
ST-25 large intestine
left medial ST-26 liver
right medial ST-26 lung
CV-8 spleen
CV-7 pericardium
CV-6 kidney
CV-5 triple burner
CV-4 small intestine
CV-3 bladder
CV-2 gallbladder
Channel Muscles
Lung Serratus Anterior: Pectoralis Minor:
Coracobrachialis
Spleen Triceps Brachi: Latissimus Dorsi;
Vastus Medialis:
clavicular region of Pectoralis Major
Heart Subscapularis
Kidney Iliopsoas: Piriformis: Iliacus; Psoas Major:
Scalenus Posterior
Pericardium Gluteus Medius: Gluteus Maximus;
Adductor Longus: Biceps Brachi
Liver Rhomboideus:
costal region of Pectoralis Major
Large intestine Tensor Fascia Latae: Biceps Femoris
Stomach Levator Scapulae: Vastus Lateralis
Small intestine superior portion of Rectus Abdominis:
Rectus Femoris
Bladder Fibularis Longus: Lateral Gastrocnemius;
Tibialis Anterior; Erector Spinae
Triple burner Teres Minor: Gracilis:
Medial Gastrocnemius Sartorius;
inferior portion of Rectus Abdominus
Gallbladder Popliteus: Deltoideus Anterior
Perhaps classic descriptions of the channel sinews were part of a larger tradi-
tion: daoyin, qigong, taiji, etc. Parts of their nature and function may have remained
hidden or been kept secret. Only their general pathways, indications. and simple
treatment procedures were given in the Ling Shu. To acquire a deeper understand-
ing. study of the muscle bands and functional groups. movement and body posture,
qigong, taiji, and other related movement disciplines would be required; but these
are beyond the scope of our current text.
The Channel System: Jing Luo Theory 79
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 See for example: Johannes Bischko, An Introduction to Acupuncture, Heidelberg: Haug publish-
ers, 1985.
2 See for example: J.R. Worsley, Traditional Chinese Acupuncture: Volume 1, Meridians and Points,
Tisbury, UK: Element Books, 1982.
3 See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Extraordinary Vessels, p.121, for discussion of these variations in
location of LU-7.
4 See for example: Nakatani, Y. and K. Yamashita, Ryodoraku Acupuncture, Tokyo: Ryodoraku
Research Institute, 1977.
5 See for example: Vol!, R., "Twenty years of electroacupuncture diagnosis in Germany: A progress
report," Amer. Jour. Acup. 3:7-17, 1975.
6 See for example: Becker, R.O. and G. Selden, The Body Electric, New York: William Morrow
Company, 1985.
7 Li Ding Zhong, The Jing Luo Phenomena, Volume I, Tokyo: Yukonsha Publishing Co., 1983.
8 Li Ding Zhong, The Jing Luo Phenomena, Volume II, Tokyo: Yukonsha Publishing Co., 1985.
9 S.B.: Most research into acupuncture and East Asian medicine is seriously flawed. This would
require more than the brief summary of the subject that has been provided. A study-by-study analysis
of research in acupuncture needs to be done. In the Introduction some of these issues were addressed.
We are not alone in suggesting this view; respected members of the research community also concur.
10 Davies, P., The Cosmic Blueprint, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988, pp. 144-145.
11 S.B.: "Blackbox" is scientific slang for a piece of hardware of unknown description. Computer
users, for example, often treat their computer as a "blackbox" a cybernetic appliance the operation of
which is unknown to them, and of no value to their work.
12 S.B.: Pressure pain is sometimes reduced or increased if the metals are not on the channel; how-
ever, non-channel placement produces irregular, unrepeatable effects. Placement on the channel pro-
duces regular, predictable results.
13 For example, Mr. Oda has researched the "root and knot" chapter of the Ling Shu. See: "Chiryo
no Jisai," Nihon Shinkyu Topology Gakkujutsu Taikai, July 1988, pp. 55-60.
14 S.B.: A good review of the electrodermal instruments and their differences in measurement can
be found in Tiller, W.A., "On the evolution of electrodermal diagnostic instruments," Journal of
Advancement in Medicine 1:1, Spring 1988.
15 See Ling Shu chapter 15 and the Shi Si Jing Fa Hui.
16 There are many pressure pain points related to different diseases. For example, McBurney's
point, Lanz's point, Morris's point, Munro's point, Kummel's point, Crado's point, Lenzmann's point,
Onodera's points. (See appendix 1 for details of pressure pain points from Western sources.) These come
from Western medical practice; they are understood to be reflex points for internal diseases.
17 S.B.: An interesting study of the electrical properties of needle angle can be found in Ionescu-
C. Tirgoviste and E. Papa, "Tonification and dispersion effect of an acupuncture needle obliquely intro-
duced into an electric field," American Journal of Acupuncture 144:4, 1986, pp. 339-343.
18 S.B.: Keep in mind Dr. Manaka's admonition that such clinical demonstrations "prove" noth-
ing in any absolute sense, but do raise the specificity of the measurement and the concept. Usually, sup-
plementation and drainage are judged on theoretical criteria. Often the clinical validity of these ideas is
determined by the viewpoint of the researcher, translator, or practitioner. Sometimes concepts such as
these are dismissed for political reasons; sometimes they are simply dropped from translations. The
importance of these clinical demonstrations is that they evidence a specific condition (pressure pain),
with a specific method (shallow needling), and provide repeatable evidence (pressure pain changes) of a
channel "software" characteristic.
19 This is the technique described by my friend Dr. Nakatani in his Ryodoraku system.
20 Our thanks to Dr. John Diamond for this last example. See: Harding Rains, A.J. eta!., Bailey and
Love's Short Practice of Surgery, London: H.K. Lewis and Co. Ltd., 1971.
21 See his work with the VAS method, From Auriculotherapy to Auriculomedicine. See also Bourdiol,
R.J., Auriculosomatology, Paris: Maisonneuve, 1983, in particular pages 95 and following.
22 For further discussions of this, see Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the
Sea, pp. 350-352.
23 Taken from Kono, T., Kin Shin Dan Ho, Tokyo: JICC Publishing Company, 1986, p. 251.
~
CHAPTER fiVE
~
THE EIGHT EXTRAORDINARY VESSELS
(QI /ING BA MAl)
AND THE OCTAHEDRAL MODEL
Like the twelve channels, but at a simpler and possibly deeper level, the eight
extraordinary vessels (qi jing ba mai) also serve to regulate and distribute the body's
qi. If we examine the pathways and points of these eight vessels, we can see that
they have treatment points evenly distributed among the twelve channels along the
boundary lines of the octahedral structure. The qi jing bai mai can thus profoundly
and easily affect the octahedral structure and its role in the regulation and distribu-
tion of qi.
Earlier we saw how the octahedron relates to yin-yang theory and we
described the left-right dividing lines as the ren mai on the anterior portion and the
du mai on the posterior portion. We noted that the superior-inferior dividing line
was the dai mai. We proposed that these dividing lines are generated during embry-
ological development and are retained as energetic entities, three of the extraordi-
nary vessels, throughout life.
We can further postulate that the anterior-posterior dividing lines are related
to the extraordinary vessels. However, this is not as easy to see. On the yang por-
tion of the body, at the lateral edges, the triple burner and gallbladder channels sep-
arate the anterior and posterior portions. On the yin portion of the body, at the lat-
eral edges, the spleen and pericardium channels divide the anterior and posterior
portions:
Yang ren mai, du mai
dai mai
Yin
function, or even as being energy streams. They were, as already described, often
called "oceans" instead of "streams" or "rivers" like the channels.
When we apply the same polarity tests to the extraordinary vessels that we
applied to the twelve channels, these differences become apparent. We also find
that conclusions concerning extraordinary vessel trajectories are less clear than with
the twelve channels. It is partly due to these difficulties that we find it easier and
more useful to consider the eight extraordinary vessels as dividing lines capable of
affecting structural changes and thus as related to the octahedral topological model.
In general, we theorize that extraordinary vessel functions have older embryologi-
cal and evolutionary roots than the twelve channels. Since they regulate the body
at a deeper, more primitive level of symmetric-asymmetric regulation, their struc-
ture-function balance is more difficult to examine.2 In relation to the octahedral
model, we can say that they probably have a much broader regulatory effect on the
movement of qi (primitive signals) than do the regular channels, which serve as spe-
cific information pathways (signal communication). However, combining particu-
lar yin-yang pairs of channels, such as the polar channel pairs, we are able to elicit
similar, broad changes of qi flow that can be explained through the octahedral
model.
In various experiments using two-metal contact on the channels, we found
that placement of copper or gold (+) upstream, closer to the beginning of the chan-
nel, and zinc or silver(-) downstream, closer to the anastomosis, generally reduced
pressure pain on the channel, or on a point related to the channel (see the last chap-
ter. However, there were occasions where a polarity opposite to what we would
expect reduced the reactions. When we discovered this, we thought that this rever-
sal might be the result of an extraordinary vessel function. Even though the extra-
ordinary vessels were described as having a direction, and thus by extension, a pos-
sible flow, we postulated that there might be another energy flow in the opposite
direction, a counter-current.
When testing these theories with experiments using gold (+) and silver (-) con-
tact procedures, we treated pressure pain on left KI-16, placing gold (+) upstream,
distally on the kidney channel, and silver (-) downstream, proximally on the kidney
channel, to reduce the KI-16 reaction. Reversing the gold and silver contacts caused
the reaction to return. Then we thought about the classical descriptions of the ori-
gins and pathways of the chong mai. According to the classical literature, the chong
mai passes through KI-16 as does the kidney channel. One theory posits that it
begins at CV-1, another that it begins at ST-30. In the first theory, it passes from CV-
1 to the kidney channel and ascends the abdomen. In the second theory, it emerges
at ST-30, a branch ascends the abdomen, and another branch descends the leg to
emerge near LR-3 and KI-1.
Next we tried placing gold (+)on ST-30 and silver(-) on KI-1 or LR-3. This
alignment decreased the KI-16 reaction. The reverse alignment of metals caused the
reaction to reappear. Gold on ST-30 and silver on ST-11 (on the ascending pathway
of the chong mai) reduced the KI-16 reaction, while reversing the gold and silver
caused the reaction to reappear. These responses seemed somewhat paradoxical in
comparison to the normal channels. Though we had thought these results to be
indicative of some extraordinary vessel flow, how could a flow in the extraordinary
vessels account for the horizontal dai mai pathway around the midline? Despite
these difficulties, our understanding became much clearer through the following
tests.
Placing gold on CV-1 and silver on CV-24 did not reduce the left KI-16 pres-
sure pain; however, moving the silver one centimeter to the left of CV-24, did reduce
84 The Eight Extraordinary Vessels and the Octahedral Model
the KI-16 reaction. Placing gold on CV-1 and silver on KI-1 or LR-3 also reduced the
KI-16 reaction. But, placing the silver on SP-6 did not reduce the reaction.
According to tradition, SP-6 is supposed to be on the descending branch of the chong
mai.
Rather than a flow of energy in the extraordinary vessels (the direction of
which is unclear), we think that these examples demonstrate relationships between
specific acupoints that are described as being on the pathway of the extraordinary
vessel; that is, they demonstrate topological relationships between the acupoints
rather than a flow of qi between the points.
Thinking of the extraordinary vessels as related to the octahedral dividing
lines of the body is very useful. Treatments addressing these dividing lines can
affect wide areas because they can affect the areas to both sides. This is evidenced
in the frequency stimulation examples described earlier. Generally, low frequencies
affect the midline of the body and high frequencies affect the lateral edges. This too
is indicative of specific topological relationships. At the intersection-jiaohui points,
which are points that lie on the octahedral dividing lines where two or more chan-
nels intersect (GB-31, GB-35 on the gallbladder channel, TB-8 on the triple burner
channel, SP-6 and the Manaka point two finger-widths proximal to SP-10 on the
spleen channel, and the Manaka point halfway between PC-3 and PC-7 on the peri-
cardium channel), the effects reverse. Similarly, either positive or negative stimula-
tion of these intersection-jiaohui points cause similar changes in reaction, where
other non-intersection points elicit reversible effects with positive and negative
stimulation. This too is because these special points lie on the octahedral dividing
lines.
Other channel acupoints on the pathways of the extraordinary vessels were
also described as intersection-jiaohui or "meeting" points. Treatment of these eight
special points likely activates the extraordinary vessels by first stimulating the octa-
hedral dividing lines and thus the intersection-jiaohui points which are on them, and
then the extraordinary vessels that pass through these intersection points. In this
manner profound changes of structure and function can be brought about by using
very few points. This may be why the eight extraordinary vessels were each
described as having a broadly diverse range of effects, sometimes affecting several
major systems in the body. For instance, the chong mai-yin wei mai pair were said to
affect the chest, lungs, heart, spleen, stomach, liver, gallbladder, intestines, and
reproductive system. Clinically, this pair is selected for a wide range of symptoms
within this spectrum. Few, if any, of the twelve channels can be said to have such
diverse effects. The table on the following page summarizes the intersection-jiaohui
points of the extraordinary vessel pathways.3
The octahedral model of the body and its relationship to the extraordinary ves-
sels is clinically useful. It allows us to clearly map asymmetries of body structure.
There are tendencies towards certain yin-yang imbalances that are the result of cer-
tain bodily asymmetries. For instance, simple left-right differences relative to each
of the organs create asymmetrical tendencies. The heart, spleen, and stomach are all
situated on the left, the liver and gallbladder on the right; the right lung has three
lobes where the left has two. Asymmetrical muscle tension will develop from bias-
es produced by functional changes in the organs. Both palpatory tenderness, and
the appropriate treatment it indicates, will predominate on one side rather than
another. This is what we observe clinically: asymmetric patterns of reaction that
typically occur can often be seen in relation to the octahedral model.
The Eight Extraordinary Vessels and'the Octahedral Model 85
LU
PC
HT SI
LR
ST
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 See Matsumoto and Birch, Extraordinary Vessels, for a compilation of these various descriptions.
2 S.B.: It is interesting to note that Li Shi Zhen, the only classical author to have written a treatise
on the extraordinary vessels, the Qi Jing Ba Mai Kao, also speculated on their primacy both developmen-
tally and relative to the twelve channels. See: Qi Jing Ba Mai Kao, vol. 1, p. 7, from the Tu Zhu Nan Jing Mai
Jue, Taipei: Shui Cheng Shu Ju Publishing Company, 1970.
3 This table was taken from Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Extraordinary Vessels p. 25-67. See this
work for more complete descriptions of the pathways of the extraordinary vessels.
\J
If. .
'
..,..,.,..
f:
~' .~ 6
.. ~
CHAPTER SIX
For once a system of categorizations such as the five element system is established,
then anything can by no means be the cause of anything else . ... [It is designed]
... to systematise the universe of things and events into a pattern of structure by
which all the mutual influences of its parts were coordinated.
- J. Needham, Science and Civilization in China II:284-5.
In traditional theories, five-phase concepts are central to the theory and prac-
tice of acupuncture and moxibustion. As with yin-yang, many descriptions of the
five-phase theories exist, notably those most traceable to the Nan Jing. There are two
components to the five-phase theories. The first ascribes numerous correspon-
dences to each of the phases; these are found scattered throughout the classical lit-
erature and are not confined to the medical classics. Almost everything in the uni-
verse, between heaven and earth, was so classified, including the various phases of
different cycles observed in nature and in the body. The basic correspondences asso-
ciated with the five phases are summarized in the table following. It is noteworthy
that these correspondences are often cyclical and biorhythmic.
It is very likely that the original channel concept was very simple and was
refined and described in greater detail through further clinical use. The five-phase
organ categorizations, for example, were further developed and refined so that spe-
cific acupoints on each channel trajectory were assigned a five-phase representation
88 The Five Phases
ISOPHASALITY
All things reject what is different [to themselves] and follow what is akin. Thus it
is that if [two] chi [qi] are similar, they will coalesce, if notes correspond they res-
onate.
- J. Needham, quoting the Chun Qiu Fa Lu circa 200 B.C.,
from Science and Civilization in China II:281.
Our term "isophasality" means that certain acupoints on the surface of the
body have some similar property, or something functional in common with all other
points on the body surface that belong to that phase. All earth points have some-
thing in common with all other earth points. We can liken this idea to inversions of
a musical chord. The C Major chord can be:
90 The Five Phases
That the Chinese may have understood this idea and used it to identify the
phase and source points is remarkable. That they selected five of these isophasal
sets as clinically useful was probably due in part to the prevalence of five-phase the-
ories at that time, and to the remarkably meticulous work of one or more practi-
tioners who had learned to recognize very subtle differences.
In modern acupuncture practice, the microsystems of reflexology, French
auriculotherapy, Chinese auriculotherapy, and Korean hand acupuncture depend
on the idea of isophasality. According to our experience, we can needle the large
intestine point in the auricle to reduce reactions at the large intestine reflex point,
The Five Phases 91
ST-27. We can also needle the same point on the palm, or a point on the equivalent
large intestine channel on the second or fourth fingers, to reduce the ST-27 reaction.
We may therefore consider these systems of reflexology as describing points that are
isophasal with body areas or other points. We have already suggested that the
mechanism behind these microsystems may be holographic; if so, perhaps there is
some relationship between the holographic paradigm and isophasality.
This model of isophasality can be further developed and confirmed if we take
advantage of traditional five-phase theory and change the nature of the signals that
we use for testing and therapy. We should, however, remember that the signals we
work with and affect are so subtle that it is extremely difficult to measure them. The
following discussion describes clinical tests and their results, utilizing different
agents to examine five-phase characteristics, especially the characteristics of the
phase points. On their own, these tests may not be enough to convince the reader
to experiment with them clinically, but our own clinical utilization of these ideas for
the treatment of patients is more than convincing. Not only are we able to observe
some phenomena that lead to powerful clinical procedures, we also can observe the
various phase cycles and interactions.
In the example of pain in right LI-4 where north and south magnets were
placed on the left and right auricles at both the anterior and posterior surfaces, we
found that we could only shift the pressure pain around. We could not eliminate it
from LI-4 on both sides. (See the discussion in chapter three.) To eliminate the pres-
sure pain from both sides we needed to apply isophasal theory and select a corre-
sponding point in the four-channel functional set, yang ming-tai yin. Because LI-4 is
a point on an arm yang channel we should select a leg yin channel point. Because
it is sore on the right side, we should select a point on the left side. Because LI-4 is
a source point, we should select another source point. In the four-channel set, the
lower left yin channel source point is left SP-3. We find that applying a south mag-
net(-) to left SP-3 will rid the right LI-4 reaction without producing a left LI-4 pres-
sure pain. Placing a north magnet (+) on the point will cause the reaction to return
to LI-4.
If we now test the five-phase points of the channels, we can demonstrate that
even more complex responses are possible. This is because these points have sec-
ondary characteristics associated with their corresponding phases as well as char-
acteristics associated with the channels on which they lie. The use of polarity agents
on these points needs to be mapped differently. Using these points, we sometimes
obtain decreases in pressure pain when the alignment of the polarity is opposite to
what would be expected were the point not a member of this special group. The
zinc may be upstream and the copper downstream, when working with non-phasal
channel points; when working with the phase points, the polarity may be opposite.
For pressure pain on right LI-4, placing zinc(-) on right LI-11 (the earth point)
and copper (+) on right ST-36 (the earth point) will rid the LI-4 reaction. Reversing
the zinc and copper, the reaction will still decrease. This occurs regardless of chan-
nel flow and polarity of application. The channel source points are all isophasal to
each other. All earth points are isophasal; all other phase points are isophasal to all
other corresponding phase points. Thus, for pressure pain on right ST-27, the large
intestine reflex point, placing copper(+) on right LI-1 (the metal point) and zinc(-)
on right ST-45 (the metal point) has the same effect as zinc(-) on LI-1 and copper(+)
on ST-45; both decrease the ST-27 reaction.
In context of the isophasal characteristics of the acupoints, we can explore
other phasal correspondences and characteristics. For example, according to tradi-
tional theory, each phase has a corresponding color:
92 The Five Phases
Our initial observations suggest that this is the case, but more rigorous clinical
testing on larger subject groups will be necessary to map any exceptions. For pres-
sure pain at right LR-14 (the liver channel diagnostic point), we can put blue or
green at LR-1, red at LR-2, yellow at LR-3, white at LR-4, or black at LR-8 and get a
reliable reduction of the LR-14 pain. Clinical reality is more complex because of dif-
ferences in the subject or patient's condition and because the different colors tend to
have particular characteristics of their own. When applying colors to the phase
points, the effects can vary from subject to subject. Generally in healthy, well bal-
anced subjects, all wood points respond in the same manner - reduction of tension,
pressure pain, reversal of 0-ring test- in related reflex points when blue or green is
applied to the points. A similar response is noted with red for fire points, yellow for
earth points, white for metal points, black for water points, yellow or orange for
source points. However, as with most of the testing and clinical experiments we do
in subjects with clear or strong imbalances, especially in the channel under investi-
gation, such simple tiny stimulation is sometimes not enough to elicit the same
responses clearly.
Particular combinations of points and colors give stronger effects. We have
found that red and white tend to be somewhat "exciting," blue, green, and black
tend to be "sedating," while yellow and orange tend to be "neutral." For example,
in a patient with right subcostal tension, a positive 0-ring response at right LR-14,
and a weak liver pulse, placement of yellow at LR-3, the earth point, produced slight
changes in each of these signs. Adding red to LR-2, the fire point, immediately
changed the 0-ring response and improved the subcostal reaction and the pulse. It
is possible to devise different treatment strategies for different patients using these
properties. Generally, the source points are useful points to begin. In simple cases,
applying yellow to the source points alone is sufficient. In more complex cases,
adding red to the fire points, or white to the metal points, will usually produce a suf-
ficient response.
It is remarkable that particular points on the body surface, which have no
known light receptors, are not only able to detect and respond to color, but are able
to discriminate between different colors and even combinations of colors (see
below). By this method we can state with confidence that the descriptions in the
classics of the location of the five-phase acupoints and the source points are verifi-
able, and that these points do have properties that correlate with various aspects of
five-phase theories. Clearly, there are isophasal points for each channel. The classi-
cal descriptions of the various interactions of the phases, the engendering and
restraining cycles, also seem to be accurate and verifiable.
Next, let us recall our earlier question regarding the bladder channel as it tra-
verses the back. We have also noticed isophasal correspondences active there. There
have been a multiplicity of descriptions. Are there two or three pathways? Does the
pathway one and one half cun lateral to the spine, return to the top of the pathway
three cun lateral to the spine, before passing to the buttocks and down the legs? Or
does it first pass down the legs, then back to the pathway three cun lateral to the
spine? Or, are these pathways different?
In searching for answers to these questions, we applied gold-plated (+) and sil-
ver-plated(-) pellets to a variety of points on the back and legs, from points on one
pathway to another, and up and down each pathway. Our logic was that we would
observe the same(+) to(-) correlation to channel flow described in previous exper-
iments. Again, we recorded pressure pain response at corresponding reflex points.
Without question, to be entirely conclusive our results would need more rig-
orous repetition. Based on our pilot research, however, it would appear that the
94 The Five Phases
bladder channel path runs as one broad stream down the spine, encompassing all
the "distinct" pathways at either side of the spine At each vertebral level there are
usually one or two acupoints. On the line one and a half cun lateral to the spine are
the back shu points that correlate to each channel-organ system. On the line three
cun lateral are a series of acupoints whose names imply similar correlations. It
appears that these acupoints are isophasal with one another. For example, BL-13,
the lung shu point, is isophasal with pohu, BL-42. These points lie at the same ver-
tebral level. Likewise, BL-23, the kidney shu point, is isophasal with zhishi, BL-52,
and lies at the same vertebral level. Clinically this means that it is sufficient to pal-
pate and choose the more reactive point at the vertebral level corresponding to the
target channel.
Hence, the argument about correct sequencing and numbering of the points
may be theoretically unanswerable, because the points seem to be isophasal parts of
a broad stream. Trying to argue such questions without a research methodology is
silliness arguing with nonsense.
PHASE CYCLES
According to five-phase theory, in the engendering cycle each phase is the
mother of the next phase and the child of the preceding phase (see Figure 6.1). Wood
is the mother of fire and the child of water. Fire is the mother of earth and the child
of wood. Earth is the mother of metal and the child of fire. Metal is the mother of
water and the child of earth. Water is the mother of wood and the child of metal.
Within each set of five transporting-shu points on each channel, one point is
described as the supplementing or "mother" point and another as the draining or
"child" point. The selection of these points is based on the phase correspondences
of the channel, and follows the dictum of the Nan Jing: "When vacuous supplement
the mother, when replete drain the child."
Thus, on the large intestine channel, corresponding to the metal phase, LI-2
(the water point) is the drainage point and LI-11 (the earth point), is the supple-
mentation point. For the kidney channel (water), Kl-1 (wood) is the drainage point
and KI-7 (metal) is the supplementation point. For the twelve channels, the sup-
plementation and drainage points are as follows:
If the idea of an engendering cycle is correct, then these points should have
some special properties and effects on the channels. Traditionally, one would use
supplementing or draining needle techniques to obtain the required effects. Our
tests show not only that these points are capable of being supplementation and
drainage points, but that in responding to polarity agent influences, there is a polar-
ity between these pairs of points that has profound clinical effects and applications.
This is a new discovery and one which we believe sheds considerable light on the
nature of the five-phase acupoints.
Using a small 1.5 volt (AA) battery we can test the polarity effects of the sup-
plementation and drainage points. As with the other polarity agents the current
flowing when we use a battery of this potential will be very small, probably around
one milliampere - not enough to stimulate the nervous system. If, for example,
right Ll-4 is reactive, holding the battery and touching the positive pole to right LI-
11 (mother, earth point) will reduce the LI-4 reaction. Reversing the battery and
touching the negative pole to LI-11 will increase the LI-4 reaction. Likewise, touch-
ing the negative end to right LI-2 (child, water point) will decrease the Ll-4 reaction,
while the positive end increases the reaction.
This demonstrates the effects of small electric polarities on the body, and fur-
ther, something of the nature of the supplementation (mother) and drainage (child)
points. Any positive polarity applied on the supplementation point will reduce
reactions, while negative polarity increases reactions. Any negative polarity on the
drainage point reduces reaction, while positive polarity increases the reactions test-
ed. This occurs regardless of the direction of channel flow. Furthermore, we can
repeat this procedure and produce consistent results using any of the polarity agents
we have described: north magnet(+), south magnet(-), thumb(+), little finger(-),
red clip (+) or black clip (-) of ion beam or ion pumping cord. This is an important
finding. It raises complex and interesting questions about the nature of supple-
mentation and drainage.
Using magnets we obtain the following results. However, with magnets the
effects are not always consistent; some subjects show exceptional responses. It is not
yet clear why.
Reaction on LI-4 to magnet placement
Polarity LI-11 (mother) LI-2 (child)
North(+) decreases increases
South(-) increases decreases
Having defined these characteristics we can further define the polarity of other
tools, such as the thumb and little finger. Using the polarity of the thumb and little
finger (held lightly on the points) again yields the same results:
Reaction on LI-4 to finger placement
Digit LI-11 (mother) LI-2 (child)
Thumb(+) decreases increases
Little Finger (-) increases decreases
96 The Five Phases
Another example would be pressure pain of left KI-16, the kidney channel
diagnostic point. Using the same variety of polarity agents (ion beam, magnet,
thumb and finger) on left KI-7 (supplementing point) and left KI-1 (draining point)
yields the following results:
that developed many centuries after the original correspondence of these points to
the phases had been made. That is, these points were not selected as supplementa-
tion and drainage points because of their polar nature, rather as a development of
five-phase theory.
PHASE-TONE CORRESPONDENCE
Another useful phasal correspondence is the phase/tone correspondence. In
qigong, six monosyllabic phonemes phonetically representative of six written char-
acters were selected as capable of affecting the phases. This is the liu zi jue, the six
character method. We have done research with these tones and have used them
clinically. We found that the phase-phoneme-character correspondences are myste-
riously accurate. These correspondences are seen in the following table:
Phase-phoneme-character correspondences
Character Transliteration Pronounciation Organ Phase
11 xu sshuu liver wood
Pilf ke slightly guttural ke heart fire
Pif- hu whooo spleen earth
"~
P)\
si like 'sir' with soft r lung metal
chui like choooway kidney water
lli xi shee triple burner (fire)
In spite of using the thumb, a positive polarity, for both chui (water) and hu
(earth), the point responses are tempered solely by the phonemes. The earth sound
at the earth point produces a favorable response at LI-4, reduction of pressure pain.
The water sound at the earth point has an unfavorable response. Earth restrains
water; in this case, stimulating water at the earth point is antagonistic. Similarly, in
spite of the use of the little finger at LI-2, the use of chui or hu seems to be what tem-
pers the effects on LI-4. The earth sound at the water point antagonizes the channel
- here earth restrains water. In another subject, we measured the electrical current
in milliamperes on the bladder channel phase points using the vital meter, an elec-
trodermal measuring device manufactured and sold by AsAHI. We determined the
following current values in rnA (milliamperes):
Point Left Right
BL-67 0.5 1.0
BL-66 1.3 0.5
BL-65 0.5 0.7
BL-60 0.6 1.0
BL-40 8.0 8.0
98 The Five Phases
In this case, BL-40, the earth point, gave abnormally high readings. We test-
ed/treated points on the spleen and stomach channels using the chanted characters,
metronome, and thumb. We theorized that reducing earth should release the antag-
onistic constriction on water via the restraining cycle. Holding the thumbs over SP-
5, the drainage point, chanting chui with the metronome set at 120 (chui and 120
belong to kidney-water), we found the BL-40 point readings reduced to 2.6 on the
left and 5.2. on the right. To reverse this trend, since earth antagonizes water, hold-
ing the thumbs over both ST-36, chanting hu with the metronome set at 132 (hu and
132 belong to stomach-earth), caused both right and left BL-40 readings to rise to 7.0.
This example demonstrated the water-earth antagonism: earth restrains water.
We wondered if these tests were simply the product of the thumb-little finger
polarity. We suspect that someone expert in qigong could simply hold their thumb
or little finger over the point and use their breath and concentration to achieve the
same effects. However, those not versed in qigong usually need the chanted charac-
ter to produce the effect. We also wondered if these effects were channeled through
the nervous system as an auditory response. Our results do not clarify if it is the
nervous system of the subject, of the tester, or both, that is affected. If the tester
chants the words "water," "earth," "fire," in place of the corresponding characters
in various languages we get the same changes only if the subject knows the lan-
guage. Yet, if the tester says the character quietly (so that the subject cannot hear),
the same effects are found.
These tests are rather peculiar, but do produce functional changes. While we
cannot explain them satisfactorily, we cite these tests as evidence for the existence of
a restraining cycle among the phase points. Another example is provided by the fol-
lowing case. For pressure pain on left KI-16, placing the little finger(-) on left KI-1
(child) and the thumb(+) on left Kl-7 (mother), decreases the Kl-16 reaction. If we
then hold the thumb over Kl-3, the earth point (restraining water), generally no
change occurs at KI-16 unless one applies a qigong ability. This can be explained
primarily by noting that KI-3 is not the supplementation or drainage point, and thus
is not tuned to the(+)(-) polarities as are these points. But, when hu is chanted the
Kl-16 tenderness reappears. In this case, we stimulate earth, which restrains water,
to produce an antagonistic effect on water, and the original Kl-16 reaction reappears.
Based on these and other tests and the numerous clinical results that we have
obtained using these ideas, we think that the five-phase points have characteristics
of their own, as well as the characteristics of their channel. Depending on how one
stimulates them, the points manifest some characteristics more than others. The
problem of the five phases is essentially one of topological geometry. By examining
the observed facts first, we can begin to decipher the theory described by the ancient
Chinese. Diagrammatically, we can envision the five-phase points on the four-chan-
nel sets as a topological unit:
211 I 19 ':it' 31 I ps
If it is 6 pm, the peaking time of the kidney channel, and we have determined
weakness in the kidney position of the radial pulse and pressure pain on KI-16 to
indicate a kidney vacuity or depletion, we can check the water point of the kidney
channel, KI-10, again using a north-facing magnet. Comparing with other kidney
channel points we generally find that stimulus on KI-10 produces the most positive
change in reaction. Thus, needling the water point of the kidney channel, KI-10,
improves the kidney pulse and rids the KI-16 pressure pain.
In these cases, we would not check the drainage points when comparing effec-
tiveness of other points versus the phase point diagnosed. This is because, as we
will see below, at the time a channel peaks, its drainage point can be particularly
effective for therapy. Thus, these points have slightly different properties. These
examples further demonstrate the characteristics of the phase points; they are also
isophasal with certain body systems, and can be selected according to time of day.
In the above example of a liver-wood problem, if it were 8 am, the wood point
of the stomach, ST-43, would be chosen. At this time, the small intestine wood point
would be ineffective for the same condition, since the small intestine channel is not
peaking at that time. If it were twelve noon instead, the peaking time of the heart
channel, we would choose the wood point of the heart channel, HT-9. The small
intestine wood point would probably still be effective, as would the bladder and
kidney wood points, BL-65 and KI-1. This is because within the four-channel set, in
this case, shao yin-tai yang, if one isophasal point is active, the other three are also
active to varying degrees.
At any time, treatment can be selected from among the four wood points. Since
the heart channel peaks between 11 am and 1 pm, the small intestine channel from
1 pm to 3 pm, the bladder channel from 3 pm to 5 pm, and the kidney channel from
5 pm to 7 pm, then the wood points of any of these four channels can be used on a
patient who is diagnosed with a wood problem, and who is available for treatment
between 11 am and 7 pm. Thus, as an extension of the method described above, at
6 pm, if the spleen channel is the target channel, the earth points of the kidney, blad-
der, small intestine, and heart channels, KI-3, BL-40, SI-8, and HT-7, will be effective.
In a case such as this, we can use simple diagnostic checks such as the appli-
cation of a north magnet to each of the points while checking tender areas for signs
of decreased discomfort. This method allows us to determine which of the four
points produces the strongest change in abdominal reactions. In this manner, we
can identify the isophasal properties of the points and the reliability of the daily
channel biorhythms, determining the most effective phase point for treatment.
We can test the logic of the restraining cycle with the circadian channel bio-
rhythm to determine if it too is a viable method of utilizing the circadian cycle. For
example, if we find pressure pain on left ST-27, the large intestine reflex point (see
chapter eight for the full list of correspondences), we should be able to decrease this
reaction by supplementing the fire point of the peaking channel (fire restrains
metal). At 11:30 am (heart channel peak), in a subject experiencing pressure pain on
left ST-27, using a supplementing needle technique on left HT-8 (the fire point of the
heart channel) should eliminate pressure pain on ST-27. Using a draining needle
technique should cause it to return. In our trials, this is in fact what we found. In
this case, we used the traditional methods of supplementing (inserting on exhala-
tion in the direction of channel flow) and draining (inserting on inhalation against
the direction of channel flow).
In a subject with pressure pain on right ST-26, the small intestine reflex point,
at 10 am (spleen channel peak), we decided that instead of needling or applying the
plus-minus polarities, we would use the wooden hammer and needle, with the
The Five Phases 101
metronome. Since the small intestine frequency is 120 beats per minute, we tapped
at this rate. Because the small intestine corresponds to fire, we tapped at the spleen
fire point, SP-2. As a comparison, we also tapped at the water point, SP-9, to see if
the action of "water restrains fire" would antagonize the results. We obtained the
following results:
Point tapped Phase Frequency Reaction on ST-26
right SP-2 fire 120 decrease
right SP-9 water 120 increase
In this case, the fire point, SP-2, produced the desired results of reducing the ST-26
reaction. SP-9, the water point, antagonized the results (water restrains fire), and
the ST-26 reaction returned. Notice that the metronome setting and rate of tapping
was the same, the only variable was the acupoint. Thus it appears possible to take
advantage of the phase points along with the circadian cycle to produce specific
results.
DAILY BRANCH METHODS
There is a more general and traditional method of treatment based on an inter-
pretation of the classical concept of the nai zhi fa, the daily branch method. In the
last chapter we referred to the use of the drainage point of the channel at peak, or
the supplementation point of the channel that had peaked in the previous time
cycle, as biorhythmic "open" points. At any time of the day this option is available,
regardless of the diagnosis. The following points are available at the times indicat-
ed:
Time Channel Supplementation Drainage
3am-5am Lung LR-8 LU-5
5am-7am Large Intestine LU-9 Ll-2
7am-9am Stomach LI-11 ST-45
9am-llam Spleen ST-41 SP-5
llam-1pm Heart SP-2 HT-7
1pm-3pm Small Intestine HT-9 SI-8
3pm-5pm Bladder SI-3 BL-65
5pm-7pm Kidney BL-67 KI-1
7pm-9pm Pericardium KI-7 PC-7
9pm-llpm Triple Burner PC-9 TB-10
llpm-1am Gallbladder TB-3 GB-38
1am-3am Liver GB-43 LR-2
When we test these points at the designated times, we find not only a further
demonstration of the circadian channel biorhythm, and the nature of supplementa-
tion and drainage points, but also further evidence for the existence of phase rela-
tionships. More importantly, we have another powerful and useful therapeutic
option.
Traditionally, supplementation points in the nai zhi fa method were recom-
mended for any condition of vacuity or general vacuity, regardless of which chan-
nel was vacuous or most vacuous. The drainage points were recommended for any
condition of repletion or generally replete conditions, again regardless of the partic-
ular channel. We have found that these points can be therapeutically useful regard-
less of whether the condition is replete or vacuous.
102 The Five Phases
We treated with the positive electrode at right LI-11 and the negative electrode to
right ST-45 for a duration of twenty seconds. This eliminated the subcostal reactions
and strengthened the radial pulse.
On another day at the same time, a different patient showed weakness in the
heart position of the radial pulse, and pain around CV-15/CV-14, a heart channel
diagnostic area. In this case, we used a polarity agent device similar to the ion
pumping cords, termed electrostatic adsorbers,4 and applied the same logic to treat
the same points. We placed the positive pole at right LI-11 and the negative pole to
left ST-45, for roughly 40 seconds. Treating contralaterally in this fashion can be use-
ful for midline reactions (i.e., around CV-15/CV-14). This greatly reduced the
abdominal reaction and improved the pulse. This combination takes advantage of
the left-right polarity component in the octahedron.
We can use any polarity agent to test these open points and confirm treatment
strategy. These tests demonstrate that points do become open or active at the times
indicated by the traditional texts. Treating the same points at 2 pm, with the same
polarities, on another subject with right subcostal tension, was not effective.
However, when positive polarity was applied to right HT-9 (the supplementation
point for that hour) and negative polarity to right SI-8 (the drainage point for that
hour), the reactions did decrease.
Since these points respond to the minute influences of polarity agents, we can
clearly state that these open points represent some aspect of the signal system.
While these pairs are used clinically as yin-yang sets with a clear structural
basis, an understanding of their underlying function can be found in the concept of
The Five Phases 103
the daily channel rhythms. We have found this polar channel set of relationships
particularly useful. Treating a leg yin-arm yang channel pair, such as kidney-large
intestine, immediately activates inferior-superior, yin-yang relationships as well as
yin-yang channel relationships (anterior/medial-posterior/lateral). Using points
on these two channels according to left-right strategies essentially activates all the
yin-yang antagonisms of the octahedral model. Treatments so based can produce
effects that extend well beyond the two treated channels to regulate the whole body.
TEN-DAY CHANNEL BIORHYTHMS
The workings of the signal system are clearly evidenced by the biorhythmic
phase treatment method known as the nai jia fa, or ten-day stem method.
The ten-day stem method of treatment uses the five-phase and source points
on all twelve channels in a complex phase sequence. The sequence passes from jing
to ying, to shu, to jing, to he acupoints of the five yang channels in the engendering
order of the phases. It then alternates the same point sequence through the five yin
channels, again in the engendering order of the phases. The sequence then returns
to the yang channels. In other words, in ten days the sequence alternately passes
from a yang channel sequence of points in engendering order then to a sequence of
yin channel points, also in engendering sequence, then back to a yang sequence. On
the eleventh day the whole cycle begins again.
The Ten-Day Cycle
Jing Ying Shu Jing He TB/PC
Chapter 9 gives the full sequence, with corresponding open times and discussions
of how to calculate which point is open according to the day and time of day.
This method is clearly based on five-phase sequences and logic. It is almost
too fantastic to believe, except that the points produce profound clinical results that
can be clinically researched and verified using the polarity agents.
For example, in a subject with pressure pain on left KI-16, application of the
negative electrostatic adsorber to left PC-9, the open point according to the ten-day
stem method, reduced the Kl-16 reaction. Exactly one week later, the same applica-
tion of the electrostatic adsorber, to the same point, in the same subject, had no effect
104 The Five Phases
on the same Kl-16 reaction. When the adsorber was applied to left SP-3, the open
point at that time according to the ten-day stem method, the KI-16 reaction
decreased.
In a group of six subjects with monolateral pressure pain at LI-4, we selected
the open point according to the ten-day stem method, stimulating it using the
wooden hammer and needle with a metronome. At this time HT-4 was the ten-day
stem open point. On each subject we tapped a point roughly one centimeter proxi-
mal to HT-4 for 10 beats at a rate of 126 beats per minute (the heart frequency rate).
We then tapped HT-4 (river-jing metal point) for the same number of beats at the
same rate. We found that after tapping the point proximal to HT-4 in all subjects,
the LI-4 pressure pain was unchanged. After tapping HT-4, the pressure pain
reduced in all subjects. This tends to indicate that the open points are very specific
and very sensitive.
We have repeated these simple tests many times. Sometimes the use of the
open point not only rids the reactions tested, it also eliminates the subject's symp-
toms. Sometimes open points respond antagonistically to the use of a negative or
positive polarity agent. For example, in the case above, the negative adsorber when
applied to left PC-9 reduced the KI-16 reaction, while the positive pole caused the
reaction to return. This is particularly interesting, since PC-9, the supplementation
point, is usually antagonized by negative application and benefitted by positive
application. Here, the effects must have been due to the biorhythmic properties
associated with being "open," and not just the phasal characteristic of the point.
Because open points can respond to polarity agents with a corresponding
increase or decrease in abdominal signs and radial pulse strength, then they too
must be related to the signal system. The ten-day stem method of biorhythmic treat-
ments is easily demonstrable and of enormous clinical significance.
It is possible that the sequence of open points is the product of the body's phys-
iological response to normal variations in the geomagnetic field. However, any the-
ory substantiating the open points will require large-scale data gathering and inves-
tigation. Many characteristics of these open points have yet to be mapped; for
instance, the pattern of positive, negative, or neutral influences that cause each point
to most effectively respond, remains to be discovered. What frequency of stimula-
tion is best for each point?
The biorhythmically open point is like an entry into the signal system. We
have found that when using the wooden hammer and needle to tap the open point,
by varying the frequency of tapping, we can target the responses (release of pressure
pain) to specific channels in an almost exact manner. In the following example,
remember that the same open point, GB-43, was stimulated with different frequen-
cies with specific responses of each frequency. On a subject with pressure pain on
KI-ll, the bladder channel diagnostic point, and on LU-1, the kidney channel diag-
nostic point, varying the frequency of tapping gave the following results:
Frequency Correspondence KI-ll reaction LU-1 reaction
120 Kl, GB, SI unchanged unchanged
ll2 BL decreased unchanged
126 LU,HT unchanged decreased
Here, when we tapped GB-43 at 120 beats, no change was observed at KI-ll or
LU-1. When GB-43 was tapped at ll2 beats, the bladder channel frequency, the KI-
ll pressure pain decreased, but not the LU-1 pressure pain. Likewise, when GB-43
was tapped at 126 beats, the lung channel frequency, the LU-1 pressure pain
The Five Phases 105
decreased, but not the KI-ll pressure pain. This suggests the specificity of response
of the ten-day stem method open points. Hence it appears we are able to target spe-
cific channels with open points depending on how we affect the points.
Based on these results, we can see that the open points can be used for gener-
al treatments, regardless of the condition of the patient, as well as for specific imbal-
ances. In the context of five-phase theory, the ten-day stem method is significant
because the sequencing of points is heavily based on five-phase theory. Its clinical
effectiveness helps validate the five-phase model.
Using these simple clinical tests to compile clinical results, we find that the
extraordinary vessel open points appear to be also related to the signal system. It is
our theory that open points are like temporal windows that give direct access to the
signal system, and can thus have broad effects.
We can see from the examples described in this chapter, and from the many
other cases we have experienced in our practice, that with the exception of a few
cases where treatment must be absolutely tailored to the patient's condition, these
treatments work regardless of the patient's condition. This suggests that biorhyth-
mic treatments must work, at least in part, by activating a homeostatic mechanism,
process, or chain of responses. We can state that part of the signal system must be
homeostasis; otherwise individual normalcy would be unachievable. Theoretically,
the five-phase cycles and interactions are inherently ideas of homeostasis. The var-
ious cycles - the engendering, restraining, etc. - keep each other in check at some
optimal or healthy level. The biorhythmic treatments, for the most part rooted in
five phase logic, work homeostatically. The clinical results correspond to the theo-
retical descriptions. While the exact nature of these biorhythmic processes is not
clear, their evidences may be rationalized by the general theory we have developed.
Natural biorhythmic fluctuations are an integral part of the signal system. The abil-
ity of an organism to respond to subtle changes in the environment is essential to its
ability to adapt and survive, which would appear to be an integral component of
signal system function.
THEORETICAL SUMMARY
In the context of our model of the signal system, which we have seen operat-
ing in nature and possibly in early evolution, these traditional Chinese descriptions
of the organismic undercurrents in nature and the human body are perfectly ratio-
nal and coherent.
Using polarity agents we have arrived at a general description of the signal
system and have begun to re-examine and re-theorize the channel, acupoint, and
body structure relationships. We have seen some of the properties of yin-yang, the
channel system, and the five phases. The five phases can be observed through the
five-phase points on each of the twelve channels, through the phase correspondence
of each channel, and to some extent through the study of open point biorhythmic
cycles. The channel points are inseparable from the channels, but the channel sur-
face contains non-channel points along its trajectory. The channel trajectories go
superiorly and inferiorly, left and right, controlling the yin-yang oppositions in the
body. In topology, a point can transform to a line, from a line to a surface, and from
a surface to a solid object, the physical structure. The entirety and its parts are gen-
erally equivalent and inseparable.
The body's signal system we have described conforms to these properties. We
can use the language and concepts of topology to explain some of its functions. In
particular, the information transmitted in topological transformations, and mirrored
in the topological properties of a body, appears to be similar to some of the infor-
mation handled by the signal system. In informational and signal system terms, we
believe that in the body, at least, the descriptions of yin-yang and the five phases
correspond not to mere abstractions but to general descriptions of physiological
interregulation.
We have found that five-phase theory is exact and mathematical. It is not rec-
ognized by physiologists because it is a signal system function and is not an effect
that results from physiological stimulation.s In acupuncture and moxibustion, the
signal effect and stimulation effect occur simultaneously and are difficult, if not
The Five Phases 107
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1A simple functional explication of the term "isophasal" is: placement of agent X at acupoint A
and agent Y at acupoint B can increase or decrease pressure pain at another acupoint, C. If we reverse X
and Y, so that X is on B and Y on A, the reaction at C will reverse. However, if either placement of X at
A with Y at B or X at B with Y at A gives the same response at C, then we can say that A and B are
isophasal points. This is clearly seen in the example of copper and zinc placements at ST-36 and LI-11,
or LI-1 and ST-45.
2 S.B.: These findings are explored mathematically in appendix 5 where a model capable of
explaining these findings and reconciling them with the traditional descriptions is developed.
3 From J. Needham, Science & Civilization in China II:281-2
4 See the next chapter for discussion of these (and other) therapeutic devices.
5 For a discussion of this in the context of mathematical modeling of the five phases, see appen-
dix 5.
SECTION THREE:
TRADITIONAL CONCEPTS IN
MODERN PRACTICE
CHAPTER SEVEN
SYNTHESIZING DIAGNOSIS
AND TREATMENT
regular twelve channels at certain intersection points, through which they effect
broad functional changes in the body. Generally, the eight confluence-jiaohui points
of the extraordinary vessels are polarity dependent.
- The channels also coincide with each other at intersection-jiaohui points that
exhibit unique, polarity-independent properties, what we have termed the san yin
jiao characteristic.
- There are characteristic biorhythmically active points based on circadian,
ten-day, and sixty-day cycles. Some of these are polarity dependent and some
polarity independent, but all produce general effects throughout the body.
The results of our experimentations have led us to formulate a model of an X-
signal system that is essentially bio-informational with a primary regulatory func-
tion. Our model proposes that this information system has primarily homeostatic
functions, regulating the overall energetic condition and the overall physiological
condition. The evidence we have gathered suggests that acupuncture, in particular
the channels, qi, yin-yang and the five phases, participate in this signalling system.
Treatment that takes advantage of, and activates changes in this system, can pro-
duce diverse effects because potentially the whole biological system can be affected.
If the function of the information system approaches the ideal, then the body
will function optimally. It will tend to resist disease and, should a disease condition
arise as a result of any of a variety of causes, so long as it does not reach a stage of
organic degeneration, a timely recovery will occur. Should a derangement of the
information system arise such that part of its overall control is lost and the body
ceases to function properly, a small intervention from the outside can nudge the
body's internal regulatory system back in the right direction and restore proper
function.
This X-signal system is essentially not anatomical (though in microscopic
structures it may have some physical expression), just as the various theories of the
channels, yin-yang, and the five phases are not clearly anatomical. The system is
described by what are essentially hidden or enfolded, primitive biological proper-
ties which we believe arose through various stages of evolution and were then
masked by the development of the more efficient automation systems such as the
nervous and endocrine systems. This process of enfoldment probably involves their
being absorbed into the body of information stored, for example, in the genetic
information carried by the DNA. As such, the information now represents a reserve
of potential information that is unfolded only with the correct stimulus, influence,
or condition. In the process of unfoldment, we can see manifestations of the clinical
laws of acupuncture that were classically formulated as channel, yin-yang, extraor-
dinary vessel, five phase, and biorhythmic theories.
The techniques we have designed and used to elicit these manifestations
employ polarity agents, the nature of which produce effects so small that they do
not primarily elicit neurohumoral or other clear biological responses, many of
which are involved in the effects of acupuncture and moxibustion when stronger
stimulation is applied. Instead, these polarity agents stimulate at the signal system
level. By developing systematic methods of testing and utilizing these agents, we
are not only able to confirm the biological existence of the various theories of
acupuncture and moxibustion, and related clinical laws, but we also are able to for-
mulate new clinical rules and systematic, reliable treatment methods that synthesize
traditional methods and modem ideas. This new system, composed of many sub-
systems, is not a closed system. With careful research, testing, and observation, it is
possible to interface the methods and concepts of other systems with those present-
ed here.
Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment 113
Since the information system operates with tiny amounts of energy, it can be
affected and regulated with equally minute amounts of energy. An advantage of
using this intervention as a method of treatment is that there is little danger of caus-
ing any damage in the form of side effects. This intervention in, or interference with,
the information system, is carried out with the following principal aims:
Activation: increase of function with an appropriate amount of stimulation,
both in the sense of addressing hypofunction and in the traditional sense of correct-
ing conditions of xu, vacuity.
Suppression: reduction of excess activity, both in the sense of addressing
hyperfunction and in the traditional sense of correcting conditions of shi, repletion.
Rebalancing: activation of homeostatic mechanisms using appropriate meth-
ods and amounts of stimulation.
Induction: modification of the directions or locations of the body's reactions,
both in the structural sense and in the sense of creating a kind of energetic symme-
try.
Transformation: alteration of processes that have biphasic patterns, for exam-
ple, taking advantage of biorhythmic fluctuations.
Stimulation: the use of stronger stimulation to correct imbalances, used pri-
marily in difficult, stubborn cases.
Using this approach we are able to perform simple, systematic, highly effective
treatments. Following the theories we have proposed, the systematic, step-by-step
use of the signal system can be formulated as a "root" or general treatment
approach. Based on our octahedral, yin-yang model, we can target different yin-
yang surfaces one step at a time to effect a rebalancing of the body's yin-yang sys-
tem. Thus we might term this approach a "yin-yang treatment style."
This style has the following purposes and merits:
- Regardless of the nature and complexity of the patient's condition, we are
able to equilibrate total body imbalances. This is particularly important and useful
in many kinds of functional diseases that are otherwise difficult to diagnose, and
equally difficult to treat.
- We are able to economize on the number of points used and the doses of
stimulation given to these points. As a result, even if incorrect treatment is given,
no serious harm is done and side effects are few.
- We are able to minimize the symptom control treatments.
- For each step in the general yin-yang treatment procedure, we are able to
obtain feedback as to the relative success and effects. This gives us the immediate
possibility of modifying our technique or selection of points according to need~
- We can utilize the repeatable and demonstrable effects of polarity agents to
great advantage. These polarity agents include ion-pumping cords, the ion beam
device, and the electrostatic adsorbers. North and south pole magnets and zinc and
copper pellets can be used, though our own experience dictates a preference for the
first three devices.
It is important to note as well that the efficacy of treatment depends on the
functional makeup of the information system, which is complex and stratified.
Because of this complexity and stratification, a uniform pattern of intervention can-
not be expected to produce a constant and uniform set of effects. Thus, treatments
must be tailored to suit the individual.
114 Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment
Further, patterns of treatment will differ and produce different results depend-
ing on the range within which the intervention is introduced. For example, if a
symptom such as pain is considered simply a local problem, the treatment will be
administered locally as a symptomatic treatment. If the pain is considered an
expression of an imbalance of the entire body, then the treatment will be holistic and
general. Classical channel treatment according to the five-phase theory of acupunc-
ture or the eight extraordinary vessels exemplifies this approach.
Finally, the degree to which the concept of patterns of treatment plays a role in
the effectiveness of the therapy depends on the abilities of the therapist. For exam-
ple, if the therapist is able to take both external and internal origins into account,
and is able to consider the ecology of the individual's environment, the possible
treatments will become more numerous and more effective. His or her attitude
toward the execution and focus of treatment will be more universal. In effect, the
broader and deeper the therapist's education, and the less prejudiced their view, the
greater the range of therapy.
We have found that the most interesting aspect of channel therapy is not deal-
ing with each one separately, but taking their various relationships into account.
Point combinations that are derived from relationships are able to work with syner-
gistic effects, and absolute, though not indefinite, properties. The best treatment
system is one that treats the channels flexibly by using combinations of points on the
right and left, superior and inferior, anterior and posterior portions of the body.
Diagnosis and treatment must be designed with the primary goal to correct imbal-
ances and asymmetries, and only secondarily to address specific symptoms. Hence
all of the practitioner's senses and sensitivity must be trained to discriminate deli-
cate and subtle differences in the patient's condition.
Within the field of traditional medicine, a wide variety of diagnostic methods
exists. These medical procedures, invented in ancient times, depended on the use
of simple, unsophisticated techniques of inspection and palpation. However, for
diagnoses directly related to the information system, a specialized, functional sys-
tem of diagnosis, based on palpation, is required.
In the signal system model, the concept of diagnosis, the zheng m (akilshi in
Japanese), differs from Western biomedical diagnosis in several important respects.
A Western diagnosis arrives at a disease name, which is an expression of functional
and organic changes. Akilshi is a collection or pattern of signs and symptoms that
center on a treatment adaptation or method. Thus, depending on what treatment
method is selected, the akilshi will be different, where in Western biomedical terms,
several cases might all be the same disease entity, regardless of treatment possibili-
ties. For example, "gastric ulcer" is a Western diagnosis that remains the same
regardless of the therapy to be used.
Akilshi can be said to depend on the intentional consciousness with which we
observe the patient. This is, again, the software that plays a significant role in
acupuncture and East Asian or Oriental medicine. However, this makes the akilshi
dependent on the style, experience, sensitivity, and ability of each practitioner.
Provided that diligence is maintained, and each patient's case is studied with care,
the development of this kind of flexible approach to diagnosis, treatment, and
assessment is a great benefit to patients. Patients with complaints that are undiag-
nosible by Western medicine, complaints that have been accurately diagnosed, but
for whom allopathic treatment has not succeeded, or patients with multiple com-
plaints, often benefit from this akashi-based approach, because the less rigid diag-
nostic concept permits a therapeutically tailored diagnosis.
Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment 115
other systems may be more useful, depending on the individual. The practitioner
must watch the patient's reactions and make timely selections and changes of treat-
ments.
Simplicity is the keynote in the root treatment method. Trying to combine too
many of these systems is not helpful. We use the root treatment to alter the infor-
mation control system, the signal system, so that overall body imbalances can be
corrected. Many times, simply counter-biasing the information system, the regula-
tion system, will additionally relieve symptoms. When the general imbalances are
corrected, the symptoms are corrected. When such interference in the information
system is not enough, then specific symptom control treatment is required.
Sometimes symptom control operates at the signal level, but often it works with
physical stimulation.
The effectiveness of treatment will be determined by the choice of acupoints
made. When a particular treatment system is followed, the problem is to know how
to limit, or how to expand, the arena of treatment. Methods of assessment and
reassessment are required for each treatment method used. The subdivision of the
root treatment and symptom control methods is related to this principle. For exam-
ple, if the symptom control treatment is carried out on the grounds that a symptom
such as pain in a particular location is a disease phenomenon, a certain effectiveness
is to be expected. However, from other perspectives, many questions arise. Should
the pain be treated as referred pain? Should it be considered as associated with one
or more channels and be dealt with by channel treatment? Should these channels
be treated separately or with reference to the entire channel system? Should time
considerations play any part? Many approaches are possible, and the most appro-
priate should be selected for each patient.
Finally, forming new systems by combining those listed above, or altogether
different systems, should involve at least an attempt to equilibrate total body imbal-
ances. It should also use diagnostic methods that are easily repeatable and assess-
able so that the adequacy and efficacy of any treatment can be determined. Long-
term criteria will be necessary to enable examination of the overall objectives of the
whole logistical system, and the synthesis of subsystems, to determine if treatment
goals have been fulfilled. Vigilant examination of the body structure, muscle forms
and other visual signs also plays an important role. In addition, the M.I.D. tech-
nique can be used. Allopathic Western diagnostic tests such as tests to monitor
blood chemistry and blood levels, may also be incorporated usefully for this pur-
pose.
thought in acupuncture seem to prefer the "more is better" approach; hence few
tools which deliver small, controlled stimuli have been widely available. Partly
because of this, and partly because of my own inquisitive and inventive nature, I
have designed and invented a range of treatment tools and devices capable of giv-
ing a controlled, small stimulus, thereby allowing us to effect and regulate the sig-
nal system.
The various tools I have designed, or have had a hand in designing, and which
are referred to throughout this book, include the ion-pumping cords, the ion-beam
device, the electrostatic adsorbers, the Manaka wooden hammer and wooden nee-
dle, and LED light sources delivered through fiber optic arrangements.
Other tools which we have used, particularly in our theoretical and clinical
studies, include north and south facing magnets for bi-polar magnetic techniques,
copper-zinc or gold-silver application for 2-metal contact techniques, thumb and lit-
tle finger for polarity touch, and color application for polarity and phasal actions.
A notable clinical advantage in the use of these polarity agents is the greater
control gained over the therapeutic effects. This control circumvents excessive stim-
ulation and adverse reactions. Because the signal system operates with low-inten-
sity stimuli, the use of these polarity agents is well-suited to treatment of the signal
system. An added advantage over use of strong stimulation, such as that given with
deeply inserted and strongly manipulated needles, and especially with elec-
troacupuncture, is that shorter, simpler stimuli give the practitioner more time to
assess and regulate the extent of treatment.
STIMULUS
Stimulation
~ ------------------~
Figure 7.3: Positive-negative charge flow on the ion-pumping cords
Inside the body tiny electronic and ionic currents are difficult to describe.
They must occur; otherwise, there would be no circuit. Any number of the follow-
ing might be occurring:2
- Rapid electron currents across the skin surface between the needles.
- Rapid and/ or slower electron currents through the superficial and deeper
tissues between the needles.3
- Slower, positive and/ or negative ionic currents through the body fluids
between the needles.4
- A relative electrolytic effect, where the tissues and fluids at the needle sites
undergo slight electrolysis, acting as relative anode-cathode sites that produce elec-
tronic and/ or ionic currents for some time after the needles are withdrawn.
Any or all of these mechanisms might occur, and other possibilities not yet
mentioned. Whatever the mechanisms, the currents involved are, we believe, too
minute to stimulate the nervous system directly, and are so small that we have not
been able to measure them accurately. Further, there is a curious fact about the ion
pumping technique. Because the ion-pumping cord is a wire with a diode in it, the
cord can act as an antenna for electromagnetic fields, and converts these magnetic
fields into a small current that flows in only one direction according to the orienta-
tion of the diode. In experiments where subjects were treated in an environment
shielded from the normal background of environmental magnetic and electromag-
netic fields (i.e., in the depths of a mine shaft beneath a mountain or in a Faraday
cage), the cord technique did not produce results. Only when artificially produced
122 Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment
fields were introduced to the vicinity of the cords did they begin to work. This sug-
gests that part of the mechanism of the ion-pumping cords involves the production
of minute electric currents in the wire from the transduction of external fields.
The difficulties we experience in describing exactly what occurs when we use
the ion-pumping technique hold true for the other polarity agents we use in
research and treatment. The mechanisms involved in the use of the two-metal con-
tact technique, the bipolar magnetic technique, the ion beam apparatus, and the
electrostatic adsorbers may well show some slight variance from the ion-pumping
technique, but all agents produce a minute positive-negative electrical polarity.
When selecting the ion-pumping cords for clinical treatment, it is important to
note that needle placement always precedes cord attachment. Correct point location
is necessary for ion-pumping to be effective. Special attention must be given to
locating the treatment points. Once the needles are inserted, the clips may be
attached to the needles. Needles are always inserted shallowly (about 2 mm.). The
insertion angle is either perpendicular to the surface at the point, or oblique (around
a 45 angle) in the direction of channel flow. Since the needles are only shallowly
inserted, special care is required when attaching the ion-pumping clips. If the
weight of the clip pulls against the needle, it can be sufficient to pull out a properly
inserted needle. Position the clip so that it does not dislodge the inserted needle.
Number 2 gauge Japanese needles are ideal for use with the ion-pumping cords.
Number 3 can also be used, if number 2 are not available. Number 1 gauge needles
are often too thin and are pulled out too easily. Number 4 and thicker needles are
too thick, and can be overly stimulating. With ion-pumping treatment, all the nee-
dles used should have the same gauge. Insertion should be painless and should give
no stimulation. In Japan, they say that the practitioner's needle insertion technique
should be so good that inserting a needle into a sleeping cat would not wake it!
The needles with ion-pumping cords attached are retained for 10 to 20 min-
utes; generally 10 minutes is sufficient time.
When proper treatment with the ion-pumping cords is administered, the
patient will quickly become relaxed and the abdominal reactions should improve.
Occasionally, the ion-pumping technique can be too strong. Rarely, it may irritate a
condition. Care should be taken to check for any of the following:
- patient agitation
- discomfort
- flushing
- worsening of abdominal reactions
If you have followed the testing procedures for determining a diagnosis, these
problems will not occur. If any of these reactions do occur when treating the extra-
ordinary vessel points, unclip the ion-pumping cords and reverse the attachments
(red to black, black to red, not crossing). Usually this will correct the problem.
However, if the reactions persist, or continue to worsen, remove the ion-pumping
cords and the needles. Recheck your diagnosis. Likewise, if these reactions occur
when treating the polar channel pairs, check the connections, then stop the treat-
ment. Do not reverse polarity when treating the polar channel pairs. (There are
only occasional exceptions; all concern the yang channels.) The ion pumping (or
other polarity agent) treatment can be expected to decrease the abdominal reactions;
thus it is important to recheck the palpable reactions to insure that the treatment is
producing the expected results. Don't anticipate a "cure" with one treatment and
don't expect all the abdominal reactions to disappear with one treatment. Generally
it takes a course of treatments to create those changes.s
Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment 123
During the ion-pumping treatment, it is not uncommon for the patient to com-
plain of having a very itchy nose or itchiness to the sides of the nose. This may be
difficult for the patient, but is actually a good sign that the treatment is working well.
It is a good idea to check the electrical conductivity or the integrity of each cord
periodically. This is easily achieved by hooking the cord up to a simple electrical
meter to measure resistance.
~ - ------------------- +
Figure 7.4: Diagram of voltage causing small current to flow in channels
This technique proved extremely useful in researching the problems of tiny
electronic communication stimulation of the body. Application of this technique
and the bipolar magnetic technique is very easy because the points only need to be
touched to produce the effects. Wishing to further refine clinical research into the
tiny electronic communication techniques of stimulation, I then devised the ion
beam apparatus, which has also proven extremely useful in both research and
application.
The ion beam apparatus utilizes cylindrical coaxial conductors with negative-
ly and positively biased wave forms of electric current passing through the conduc-
tors so that they produce very weak negatively and positively charged electrical
fields or "beams of energy." These can be applied to a small point on the skin sur-
face, producing low levels of electrolysis, ionization, and current.
We offer the following more detailed explanation of the ion beam device. In
acupuncture anesthesia, there is a pulse transmitter intended to produce needle
anesthesia. It has two polarized outlets.
lb
la
+ (-)------------~---- ()
la
lb
() ()
Figure 7.7: The cylindrical coaxial conductor
In one conductor, wave form la is passed through the central axis, with lb
passed through the tubular axis. When these pulses pass at the same time through
the coaxial conductor, a small beam field is generated at the other end. This beam
has only a minute stimulatory effect. In the second conductor, we reverse the wave
form polarities: lb is passed through the central axis and la through the tubular
axis. This produces a beam field of opposite, but equally minute effect. Using the
first beam is like using the north magnetic pole; this is the positive beam. Using the
second beam is like using the south magnetic pole; this is the negative beam.
The effects of the ion beam apparatus are localized field effects. Nothing is
inserted into the body and nothing is actually placed on the skin surface. There are
no sterilization problems, no fear of needles, and great simplicity of use, provided
Synthesizing Diagnosis and Treatment 125
that a correct diagnostic assessment is made. These positive and negative beams are
also useful for researching the signal system. They produce effects similar to
acupuncture stimulation. We can thus examine yin-yang imbalances and their reg-
ulation with this device as well as the effects of various point combinations.
When treating with the ion beam device, it is important to note that for high-
er frequencies the time limit should be shorter, for lower frequencies it can be longer.
The minimum to maximum range is roughly 20 seconds to 1 minute. (Some practi-
tioners think that even twenty seconds is too long.) The ion beam electrodes need
only to be held lightly to the points. This is sufficient to obtain a therapeutic effect.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 More details of this can be found in Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the
Sea, pp. 254 passim.
(Ed): Like many inventions, ion pumping was the result of extreme need, in this case, Dr. Manaka's
efforts to treat masses of war-injured persons without conventional medical supplies.
2 See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, pp. 210-212, for discussions
of possible current effects.
3 Hiroshi Motoyama claims to have measured electric currents moving through the dermal con-
nective tissues. See Motoyama, H., "A biophysical elucidation of the meridian and ki energy; What is ki
energy and how does it flow?" Research for Religion and Parapsychology 7, no.1 (Aug 1981).
4 Bjorn Nordenstrom has developed a model of such ionic currents. See Nordenstrom, B.,
"Biologically closed circuits: clinical, experimental and theoretical evidence for an additional circulatory
system," private publication. See also: Taubes, G., "An electrifying possibility," Discover (April1986), pp.
22-37.
5 S.B.: We have noticed when teaching ion-pumping cord technique that very exact point location
is crucial. The difference between a significant (greater than 50%) improvement in abdominal reactions
and little or no improvement, may be only 1 or so millimeters difference in point location. Thus the first
step to take, if little or no change in abdominal reaction is noted within 2-3 minutes of cord application,
is to check point location. Often, re-locating and re-needling the point will produce the desired results.
~-
~
~~
CHAPTER EIGHT
DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT
FORMULATING A DIAGNOSIS
After checking these, you should reach some diagnostic conclusions. These
may be confirmed using either the Omura 0-ring test, or by testing reduction of
point reactivity using a polarity agent.
VISUAL EXAMINATION
In terms of assessing the overall condition of the patient's energy, visual
examination is often helpful. Patients with a large, full frame have what is tradi-
tionally called a yang or replete (shi) constitution. Those with a thin, weak frame
have a yin or vacuous (xu) constitution. Typically those with yang constitution
recover from illness more quickly than those with a yin constitution.
Inspection of the abdomen is particularly useful. If the abdomen is full and
rounded with a wide costal arch, this is a yang patient. If the abdomen is thin, with
thin, weak, flaccid muscles, a narrow costal arch, loose skin, and a sunken appear-
ance, this is a yin constitution. Generally, if the lower ribs and costal border region
are distended, with visible raised venules, or vascular spiders (in the subcostal and
lower costal regions), this indicates the yin wei-chong mai extraordinary vessel pair,
and therefore the potential of liver, spleen, stomach, gallbladder, and heart channel
involvement (though especially the liver). If the abdomen is thin, depressed, and
with poor tonus, this indicates the yin qiao-ren mai extraordinary vessel pair. In par-
ticular, if there is accompanying tightness in the muscles of the lumbar region, this
indicates yin qiao mai-ren mai involvement.
Inspection of the skin, to observe the color, hardness and elasticity, should be
noted locally and over the body as a whole. This is particularly important for the
diagnosis of blood stasis in the lower abdomen. The superficial layer of the skin is
an important location for treatment with special acupuncture techniques, for exam-
ple, subcutaneous (intradermal) and scratching needles.
In the case of liver problems, visual examination of the skin is most helpful.
In particular, you can look for areas of dark pigmentation along the lower border
of the chest or upper abdomen, in the regions below the eyes, and outward from
the lower border of the nose:
----
------ ------------
----
--- ------
---------:-----
-------::::.----
---
Figure 8.1: The Hirata Liver Zone
Diagnostic Assessment 129
blood stasis, according to our concept, is that it sets off a progression of metabolic,
functional, and organic changes. The blood cells and tissues all are connected at
the microcirculatory level where metabolic functions occur. Biases from either
internal or external sources create an acute or chronic impairment of microcircula-
tion. The resulting metabolic changes create functional changes that, if not reme-
died, and if chronic and advancing, lead to organic changes. If the organic changes
continue to progress they become irreversible. This is a complicated set of bio-
chemical and tissue processes, but when simplified as above, we can observe a gen-
eral picture that shows the stages of blood stasis and indicates an appropriate treat-
ment protocol for each progressive stage.
In the first stage, which is easily treatable by a variety of techniques, sites of
skin pigmentation begin to appear (like freckles), as do small papules and pimples.
These are commonly found on the trapezius muscle, in the right subcostal and
costal regions, and along the cheek bones. In the second stage, where treatment
becomes more difficult, the pigmentation becomes darker; venules dilate, as can be
seen in the vascular spiders and blue colored varicosities often visible on the legs.
Moles with a light brown or red coloration begin to appear. The skin surface
becomes rough, often over broad areas. The supraclavicular and lower neck
regions especially show rough skin pigmentation or moles. Calluses also appear
on the bottom of the feet in the following regions:
TACTILE INSPECTION
Small
Intestine
/Heart
Large
Intestine
I Lung
e Gallbladder
/Liver
Stomach
I Spleen
1Triple
Bladder
/Kidney
I Burner I
Master of
the Heart
I Pericardium
One limitation of radial pulse diagnosis is that while we can discern weakness
in a particular channel, it does not tell us whether we should treat the left or right
branch of that channel. As we have explained, discrimination of left-right imbal-
ances is often important clinically. These distinctions tend to be found with
abdominal and body palpation, which with careful practice we can use to further
refine our pulse diagnosis.
Palpation of abdominal or mu point patterns
In the history of the use of abdominal palpation for diagnosis, there have been
many methods and interpretations) As well as the mu points described earlier,
there have been uses according to the five phases derived from the Nan Jing:
Figure 8.6: Abdominal five phase assignments from the Nan Jing
There have also been applications according to the organs (from the sixteenth
century court acupuncturist, Isai Misonou:)
Traditional Mu Points
Yin channels Yang channels
lung LU-1 large intestine ST-25
kidney GB-25 bladder CV-3
liver LR-14 gallbladder GB-24
heart CV-14 small intestine CV-4
pericardium CV-17 triple burner CV-5
spleen LR-13 stomach CV-12
Manaka Mu Points
Region Correspondence
LU-1 to LU-2 lungs
PC-1 (lateral and superior to the nipple) pericardium
CV-17 heart, pericardium
Kl-23 heart
at the sides of CV-14 heart
LR-14 to GB-26 (usually right subcostal region) liver
GB-24 to GB-29 region (often one or both points) gallbladder
both sides of CV-12 (including ST-21) stomach
GB-26 to SP-21 region (often one or both points) spleen
KI-16 (occasionally GB-25) kidneys
ST-25 (sometimes slightly lateral to ST-25) triple burner
CV-17 upper burner
CV-12 middle burner
CV-5 lower burner
ST-26 (sometimes slightly medial to ST-26) small intestine
ST-27 (sometimes slightly lateral to ST-27) large intestine
KI-ll bladder
The signal system can be assessed through observing the following reactions
in the abdominal area:
1. Observing skin condition: thickness, brightness, hardness, color
and pigmentation.
2. Observing the condition of the muscles: softness, hardness,
lumpiness, pressure pain, etc.
3. Observing the condition of subcutaneous tissues: fattiness,
puffiness, and what one feels when lightly pinching the skin.
4. Comparison of the abdominal quadrants.
The healthy abdomen is neither hard nor soft; it is like mochi.6 It is elastic
with no pain even on deep palpation.
The abdomen can be difficult to diagnose in the following cases:
- Particularly fat or thin people.
- People who are using tranquilizers, hypertensive medications, analgesics,
or neurological medications. These substances tend to dull the patient's sensitivi-
ty to pressure pain.
- When the clinician is too well electrically grounded, there will be difficulty
finding pressure pain.
These problems are most obvious when examining pressure pain in the superior,
inferior, left and right quadrants of the abdomen.
Other cases that are difficult to diagnose by palpation are post-surgical
patients and patients who are psychologically stressed. People who have had
surgery often evidence changes in the position of internal organs. Patients with
psychological problems often have reactions that are misleading. These problems
can be overcome. First, you must not be overconfident in diagnosis. Second, you
must pay special attention to differentiating and confirming the diagnosis.
There are simple procedures you can apply to some difficult diagnostic cases.
These often clarify and simplify diagnosis, especially with a patient having psy-
chological problems that generate misleading signs. Typically, these patients show
an oversensitivity in the abdominal region. When you begin to palpate, everything
will hurt, or the abdomen will tense so that it is hard to ascertain the tonus or reac-
tion of the muscles. The whole abdomen can also become extremely ticklish. In
such cases, applying direct, thread-size moxa (usually three repetitions on GV-20),
will reduce the overall reactivity of the abdomen, making it possible to continue
diagnosis and treatment. This seems to work by settling the patient's qi. In tradi-
tional literature, GV-20 is indicated for nervous or psychological problems. If
moxa, or the thought of moxa, upsets the patient, try holding the negative electrode
of the electrostatic adsorber to GV-20 for approximately 20 seconds. This usually
has the same or similar effect. Ticklishness is often misleading because the patient
may attempt to dismiss the reactions experienced by saying that it tickles. A simple
trick will usually clarify this, both for diagnosis and the patient. Compare left and
right areas that are ticklish. Often where the left ASIS is described as extremely
ticklish, the right ASIS is not at all ticklish. Also after treatment the ticklishness will
greatly reduce; if not directly after treatment, then at least throughout the course of
treatments.
Patterns of reaction on the abdomen tend to fall into three overlapping
groups. The first is a class of single channel problems; the second is the pairing of
Diagnostic Assessment 137
For each pattern of reactions from among these groups there is a simple for-
mula of points that can be used. These formulae are based on the clinical experi-
ence and clinical rules described above and use polarity agents to obtain the ther-
apeutic effect.
The clearest corresponding reflex body areas, developed by my associate,
Kazuko Itaya, are those associated with the extraordinary vessels. The general pat-
terns of reflex areas are seen in the following illustrations:
Figure 8.12a: Yang Wei-Dai Mai Figure 8.12b: Yang Qiao-Du Mai
Figure 8.12c: Yin Qiao-Ren Mai Figure 8.12d: Yin Wei-Chong Mai
yin qiao-ren mai along ren mai, LU-1 to LU-2 area, Kl-16 +
ASIS, KI-ll to ST-30 area
ST-12 area, ST-9 area, LU-3 to LU-4 area
_}) ~~
Stomach- @
Pericardium O 0 0 Pericardium
Bladder- LLg 0 0 0
l
Bladder- Lung @
Gallbladder-
Heart
' O O
I
Gallbladder-
Heart
Each area corresponds to one set of arm and leg yin and yang channels, in an
innovative new systematization:
The areas are located as follows: A and D are between lines passing through
BL-56 and BL-57; B and E are located between lines passing through BL-57 and BL-
58; C and Fare located between lines that pass through BL-58 and GB-37. Usually,
Band E are at the widest portion of the calf, with A and D about two finger-widths
above, and C and F about two finger-widths below. The upper and lower areas
thus begin roughly one finger-width either side of the widest part of the calf and
each area is about two finger-widths wide.
The patient should lie supine with the knees raised to about a ninety-degree
angle and feet flat on the treatment surface. Palpate these points with a gentle pres-
sure, comparing left and right.
. This simple treatment m~thod can improve reactions found on the gastrocne-
mms and abdomen as well as Improve weaknesses found in the pulse. Sometimes
symptomatic conditions are also eliminated.
As another example, if we find reactions on left Kl-16 and ST-27, the kidney
and large intestine reflex points, finding a reaction on the left or right gastrocnemius
muscles in area B strongly confirms the abdominal findings. This diagnosis can be
further supported with evidence from the radial pulses, the 0-ring test and point
tests.
It is important to differentiate the significance of reactions in particular points.
While there is a functional overlap between the channels and extraordinary vessels,
the extent of this overlap is rarely clear. Sometimes the treatment of right subcostal
pressure pain and tension with accompanying lower left quadrant reactions can be
achieved with an ion-cord treatment of the left yang wei and right yin wei mai con-
nections. Sometimes it may require a liver-small intestine channel treatment.
Careful attention is required to differentiate the exact pattern of reactions and the
degree of the reactions, so that the most appropriate treatment can be determined.
For example, Kl-16 pressure pain, if accompanied by clear ST-27 pressure pain
and a reaction on the calf muscles in the kidney-large intestine reflex area, should
be treated through the kidney-large intestine pair. However, if the ST-27 and calf
muscle reactions are not clear, but there is clear pressure pain and tension at LU-1
and along the ren mai, then the yin qiao-ren mai connection is indicated.
Palpating the back and other areas of the body
Each channel has a representative point on the surface of the back. Changes
in the segments of the spinal cord, indicating morbid changes in the various vis-
ceral organs, can be inferred from the condition of the skin and muscles of the back.
At the same time, the corresponding points can be used as treatment points. Pre-
morbid changes, functional changes, can also be assessed by examination of the
skin, the muscle tonus, and the degree of tenderness and induration found at these
corresponding points.
Palpation is useful for finding functional changes in muscles, i.e., hypersensi-
tivity or tension. These indications can be clinical or preclinical. The mechanisms
by which pressure pain, hypersensitivity, and other indications appear at the body
surface are very complicated and far from clear. Different researchers have differ-
ent explanations; these explanations are often contradictory. In Western medicine,
hypersensitivity sometimes appears at McBurney's point and is associated with
appendicitis. However, on occasion this hypersensitivity occurs with kidney
stones, cholecystitis, diverticulitis, intestinal invaginations, intestinal TB, and
intestinal cancer. It is difficult to explain this diverse range of associations.S
Points and areas of hypersensitivity, tension, etc., are sometimes subject to exter-
nal influences. Palpating the abdomen of a subject in an electromagnetically shielded
room, while standing on an insulation mat, the practitioner will find certain points
and areas of reaction. As soon as the practitioner steps off the mat and becomes
"grounded," different points and areas of the patient's abdomen become reactive.
Distinguishing functional hypersensitivity from a lack of functional change in
sensitivity is also difficult. The following diagram shows the development of func-
tional hyperesthesia or hypersensitivity in the earlier stages of a disharmony. As
the disharmony becomes chronic and/ or more severe with an accompanying vacu-
ity, it transforms to functional hypoesthesia or hyposensitivity. Notice also that
development of functional hyper- and hypotonia is out of phase with the occur-
rence of hypoesthesia:
142 Diagnostic Assessment
HYPERESTHESIA
Figure 8.13: body areas where fat and edema accumulate most easily
Another useful palpation technique that provides a general assessment of the
patient's overall condition and the progression of treatment is checking the tension,
tightness, and pressure pain of the sternocleidomastoid muscles. A number of
practitioners use this technique to assess the overall condition of the patient.9
Generally, we use it to determine the success of treatment. Palpate the muscles by'
lightly pinching them between the thumbs and forefingers, and note the degree of
tightness or pressure pain. As treatment progresses, repalpate the muscles. If the
treatment is working, the muscles will be softer and less painful. This is a useful
indication of the effectiveness of treatment.
If there are clear confirmations for one pattern, the following tests may be
unnecessary, as they are used to double check and reconfirm a diagnosis. However,
in any case where the confirmations are not clear, or appear to indicate more than
one pattern, these tests help differentiate and confirm a particular diagnosis and an
associated treatment.
To test using the ion-pumping cord, ion beam or electrostatic adsorber, touch
the negative pole to one of the reactive KI-6 points. Touch the positive pole to LU-
7 on the same side for five to ten seconds. Then repalpate the ASIS, KI-16 and LU-
1 areas on the side tested. If they feel less painful or tense, even only slightly, check
further with the 0-ring test. If the 0-ring test reveals a stronger response, your
diagnosis and treatment selection are confirmed. You have confirmed through sev-
eral steps and procedures the diagnosis and treatment selection of the yin qiao
mai-ren mai using the ion-pumping cords and can feel more confident that you will
achieve the desired effects during the first step of general treatment.
Finding pressure pain on left ST-25, GB-26 and SP-21 (the triple burner and
spleen channel reflex points), and the right spleen-triple burner gastrocnemius
area, a weakened response to the 0-ring test on the abdominal points, and a weak-
ness of the spleen pulse allows you to diagnose a spleen and triple burner channel
problem. Before treating the spleen and triple burner channels, test, for example,
left SP-2, the supplementation point, with the positive pole of the ion-pumping
cord, ion beam, or electrostatic adsorber and left SP-5, the drainage point, with the
negative pole. Touch the points for five seconds. If this reduces the pressure pain
at ST-25, GB-26 and SP-21, and increases the resistance in the 0-ring test, then you
have clear confirmation to treat the spleen-triple burner channel.
This simple systematic approach, with its constant feedback from the patient,
pressure response of the points, radial pulses, and the 0-ring test, allows the devel-
opment of a simple, reliable and testable treatment methodology that will achieve
the first and most important step of the general treatment. This methodology also
allows a considerable flexibility of treatment selection, since on the spot assess-
ments of the projected efficacy of a particular treatment allow quick adaptation.
This is beneficial not only to your patients, but also your learning and practice.
Working with a safe, simple and reliable heuristic methodology allows you the
important privilege of learning from your patients.
CHANNEL SYMPTOMOLOGY
The following symptom patterns, general relationships and uses are derived
from Shinkyu Rinsho Iten (Clinical medical dictionary of acupuncture and moxibustion),
page 85. The channel "triplets" are the arm-leg yin-yang groupings. For instance,
the arm yin triplet is comprised of the lung, heart, and pericardium channels.
We can add to this list of symptoms the following observations that are asso-
ciated with problems of particular motions of the spine and joints:
- Problems with extension of the spine are typically related to the bladder or
stomach channels, as are problems of flexion of the spine.
- Problems that come when standing from a sitting position are typically
associated with the kidney or gallbladder channels.
- Problems that come when sitting from a lying position are usually associ-
ated with the stomach or gallbladder channels. Focusing attention on these chan-
nels whenever motion problems are evident often helps redress the problem.
If a patient presents with a febrile condition, due to either some acute infec-
tious disease, such as a flu or cold, or from some deeper infection, for example a
pelvic inflammatory disease, special attention must be paid to these problems. If the
fever is not systemic, but limited to an inflamed joint, as might be found in a patient
with rheumatoid arthritis, one can generally deal with this with the procedures
described in the symptom control section of chapter 11. The local inflammation is
148 Diagnostic Assessment
addressed in the final steps of treatment. If the fever is systemic, and clearly due
to cold or flu, this must be dealt with directly. Some symptoms listed earlier, for
example, symptoms associated with the du mai and ren mai, are the result of viral
infections. As step one treatments they might be helpful. But, at a later stage in the
same treatment, something more direct, such as direct moxa, bloodletting, or cup-
ping, will be necessary. Generally, if a patient presents with such a problem, it is
better to focus on that problem. Acute febrile conditions are delicate and can
progress rapidly. Thus, it is better not to upset the body's already struggling
defenses with too much therapy.
If the fever is from a deeper infection, such as a P.I.D., acupuncture can be
very helpful, but it is generally not a good idea to treat such a condition without
having consulted an allopathic physician. Antibiotics are not perfect, but they do
work faster than acupuncture in such conditions. If improperly treated, or even if
too slowly treated, these conditions can become dangerous. In chronic conditions,
which have shown no change for some time and which have been unresponsive to
Western pharmaceutical and antibiotic therapy, the application of the treatments
described in chapters 9 through 11 can be very advantageous.
The flow chart that follows describes basic components of diagnosis and
assessment, and various treatment strategies and their alternatives, with the
reassessments that accompany each step. Note that the question and answer
method is typical of the treatment methodology used. Reassessment always fol-
lows each step. Pressure pain, tension, radial pulses, pain levels, range of motion,
flexibility, are always assessed when appropriate to the patient's condition.
Note also that (1) generally gives a long-term assessment; how the skin tex-
ture and color, muscle tone, and imbalances progress is an indication of future con-
dition; (2), (3), and (4) are important throughout diagnosis and treatment; (5) is par-
ticularly important when deciding the limit of treatment and what points will con-
trol symptoms. Remember that this flow chart represents a typical flow of diagno-
sis and selection of treatment approach. Assessment of individual cases may
require altering this flow on occasion.
Diagnostic Assessment 151
Observation
(1) ~ (2) ~ (3) ~ (4) ~ (5) ~
~
Confirmation
(2) (3)
if very weak use 0-ring test
use biorhythms
Testing
After arriving at a general diagnosis we can test the treatment points
associated with that diagnosis using various tools (e.g. magnets, ion
beam, etc.)
Assessment
If diagnosis is clear and response If diagnosis is complex or unclear
to testing procedure is clear, i.e., and the testing procedures produce
improvements are seen in pulse, unclear responses, either retest the
abdomen, body, 0-ring responses same points with different polaritief
and possibly symptoms, go to: test a different pattern of points, or
go to:
Decisions
step one treatment using Reassessment of Step one treatment
I.P., etc. diagnostic signs using secondary
and responses approaches or
alternative strategies
152 Diagnostic Assessment
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 In chapters 9 and 11 we describe a number of treatment techniques. Importantly, Itaya's
research on the microcirculatory effects of acupuncture show that the insertion of a single needle can
have a general effect on problems of blood stasis (see appendix 2).
2 The Hirata zone system of correspondences was developed in the 1930's in Japan by Dr.
Kurakichi Hirata.
3 See Manaka, Y. eta/., "Abdominal diagnosis and indications in traditional Chinese medicine";
Amer. Jour. Acup., July - Sept. 13: 3, 223-234; and, Hara Diagnosis, chapters 2 and 11, for discussions of this.
4 For a thorough review of palpatory diagnostic findings and their interpretations, see
Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, especially chapter 11 passim.
5 See Hara Diagnosis, pp. 350-352 for discussions of this.
6 Mochi is a traditional Japanese food made by pounding boiled, glutinous "sweet" rice until it
acquires an even, sticky, elastic consistency. There are few Western foods that are similar; a sticky bread
dough or a very soft taffy have some tactile correlations.
7 See chapter 16 of Hara Diagnosis for more details of differential diagnosis.
8 A recent study published in China describes key points that tend to become reactive when spe-
cific diseases are present. This method of diagnosis compares to Western medical palpatory diagnosis
and contrasts with the palpatory diagnostic systems we describe. The specific point reactions provide
a useful frame of reference for diagnosis but are not so useful for composing a general treatment (see
appendix 1).
9 Ms. Tokito uses this technique to determine efficacy of treatment. See Matsumoto, K. and S.
Birch, Extraordinary Vessels, pp. 150 passim. Mr. Oda uses it as part of his overall system of diagnosis.
10 Dr. Omura has published many papers on the use of the hi-digital 0-ring test. For some dis-
cussions of this test and speculations on its mechanism see: Omura, Y., "The hi-digital 0-ring test:
Critical evaluation of its abnormal responses with laboratory tests including 'blood pressure and blood
flow method,' 'blood chemistry,' etc., and neurological method," Acup. & Electro-Therapeutics Res. Int.
Jour.8:37-43, 1983. See also, Omura, Y., " 'Bi-digital 0-ring test molecular identification and localiza-
tion method' and its application in imaging of internal organs and malignant tumors as well as identi-
fication and localization of neurotransmitters and microorganisms - Part I," Acup. & Electro-Therapeutics
Res. Int. Jour 11:65-100, 1986. See also, Omura, Y., "Electromagnetic resonance phenomenon as a possi-
ble mechanism related to the 'Bi-digital 0-ring test' molecular identification and localization method."
Acup. & Electro-Therapeutics Res. Int. Jour 11:127-145, 1986. ,
11 Editor's note: These symptom patterns have been translated from Dr. Manaka's book, Ika no
Tameno Shinjutsu Nyumon Kuoza (Introductory lectures on acupuncture for medical doctors), second edition,
1980, pages 242-253.
~
"\~~
0 ~:.J;
CHAPTER NINE
Our attitude and our approach to treatment are fundamental to healing. Since
we are administering qi therapy, procedures to restore the balance of qi, we must
be aware that our own qi is integral to diagnosis and treatment. It is impossible to
separate the practitioner from the therapy. The effects of acupuncture do not arise
merely from the points treated and the procedure used to stimulate those points;
they also depend on the practitioner. Decision-making and performance are affect-
ed by condition. As a practitioner, you must pay attention to your own health; treat
yourself, or receive treatment, whenever necessary. Stay strong and healthy.
Neither is the attitude of the patient separable from the healing process. The
patient must be as thoroughly involved as is possible in their own therapy. Those
patients who become involved in their own healing usually do better than those
who just expect to be healed. This is not only because involved patients are more
likely to change negative dietary or work habits, and thus acquire the benefits that
derive from such positive steps, but also because they attend to home treatment
whenever possible. In Japan for example, it is typical that patients go home with
instructions to treat themselves in some way, using techniques of therapeutic
exercise, self-massage, moxa therapy, or other treatments guided by the practi-
tioner.
Ideally a patient should be seen on a weekly treatment schedule. For acute
conditions or for cases of extreme weakness, two or three times a week is often a
superior schedule. When patients are unable to come for therapy as often as you
suggest, simple home treatment procedures have greater importance. However,
even patients who are able to come for frequent treatment can benefit from home
therapies, especially in chronic or severe cases.
When you first treat a patient, it is a good idea to not overdo the therapy, and
to avoid strong stimulation. Sometimes there are unexpected reactions or overre-
actions to treatment. Minimal stimulation doses will reduce the possibility of an
overreaction. As treatment progresses, gradually increase the stimulation as
required by the condition.
Common treatment patterns and a few unusual patterns are detailed later in
the text. If you want to try a new form of therapy, or a new therapeutic pattern,
follow this rule of thumb: always try the new procedure on yourself first. If the
treatment goes well, then try it on your associates, assistants, family members,
friends, and other healthy individuals. If you find no unexpected effects, then, and
156 Clinical Treatment: Step One
only then, is it appropriate to use your new treatment approach with your patients.
Developing new treatments and procedures should always be done with great
care.
Typically, the use of points for symptom control shows strong correlations to
specific symptoms. These correlations are correspondences (e.g., isophasal rela-
tions, channel pathway relationships, yin-yang) or time-tested clinical uses.
A number of possibilities can be chosen for the fifth step. Should poor
lifestyle, or physical, mental, and dietary habits have clearly interfered with the
patient's health, or should home therapy be necessitated by the severity or chronic
nature of the complaints, some recommendations may be required. Where home
therapy is given, specific symptoms can be addressed, as can the general condition.
Other recommendations may be directed at the elimination of deleterious habits
that bias the patient unfavorably or that indirectly worsen the symptoms and gen-
eral condition.
There are many possibilities for steps one and four. There is a more limited
selection for steps two and three. Based on the research and the experiments
described earlier, we have devised a set of clinical rules and guidelines with simple
sets of treatments that can be used with reliable results for step one. We have also
outlined a few supplementary and alternative treatment methods for confusing or
complex cases.
For steps two and three, there are some simple strategies and techniques
based in the octahedral and isophasal theories that we have distilled from our clin-
ical experience. For step four we describe several basic approaches for controlling
symptoms and several secondary methods that can be used when confronted with
very complex conditions or when the previous treatment stages have proven insuf-
ficient. For step five, a diverse range of possibilities can be selected from areas
where the practitioner may be expert: psychological counselling, confrontation or
support; recommendations and guidelines for changing mental, physical, or
dietary habits; or suggestions for home exercise, home moxa therapy, and other
home therapies. The flow chart on the following page summarizes these steps.
The total adjustment obtained through combining steps one, two, and three
involves an adjustment of the overall octahedral and isophasal levels. Each step
adjusts specific imbalances at these levels. The combined effect of adjusting ante-
rior (step one), posterior (step two), left, right, superior, and inferior portions (steps
one through three), and combining isophasal effects with octahedral effects, has
further regulatory consequences. The sequence of diagnosis and treatment is very
simple. The number of factors examined are kept to a few basic ones. In most cases
the overall effect is quite profound.
158 Clinical Treatment: Step One
PC-6, TB-5, GB-41, and SI-3 have the standard locations given in most acu-
point books. In our experience SP-4 is on a muscle knot located at the proximal
head of the first metatarsal. This is a little more proximal and inferior than some
books describe. KI-6 and BL-62 are both slightly posterior to their usual locations,
inferior to the center of the malleoli. LU-7 is located on the lung channel between
the radius and the radial artery.
that can be used advantageously. When using colors on the points, more points can
be used, but still not the whole range. Open point treatments use all but the luo and
xi points.
Following the descriptions of treatment methods there are a series of case
studies. These show the use of the polarity agents (ion pumping, electrostatic
adsorbers, ion beam device) for the confluence-jiaohui pairs and supplementation-
drainage pairs. These are anecdotal, selected recently from a busy practice.
Usually, the orientation of the ion-pumping cords follows the notations in the
preceding table. Occasionally, unusual patterns or circumstances, which require
different polarity hookup, may be noted. The following are examples of unusual
patterns:2
- For treatments which require bilateral cord application using the the yin
qiao mai and yang qiao mai connections, you should find abdominal reactions on
both sides. However, if you find reactions only on one side, you can focus treat-
ment on the affected side only.
- In the same fashion, the typically one-sided yin wei mai and yang wei mai
connections may be oriented bilaterally if the abdominal reactions are clearly evi-
denced on both sides. In our experience, if a patient presents with upper right
quadrant and lower right quadrant reactions, e.g., right subcostal and right ASIS
reactions, this often responds well to the treatment using ion pumping with place-
ment of the black(-) cord on left TB-5, and the red(+) on left GB-41. If the unilat-
eral abdominal pattern of reactions is on the left, the treatment is done on the right.
162 Clinical Treatment: Step One
The testing procedures described in the last chapter can help determine whether or
not to use this treatment.
- When palpating the abdominal area, subcostal tension and pressure pain is
a common finding. Relative to the extraordinary vessels, it is treated through the
yin wei mai-chong mai. Most often this abdominal reaction occurs on the right side,
being typically associated with the liver. If untreated, it can, over time, spread to
the left side as well. In these cases the bilateral tension and pressure pain in the
subcostal regions can be treated with bilateral utilization of the yin wei mai-chong
mai. To do this, it is better to treat just the right side first and reassess the reactions.
If the left side has not changed or has changed only slightly, then add the ion
pumping to the left side. This bilateral subcostal reaction is a sign of a slightly
more advanced condition and indicates that it will take more time to treat. We have
also noticed that if there is tension or tightness in these regions, it is more easily
treated when the pressure pain is still present, than when there is no longer pres-
sure pain sensitivity. The lack of pressure pain is often a sign of a more advanced,
or more serious condition.
- If there is reactiveness only on the left subcostal region, or if there is greater
reaction on the left side than the right side, it is often indicative of a much more
advanced and possibly serious condition. This is more difficult to treat. Typically
such a reaction is better treated through bilateral utilization of the yin wei mai-chong
mai connection, rather than just treating the reactive left side. We have also found
that left-sided reactions respond relatively well to bilateral use of the yin wei mai-
chong mai before 4 pm. If treating this condition after 4 pm, it is often better to use
the yin qiao mai-ren mai connection on the left side only. Test to determine which
pattern will work better at what time. This left-sided reaction is often associated
with problems of the heart and high blood pressure.
- If you find this left-sided reaction and a hard pulse in the deep level of the
second position of the right pulse (spleen), check the blood pressure of the patient.
Such patients usually evidence an elevated blood pressure. This can be a relatively
dangerous condition and should be treated with great caution. If the reaction
found is more centrally located, yet still in this region of the abdomen, in particu-
lar in the substernal region, you can determine the seriousness of the condition
based on the presence of pressure pain. If this region is hard and without pressure
pain, it is more serious than if pressure pain is still present.3 This reaction (closer
to the substernal region) can also be treated successfully with the yin wei mai-chong
mai pair. On some occasions the yin qiao mai-ren mai pair will work better. The gen-
eral pattern of reactions and the use of the testing procedures will help you decide
which treatment to use.
- Almost invariably, if the patient has poor muscle tonus and lack of strength
in the abdominal muscles (general flaccidity), with corresponding tightness of the
muscles in the lumbar region, it is best to automatically treat KI-6 (-)and LU-7 (+)
bilaterally. Patients with this kind of abdomen are in a more advanced state of xu
(vacuity), and treating KI-6-LU-7 provides a notable level of improvement.
These variations of subcostal and substernal reactions are not particularly
common, depending on your patient population, but it is important to pay atten-
tion to these variations, their significance, and treatment.
POSTERIOR ANTERIOR
TB-10
Utilization of these points is as follows: (+) indicates the red clip of the ion-
pumping cord, the positive electrode of the ion beam device, or the positive elec-
trostatic adsorber; (-) indicates the black clip of the ion-pumping cord, the negative
electrode of the ion beam device, or the negative electrostatic adsorber.
Diagnosis Treatment
Gastrocnemius Abdomen Points and polarity applications
left A ST-25, SP-21 to GB-26 (+)to right SP-2, (-)to 5P-5; (+)to TB-3, (-)to TB-10
right A ST-25, SP-21 to GB-26 (+)to left SP-2, (-)to SP-5; (+)to TB-3; (-)to TB-10
left B KI-16, 5T-27 (-)to right KI-1, (+)to KI-7; (-)to LI-2, (+)to LI-11
right B Kl-16, ST-27 (-)to left KI-1, (+)to Kl-7; (-)to LI-2, (+)to LI-11
left C LR-14*, ST-26 (-) to right LR-2, (+) to LR-8; (+) to 51-3, (-) to Sl-8
rightC LR-14*, 5T-26 (-)to left LR-2, (+)to LR-8; (+)to 51-3, (-)to 51-8
left D ST-21,CV-12,CV-17,PC-1 (+)to right PC-9, (-)to PC-7; (-)to ST-45, (+)to 5T-41
right D 5T-21,CV-12,CV-17,PC-1 (+)to left PC-9, (-)to PC-7; (-)to ST-45, (+)to ST-41
left E Kl-11, LU-1-LU-2 (+)to right LU-9, (-)to LU-5; (+)to BL-67, (-)to BL-65
right Kl-11, LU-1-LU-2 (+)to left LU-9, (-)to LU-5; (+)to BL-67, (-)to BL-65
left F CV-14,KI-23,GB-24,GB-29 (+)to right HT-9, (-)to HT-7; (+)to GB-43, (-)to GB-38
right F CV-14,KI-23,GB-24,GB-29 (+)to left HT-9, (-)to HT-7; (+)to GB-43, (-)to GB-38
* As well as LR-14, the subcostal region itself can be reactive, especially the right
side, over the liver.
Kl-1 is located and treated on the sole of the foot, not the medial corner of the
fifth toenail. PC-9 is located and treated at the radial corner of the third fingernail,
not at the tip of the third finger. Because BL-67, ST-45, PC-9, HT-9, SP-2, LI-2, KI-1,
SI-3 are often painful to needle, it is easier, just as effective, and more comfortable
for the patient if you use the electrostatic adsorbers or ion beam device for these
points. If you have the choice of a treatment tool, begin by testing the diagnosed
channels with one tool, for example, the electrostatic adsorbers. If the changes of
abdominal reaction are dramatic, the tool may only need to be reapplied for a short
period to achieve the goals of step one. For example, if testing with the electrosta-
tic adsorbers achieves the treatment goal for step one, then the ion pumping with
Clinical Treatment: Step One 165
needles would be unnecessary. However, if the test produces only a slight change,
or if only the ion-pumping device is available, then proceed with needles and ion
pumping. Remember that when needling these more sensitive points, it would be
better to use thinner needles at all points and a quicker insertion method.
In the preceding table, the most common treatment pattern utilizes points on
the channels which are located on the side of the body that is opposite to the sore
gastrocnemius reactions. For example, if left B, the kidney-large intestine reflex
area, is reactive, and KI-16, ST-27 are reactive on the right side, then treat KI-1, KI-
7 and LI-2, LI-11 on the right side.
If the points on the abdomen are reactive in a pattern of one on one side and
one on the other, for example, right KI-16 and left ST-27, you would still treat on
the side opposite to the gastrocnemius reactivity, i.e., treat KI-1, KI-7, LI-2, LI-11, on
the right side when left B is reactive.
This pattern of treating on the side opposite the gastrocnemius reaction is the
general rule to apply. However, there are some exceptions. Occasionally the
abdominal reflex points and gastrocnemius reactions are all on the same side; for
example, right B, right KI-16, and right ST-27. In such a case, treat on that side of
the body, or, in this case, treat right KI-1, KI-7 and Ll-2, Ll-11.
There is a further exception relative to the liver-small intestine pair. The liver-
related abdominal reactiveness is almost always on the right side; this is a kind of
bias. The reactions on the gastrocnemius at C, the liver-small intestine reflex area,
can be on the right or left leg. The reactions at ST-26, the small intestine reflex
point, can also be on the left or right side. Because problems of the liver channel
usually show in the crossing muscle pattern (previously described), we would treat
the small intestine points SI-3, SI-8 on the right arm. The liver points LR-2, LR-8
would be treated on the same side of the body as the reactive ST-26. Thus, for reac-
tions at right ST-26, we would treat right LR-2, LR-8; for left ST-26, we would treat
left LR-2, LR-8. Based on our experience, we have found that this exception to
usual treatment works well.
Remember that whenever you think of stepping beyond the general rules to
adapt to a peculiar case, the procedures for testing the points to guarantee opti-
mum efficacy are critically important.
As mentioned earlier, we have also found that the colors have stimulus qual-
ities. Red and white tend to excite the channel. Black, blue, and green tend to
sedate the channel, while yellow and orange tend to be neutral, neither exciting nor
sedating. It is also possible to use colors that correspond to the phase correspon-
dences of channel reflex points, such as the abdominal reflex points (mu points) and
the related back-shu points; for example, red on ST-25 and CV-4 (triple burner,
small intestine - fire), yellow on CV-12 (stomach - earth). The colors should be
applied as a small dot to the precise point locations.
When a patient is diagnosed with a polar channel pair imbalance, rather than
immediately treating the supplementation and drainage points, try applying yel-
low to the source points. If this changes the pressure pain and 0-ring responses, it
confirms your diagnosis. If it eliminates these responses, it has served as a replace-
ment for the polarity treatment. In the former case, go ahead and treat the supple-
mentation and drainage points as described earlier. If little or no response or
change occurs, then either add red to the fire points, or white to the metal points,
depending on which channels are being used. If the responses vanish, this is
enough for step one. If they only decrease, go ahead with the polarity treatment,
or go on to the next step, which is to burn direct moxa once on each point.
Reassessment is accomplished with the same procedure. If your diagnostics and
points selection are correct, this is usually sufficient for step one treatment. Jf not,
or if this method is inadequate, proceed with polarity treatment of the polar chan-
nel or extraordinary vessels, depending on which pattern of reaction remains.
As an example of this simple procedure, consider a patient who shows a
spleen-triple burner pattern with right abdominal and left gastrocnemius reactive-
ness. The treatment procedure would be as follows:
1. Place yellow on right TB-4 and right SP-3.
2. Re-palpate the reflex points. If little or no change has occurred, then place
red on right TB-6 and right SP-2.
3.. Re-palpate the reflex points. If little or no change has occurred, then apply
one thread-size moxa to each point.
4. Re-palpate the reflex points. If little or no change has occurred, then treat
the dominant pattern with the ion-pumping protocol.
Note that at each stage, if the reflex point reactions were found to be
improved greatly or to have vanished, then the goals of step one treatment would
be accomplished.
This procedure is quick and simpler to perform than to describe. When suc-
cessful, all further treatment is simplified. When inadequate or unsuccessful, you
will have spent only a few minutes, and will have gained insight into what is prob-
ably a more complex case.4
Open points can be used in place of the extraordinary vessel and polar chan-
nel treatments, or they can be integrated into the logic of one of those treatments.
They can be remarkably helpful at the first step of root treatment.
When detailing the nai zhi fa treatment method, we described the use of the
bihourly supplementation point with a positive polarity as a means of obtaining a
clearer reading of the radial pulses. A second method using open points, the hi-
hourly supplementation and drainage points, can be an integral part of diagnosis
and treatment. For instance, assume that it is between 9-11 am, or 11-1 pm, and you
find reactions in the following reflex areas: right GB-26 to SP-21, right ST-25, right
subcostal area, left ASIS and the spleen-triple burner region of the left gastrocne-
mius. In this situation, the patient shows both a clear spleen-triple burner channel
diagnosis (SP-21-GB-26, ST-25, gastrocnemius) and a clear cross-syndrome pattern
(right subcostal region, left ASIS). A simplified differentiation may be determined
among these possible patterns: the spleen-triple burner polar channel pair, the
right yin wei-chong mai, and left yang wei-dai mai connections.
Because SP-5 is available as a drainage point between 9-11 am, and SP-2 is
available as a supplementation point between 11am-1 pm, the use of the spleen-
triple burner pair will be strongly reinforced by biorhythmic effects during these
hours. Thus, it would be advantageous to treat SP-2 (red+) and SP-5 (black-) with
TB-3 (red+) and TB-10 (black-) on the right side. Of course, using the 0-ring test
and/ or point testing with polarity devices will confirm the applicability of the
treatment.
The logic of selecting the treatment using an available open point can be
applied at any time as a further reinforcement and confirmation. For example, if it
were 4 pm and we were treating a patient with reactions at the right subcostal and
left ASIS regions, with tenderness on left ST-26, and the liver-small intestine region
of the left gastrocnemius, it would probably be most advantageous to apply treat-
ment to right SI-3 (red, +), SI-8 (black, -), left LR-8 (red, +), and LR-2 (black, -),
rather than the right yin wei-left yang wei connections, because SI-3 is the supple-
mentation point at this time.
The third general means of using the bi-hourly open points is as the entire
first step of treatment. In these cases, one or both of the supplementation and
drainage points are used to eliminate the abdominal, chest, and gastrocnemius
reactions. For instance, when treating a 62-year-old female patient suffering from
bronchiecstasis with a general weakness of the abdominal region and pressure pain
at left ST-27, and a weak overall pulse, moxa therapy at ST-41 (since it was a little
after 9 am) proved very helpful. That therapy alone reduced all the reactions,
improved the pulse, and allowed treatment to progress quickly to the second stage.
Similarly, a 59-year-old female patient, suffering chronic gastritis accompanied
by a bitter taste in the mouth at night, was treated at 9:15 am. Tapping on ST-41 at
a rate of 132 taps per minute eliminated all but the right subcostal reactions, which
were then treated with ion pumping to right PC-6 (-,black) and SP-4 (+,red).
Again, note that the schedule of these open points is listed in the chart that
follows:
168 Clinical Treatment: Step One
Nai Zhi Fa
Time Supplementation points Drainage points
11 pm-1 am TB-3 GB-38
1-3 am GB-43 LR-2
3-5am LR-8 LU-5
5-7 am LU-9 Ll-2
7-9am Ll-11 ST-45
9-11 am ST-41 SP-5
11am-1 pm SP-2 HT-7
1-3pm HT-9 SI-8
3-5pm SI-3 BL-65
5-7pm BL-67 KI-1
7-9pm Kl-7 PC-7
9-11 pm PC-9 TB-10
The first table above shows the open points during a range of working hours,
7 am to 9 pm; the second table covers 9 pm to 7 am.
Points in parentheses are secondary or auxiliary open points, while those not
in parentheses are primary open points. Primary points tend to be therapeutically
more valuable; secondary open points tend to be more valuable when no primary
points are open. Note that this occasionally occurs.
The labels Sl, 52, etc. refer to the numbering of the days according to the ten-
stem enumerations of the revolving ten-day cycle. Every day is assigned a stem
value and a branch value taken from the ten stems and twelve branches. In
Chinese these labels are the traditional stem and branch names.
The stem and branch cycles constantly repeat. Thus, there is a ten-day cycle
associated with the ten stems: Sl ~ 510. There is a twelve-day cycle associated
with the twelve branches: Bl ~ B12. There is as well a sixty-day cycle associated
with the overlaying of these two cycles: Sl-Bl~ S10-B12.
To use the table above, you need know only the stem assignment for that day,
and the time of day in the time zone where you are.5 For example, at noon on a
stem five (55) day, ST-45 is the open point. The sixty-day cycle is important to the
use of open extraordinary vessel and confluence-jiaohui pairs. The determination
of the stem-branch assignment for each day of the year can be made from the table
on the following page, which extends the information found in the Chinese calen-
dar from ancient times:
170 Clinical Treatment: Step One
To extrapolate, taking September 1, 1995 as our starting point, we can calculate the
stem/branch configuration for each day of the month as follows:
On July 6, 1995, an 55 day, at 10 am, PC-7 is the open point. On November 16,
1997, an 59 day, at noon, SI-3, TB-4, BL-64 are the primary open points and TB-3 is
the secondary open point.
If a point on this cycle is open, it can be used to achieve or simplify the first
step of treatment regardless of the patient's symptoms. For example, on an 59 day
at 3:30 pm, a 28-year-old female who suffered from colitis came for treatment. This
patient had strong right subcostal tension, and tension and soreness at right ST-25,
ST-26, ST-27, tension at both the ASIS, and along the ren mai. Since ST-41 was the
open point, it was needled on the right foot, because the stomach channel reactions
were right-sided. This treatment eliminated all the abdominal reactions, which had
previously been very stubborn, and greatly relaxed the patient, allowing treatment
to immediately progress to step two.
Open points can be integrated into your treatment logic much in the same
way as the nai zhi fa points. If you find one of these points is open, and that point
is part of a diagnosed pattern, it may be beneficial to treat that pattern rather than
another closely or similarly indicated pattern. For example, a patient presented
with right subcostal and left ASIS reactions, and some tenderness on ST-26 and at
the liver-small intestine gastrocnemius region. Since it was 4 pm on an 58 day
when GB-41 was open, I favored treating the right yin wei-left yang wei connections
rather than the liver-small intestine polar pair. Of course, testing this choice is what
confirmed the treatment selection.
As another example, at 6 pm on an 54 day, a patient presented with reactions
on the right gastrocnemius spleen-triple burner region, both GB-26, left ST-25, and
in the right subcostal and left ASIS regions. Differentiation between treating the
right yin wei-left yang wei connections and the left spleen-triple burner pair was
required. Since SP-2 was the open point at that time, it was advantageous to treat
the spleen-triple burner pair.
The sixty-day cycle of open points, the ling gui ba fa, can be used in much the
same manner as above. In this cycle, there is always an open extraordinary vessel
confluence-jiaohui point. When one point, KI-6 for instance, is open, its coupled
point, LU-7, is always open as well. Usually, determination of which point takes the
black(-) clip and which the red(+) clip of the ion-pumping cords is based on the
therapeutic principles described earlier. The black clips are placed on KI-6, BL-62,
TB-5, and PC-6 for the qiao or wei connections.
The following tables list these open points through the sixty day cycle.
Sixty day open point cycle, 7 am - 9 pm.
Day 7-9am 9-11 am 11-1 pm 1-3pm 3-Spm 5-7pm 7-9pm
SlBl LU-7 TB-5 SI-3 KI-6 TB-5 BL-62 GB-41
S2B2 KI-6 SP-4 GB-41 KI-6 KI-6 TB-5 BL-62
S3B3 PC-6 SP-4 SP-4 GB-41 KI-6 LU-7 SI-3
S4B4 SP-4 GB-41 KI-6 SP-4 GB-41 BL-62 Kl-6
S5B5 KI-6 LU-7 GB-41 SI-3 KI-6 TB-5 BL-62
S6B6 TB-5 SP-4 GB-41 KI-6 SP-4 GB-41 BL-62
S7B7 Kl-6 LU-7 GB-41 KI-6 KI-6 TB-5 BL-62
S8B8 GB-41 KI-6 KI-6 TB-5 BL-62 KI-6 TB-5
S9B9 GB-41 KI-6 SP-4 GB-41 KI-6 KI-6 TB-5
SlOBlO GB-41 KI-6 SP-4 TB-5 BL-62 KI-6 TB-5
172 Clinical Treatment: Step One
On July 6, 1995, at 10 am, when PC-7 was the open point on the ten-day cycle,
LU-7 was the open point on the sixty-day cycle, since it was an S5B11 day. On
November 16, 1997, at noon, when SI-3, TB-4, BL-64, and TB-3 are all open points
on the ten-day cycle, SI-3 is the open point on the sixty-day cycle, since it is an
. S9B11 day.
Open points can be used alone as the first step of treatment; they can be inte-
grated into a treatment; or, they can be used to differentiate one potential first step
treatment from another. One need know only the stem - branch assignment for the
day and the time of day to find the open point.
More detail of the open point treatments is available elsewhere.6 These three
open point systems each work simultaneously and continuously; at any time at least
two of the systems, the daily and sixty-day cycles are available for use. The ten-day
system is available most of the time, but there are occasions when no point is open.
In our use of these open points we have found the upper-limb points are not
quite as efficacious as lower-limb points. In the clinic, upper-limb points often elim-
inate or reduce only one of the palpable reactions. Lower-limb points often eliminate
or reduce more than one palpable reaction. This knowledge can be helpful when you
must decide which point among a number of open points to use. This applies as a
general rule in treatment, but is specifically useful in the selection of open points.
176 Clinical Treatment: Step One
thread size moxa sesame seed size moxa half rice grain size moxa
The moxa is ignited with incense and allowed to burn to the skin. When cor-
rectly applied, the moxa stimulus should be felt suddenly and briefly. It is often
advisable to extinguish the moxa with your finger, just as the patient feels the heat.
It is also advisable to leave the ashes of previous moxas on the point, placing the fresh
moxa on these ashes. This tends to insulate the skin from the excessive heating or
burning that can be caused by moxa, and is thus more comfortable for the patient.
Generally, moxa can be burnt three times; that is, the patient should feel the
heat three times. In more serious cases, five or seven may be better. Occasionally,
repeated moxa may be needed when the patient has no sensation of heat at a par-
ticular point. This condition often will be found, for example, when applying moxa
to uranaitei (an extra point on the sole of the foot, below ST-44) in cases of acute
digestive troubles. In these cases, care should be taken not to burn too much moxa
and scar the patient.
In the Japanese tradition, points are selected according to the presence or
absence of palpable reactions: usually tension, tightness, and pressure pain. Also,
if a number of points are listed, treatment of the palpably reactive points is often
sufficient. These palpable reactions will decrease with correct treatment, just as
abdominal reactions decrease with adequate general treatment.
In China, the ba gang bian zheng system teaches that one should not use moxa
in cases where heat is present. In this school of thought correct differentiation of
hot and cold syndromes is essential. In the ba gang style of treatment, the use of
moxa is quite different than we Japanese use. The amount and intensity of heat
from the moxa tends to be much greater in the modern Chinese treatments. Tiny
moxa are more like needle therapy than heat therapy. Despite the presence of heat,
good results can be obtained by applying tiny moxa local to the area that is regard-
ed as "hot." For instance, cystitis responds well to moxa on lower abdominal
points such as CV-3, KI-12, and low back points such as BL-23, BL-32, BL-33. In the
ba gang bian zheng system, cystitis is seen as damp-heat and moxa is often con-
traindicated. Provided the above techniques are used, you can consider the use of
moxa for conditions where larger and hotter moxibustion is contraindicated.
It is probable that these contraindications derived in part from ba gang bian
zheng's roots in herbal medicine. The prohibition against hot herbs in a hot condi-
tion became a contraindication against moxibustion when the ba gang principles
were later applied to acupuncture and moxibustion. Because moxa was equated
with heat, and hot herbs were contraindicated for hot conditions, moxa become
contraindicated in those conditions.
In Japan, moxibustion has developed as a specialty in its own right and has
its own licensing procedures; many moxibustion specialists use no needles. Long
Clinical Treatment: Step One 177
experience with the clinical application of heat, indirect and diffuse as well as
direct, shows that some moxa contraindications are invalid. The source of these
apparent contradictions is probably little more than the result of same or similar
Chinese characters used by different traditions, but with different meanings. Also,
herbal medicine is quite different from moxibustion. Whatever the reason, it is not
advisable to mix metaphors. If you follow the descriptions provided in this text,
direct moxa becomes subtle, point specific, and non-scarring.
Taiji moxa therapy began with Takeshi Sawada (1877-1938), a famous
Japanese moxibustionist. He devised a formula of points that could be used on all
patients regardless of complaint or condition. This formula fortified the patient's
constitution and strengthened the qi and the defensive and healing energies.
Following this treatment, points were selected and moxa applied according to
symptomology. Practicing these treatments regularly in the clinic and having the
same treatment performed at home on a daily basis, Sawada was able to obtain
remarkable results, even for extremely recalcitrant conditions. Prior to the devel-
opment of antibiotics, Sawada was reputed to have regularly treated conditions
such as renal tuberculosis that had been thought to be beyond the range of
acupuncture. His treatments are still famous today through the work of his assis-
tant, Bunshi Shiroda. (In chapter 11 we list their symptom control treatment for-
mulae for over one hundred diseases. Here we mention only Sawada's taiji treat-
ment formula.)
Sawada's whole body taiji moxa treatment involved selecting from and
applying moxa to the following points:
The first few points are treated on virtually every patient with selection of
some or all of the other points depending on condition. Shiroda recommended
using at least ST-36, LI-11, CV-12, GV-12, and selecting from among the other points
according to constitution, condition, and pressure pain response.
We have developed our own taiji moxa formula which we have used clinical-
ly with great success. We have experimentally investigated its effects. Chapter 11
includes a description of symptom control treatment formulae for over fifty condi-
tions that, like Sawada's, should be applied after a general treatment. These taiji
moxa formulae can be used as step one treatment in the following situations:
- When nothing else has helped.
- Where diagnosis is too complex.
- When required to derive a satisfactory polarity treatment.
- Where the patient's condition is severe, chronic and/ or vacuous
(xu). In these cases, this treatment will fortify the constitution and
should be used as home therapy. Instructions should be given to
the patient or members of the patient's household to repeat the
treatment daily (see chapter 12 for further discussion).
- When the practitioner does not have enough clinical experience
and has difficulty selecting points, this treatment method can be
178 Clinical Treatment: Step One
It is important also to have second and third lines of defense. The psycho-
logical impact of failure or inadequacy of treatment, both for the practitioner and
the patient, can interfere with or bias future progress. Failure of a particular ther-
apy or approach is not equivalent to failure of the treatment goals. Other
approaches can be taken. For the beginner with little or no experience, this is hard
to appreciate and may seem overly optimistic. After years of clinical experience,
we have found it invaluable to have developed such tactics. For most patients it
will not come to such a point, but for the stubborn, difficult cases, especially those
where clear organic dysfunction and degeneration have occurred, a sense of hope
and gentle encouragement are vital.
The following completely unconventional treatment procedures can be used
as second or third lines of defense. We enjoy exploring alternative tactics, stimu-
lating strategic thought. These procedures are the result of explorations that have
had clinical utility.
For patients with a stubborn cross syndrome reaction, you can speed the heal-
ing process considerably by suggesting a magnet heater for daily use at home. Ten
to fifteen minutes is sufficient and the cost is small compared to more frequent
office visits. However, when you recommend this home therapy, make sure that
the patient returns to the office often enough to monitor their progress. This ther-
apy is very strong and must be discontinued when the liver problem and/or
blood stasis signs have disappeared. It is exceptionally helpful for women who
developed chronic blood stasis after childbirth, menses, or menopause, and are
presenting many varied symptoms. It is also useful for patients with organic liver
problems.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 The following text is very useful: Ellis, A. et al., Fundamentals of Chinese Acupuncture, Brookline,
MA.: Paradigm Publications, 1988.
2 See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, chapter 16, for a more
complete description of the extraordinary vessel diagnostic patterns.
3 Editor's note: Chapter 12, pages 278-280 of Hara Diagnosis describe Mr. Kuzome's experiences
with these substernal findings. They note the same trends Manaka presents here.
4 S.B.: Given the step-by-step protocol of color treatment of points, followed by reassessment of
reactive points, it is reasonable to suppose that this color therapy will be most effective on simpler, less
severe conditions. According to Manaka's ideas, if we assess the stage of blood stasis present in the
patient, we can judge the complexity and severity of the condition (see the last chapter). It is likely that
color therapy will be most effective in stage one and early stage two blood stasis conditions.
5 S.B.: Currently, research is inconclusive as to exact timing and the effects of displacement with-
in time zones, etc. Treat according to the time of day in your local time zone. If you are uncertain,
because of daylight savings, time zone displacement, etc., test the point first with a north-facing mag-
net. If it reduces the reactions, treat the point, if not, check the other possible points according to your
projected time differences.
6 See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, chapters five, nine, and
eighteen.
~--
fY
rc,-~
CHAPTER TEN
CLINICAL TREATMENT:
STEPS Two AND THREE
Steps two and three of treatment often overlap. The second step aims to
relieve problems on the posterior (yang) side of the body, or in the yang channels,
while the third step aims to correct structural imbalances or areas of excessive ten-
sion. These problems most commonly manifest on the posterior, yang side of the
body.
These two steps complete the goals of the root treatment, principally alter-
ation of the information system to create regulatory change. They complete the
procedures begun in step one, continuing with overall adjustment of the octahedral
and isophasal regulatory mechanisms. Treatment of the posterior surface (yang)
channels continues octahedral treatment. Selection of specific back associated-shu
points, which we see as isophasal at the different vertebral levels, continues
isophasal treatment.
For example, assume that a patient complains of shoulder pain and stiffness
and is diagnosed and treated at step one for a liver-small intestine pattern. If this
patient evidences edema and puffiness on the small intestine channel (usually at
the posterior region of the axilla), there is a high probability that the fire needle
technique will help this patient. Usually, a single application is sufficient.
Often, applying direct moxa, or just touching the point with a heated blunt
instrument which is not actually inserted, will have the same effect. This is partic-
ularly true when treating the tightness of muscles that is associated with the chan-
nel sinews. For these techniques, you should stimulate the point up to three times.
KYUTOSHIN TREATMENT
As noted before, several treatment styles can be used to complete step two. At
least one of these should be used, and sometimes two techniques can be used con-
currently or simultaneously. The easiest and most frequently used technique is
kyutoshin, literally "moxa on the head of the needle," which is moxa burnt on the
handle of a needle inserted in a back associated-shu point that is indicated in diag-
nosis. Reactive back associated-shu points are also treated using kyutoshin.
Treatment is applied to the bladder points on the back associated-shu line, or
on the line lateral to the back associated-shu points, whichever is most reactive,
tense, tight, or sore. The correspondences for these points are as follows:
Care must be taken to not insert the needle too deeply. Do not merely follow
the figures given; these are merely ranges. Chose an insertion depth based on the
build of the patient. Remember that we are not trying to obtain the de qi sensation
which is characteristic of modern Chinese acupuncture. Because needles are
inserted one-half or more inches, an incidental de qi sensation may be elicited on
occasion. In such cases, for patient comfort, generally you would be better advised
to remove the needle and reinsert at a site a few millimeters from the original inser-
tion site.
The needle must be inserted deeply enough to support the weight of the
moxa, but the absolutely maximum depth insertion is not critical. On the lower
back where the needles are safely inserted a little deeper, the moxa balls can be a
little larger. If you treat a spinal (du mai) point (GV-12, for instance) with this tech-
nique, the insertion should be at a (roughly) sixty-degree angle, angled cranially in
the intervertebral space. The needle tip should be beneath the vertebral process of
the vertebra above the point.
Using wakakusa "semi-pure" moxa (Japanese green moxa that is specially
refined for this procedure), lightly roll the balls of moxa to the size illustrated
below:
The needle should not be angled to the side much, if at all, and the ball of
moxa should remain on the needle even while you lightly tap the ball. A firm but
gentle tap of the moxa prior to lighting helps to insure that it is secure.
When you are sure that each moxa placement is secure, light the moxa on all
the needles at one time. Heat will pass through the shaft of the needle to the point,
and in addition the area around the point will receive radiant heat.
points, when treating acute low-back problems; you might wish to take this into
account.)
The technique of burning moxa on the handle of the needle has many uses. It
can be used for local treatments as well as the second step treatments described
here. After mastering its systematic use, you should be able to design treatment
procedures that expand the idea. You may also treat the points selected according
to this logic with direct moxa or needling, instead of kyutoshin moxa.
and/or BL-10 could be chosen, assuming they were reactive. GV-14 might be a
good point if it were reactive, since it is the intersection-jiaohui point of all the yang
channels.
Depending on the patient's condition, and the areas most affected, selecting
points from the preceding table is often all that is required. However, the points
treated must be palpably reactive. If many of the points are reactive, use the hi-dig-
ital 0-ring test to aid point selection. Treatment stimulae need not be strong.
Needles should be tapped lightly into the points to a depth of 2-3 millimeters.
This technique can be used with the treatment of back points with moxa on
the handle of the needle. Consider, for example, a patient who has been diagnosed
and treated for a kidney-large intestine channel imbalance. If additional symptoms
included notably stiff shoulders, and pressure pain and tension on GB-21 and Ll-
10, these points could be treated by tapping needles into them after placing needles
in BL-23 and BL-25. Then burn moxa on the needles (kyutoshin) inserted at BL-23
and BL-25. In cases such as this, the total number of points is increased. Where
reaction and/ or tension persists, an approach that combines the normal step two
procedure with light needling of reactive points can be very helpful.
It is also possible to add points such as SI-ll into the combination of points
that are treated with kyutoshin. For example, for a patient with a liver-small intes-
tine pattern, local pain problems along on the small intestine channel would sug-
gest the use of moxa on the handle of the needle at BL-18 and SI-ll, instead of the
more typical choices, BL-18 and BL-27. In such a case, SI-ll would be selected
because it was reactive, as well as local to the small intestine channel problem.
Such treatments often overlap into the fourth step of treatment, relief of the
patient's symptoms. When a patient complains of problems in the head, neck,
shoulders, or arms, this procedure allows for a combined and simplified approach.
By utilizing yin-yang channel relationships, we can often treat stubborn reac-
tions on one of the channels using points on the related channel. Thus, for sensi-
tivity along the large intestine channel, we may treat a large intestine point, such as
Ll-4, in combination with a stomach channel point such as the luo point, ST-40. We
might consider the source point, ST-42, as well. Usually the source point, or source-
luo point combination is sufficient.
We should also keep side-to-side differences in mind. If the right large intes-
tine channel were more reactive, you might treat right Ll-4 and an appropriate
stomach channel point on the left, utilizing an arm-leg, left-right correlation. If
both large intestine channels were sensitive, you could treat points bilaterally.
However, since we want to apply the principle of treating the fewest points possi-
ble, it might be wise to begin treating on a contralateral axis. If this does not pro-
duce an adequate reduction of the palpatory sensitivity, treat the opposite con-
tralateral points in turn. As always, all points treated should be palpably reactive.
Such treatment can be administered without further treatment methods, or it can
be done in combination with treatment of related back associated-shu points with
moxa on the handle of the needles. Both approaches can complete step two treat-
ment.
In treating the yin-yang four-channel sets, rather than selecting a point on a
related channel (such as stomach points for large intestine sensitivity- yang ming),
we can select a point on a related yin channel, such as tai yin spleen. Recall that the
four-channel sets comprise related yin-yang pairs, e.g., yang ming-tai yin. Thus for
a large intestine channel problem, we would select a tai yin channel, notably the
spleen channel. Again, selection of points should be based on the arm-leg, left-
190 Clinical Treatment: Steps Two and Three
right, yin-yang, principle. The octahedral model is a great aid to point selection.
Points should be palpably reactive. We might choose this procedure if the points
on the related channel proved to be unreactive. Thus, in the preceding case of sen-
sitivity on the large intestine channels, if we selected right LI-4 as a good treatment
point, a point on the left spleen channel, such as SP-3, would be a good candidate
for an effective combination (both are source points). For a patient with sensitivi-
ty along the small intestine channels, SI-4 on the left could be a good treatment
point. But, if there were little or no reaction on right or left BL-64 or BL-58, treat-
ment of right KI-3 could prove extremely useful. At least, it should be checked as
part of your selection routine. Again, needle insertion involves simply tapping
needles into the points and treatment can be done singly or in combination with
related back points with moxa on the handle of the needles.
Creation of isophasal point combinations arises from the three procedures
already discussed through the inclusion of a third treatment point. Use of the
isophasal concept and the meeting points or midline concept is extremely helpful.
If we had selected right Ll-4 and left ST-42 for treatment of sensitivity along the
large intestine channels, a good isophasal point would be the large intestine point
of the auricle, or a point where the stomach and large intestine channels meet, such
as GV-14 and ST-12. A midline point that is commonly reflective of the large intes-
tine, such as GV-12, would be an equally good idea. These three-point combina-
tions can be extremely helpful. We could do these treatments separately, or in com-
bination with the kyutoshin treatments.
Opposite polarity channel relationships can also be used to reduce sensitivity
on one of the yang channels. In cases where the opposite polarity channel pairs
have been diagnosed and treated with ion pumping in step one, it may be less
advisable to use these correlations in step two, as you will have already treated by
this concept. However, if a patient exhibits sensitivity along the small intestine
channel, you could treat the most sensitive point, SI-ll for instance, and a liver
point. Again, the polar channel point would probably be the source or luo point,
with point sensitivity being the essential criteria of selection.
Another method of utilizing this treatment concept is indicated when extreme
sensitivity is found along a particular yang channel. At times, many of the points
listed in the table above will be sensitive. For example, if the large intestine chan-
nel demonstrated extreme pressure pain sensitivity at Ll-4, LI-10, LI-11, Ll-15, and
LI-20, the source point (KI-3) or the luo point (KI-4) of the kidney channel would be
indicated. Usually the source point will reduce the excessive tenderness along the
related yang channel. If not, then the luo point will. This particular approach can
be helpful when there is pain or a problem associated with a particular channel,
e.g., shoulder pain along the large intestine channel. This technique can also be
helpful as part of step four, relief of symptoms.
Each of these procedures is available as a therapeutic option in step two of
treatment. Utilizing left-right, arm-leg, yin-yang polarities can be extremely help-
ful and economical. Usually, equalizing the sensitivity in two or three yang chan-
nels is sufficient for one treatment. Often several yang channels have tender
points, but if the channels with the greatest left-right imbalance are treated first,
usually an overall improvement can be accomplished with very few points. Try to
keep the number of points used to a minimum by considering factors such as the
pulse, and by looking closely for changes in sensitivity after each needle insertion.
Select points with the aim of economizing point use and avoiding excessive stimu-
lation.
Clinical Treatment: Steps Two and Three 191
For the triple burner, palpate around TB-9, TB-14, TB-15 with the arm
stretched as follows:
Thus, for the large intestine points, tap at 108 beats per minute, for the lung
at 126 per minute, for the small intestine use 120, and for the triple burner tap at a
rate of 152 beats per minute. (See the discussion in chapter 4 for a tapping corre-
spondence table.) This treatment can produce remarkable changes in shoulder and
neck stiffness, channel sensitivity, and pain and range of motion. Sometimes you
will find that the abdominal signs related to the channel treated have further ame-
liorated.
It is possible to extend this treatment technique to other channels. For exam-
ple, treatment of tension at GB-20 can be done using tiny, thread-size moxa on the
point, while the patient tilts the head to the opposite side and exhales. For treating
tension at right GB-20 in this fashion, the patient should tilt their head to the left.
For treatment of tension at BL-10 the moxa should be applied to the point as the
patient exhales and extends their head forward. In these cases, one to three moxa
should suffice. Similarly, for treatment of abnormal tension with pressure pain on
the front upper thigh, distal to ST-30, downward towards ST-31, LR-11 or LR-10,
moxa can be applied to the most reactive point as the patient extends the foot
downward and exhales. One to three small moxa should suffice. If clear musculo-
skeletal problems persist after the first, second, and third steps of root treatment,
selection of this option (as symptom control) would be appropriate.
Most other points are treated with either moxa or needles, where appropriate.
Home moxa is recommended for some of these. Indications and other treatment
methods are given in the list.
LR-3, LR-4, KI-7, and SP-6 are selected depending on kidney, liver, or spleen
involvement and pressure pain responses as determined in the initial diagnostic
procedure. SP-6 is also used for gynecological problems, as is the Manaka three-
yin crossing point found two finger-widths above SP-10. This point above SP-10 is
also good for male genital problems and problems that show with temperature
variations on the abdomen. In pregnant patients, SP-6 is contraindicated for
needling, and in such cases this point above SP-10 can be used instead.
When selecting from and treating these points according to the experience of
Itaya, the following general rules apply:
- Two-thirds of the points selected should be lower limb points. These are
treated on one side, not both. Of these lower limb points, two-thirds are usually
treated on the left leg, and one-third on the right leg.
- Usually yang channel lower limb points are treated only on the left leg, yin
channel points on either leg. The fewer points selected, the better.
- In chronic cases, moxa is better than needles.
- Aside from the general indications of the points, they are selected by pal-
pation diagnosis: pressure pain, puffiness, tightness, tension, etc. For example,
BL-17, BL-18, and BL-20 are often selected when they are visibly swollen, which
usually occurs on the right side.
- When selecting between CV-7 and CV-4, CV-7 is generally used for older
patients and CV-4 for the rest. However, if the muscles are weak and separate eas-
ily with pressure, treat the point that evidences this condition most clearly.
- In Itaya's experience, LR-7 is a good treatment point for menstrual pain.
While the point is not listed above as one of her supplementary points, it is worth
drawing attention to this use. In stubborn cases of menstrual pain, if the point is
palpably sore, treat it.
These supplementary points represent a simple and effective integration of
step two and the symptom control treatments.
habitual and occupational. In some cases, structural abnormalities are serious and
irreversible. Most structural problems, however, are not permanent orthopedic
abnormalities. The majority of structural imbalances are the result of numerous
small circumstances that go unnoticed. Sometimes, these small factors offset one
another to yield more or less a balance, but just as often, these small factors com-
pound their effects to produce imbalances. Some minor factors that influence
structural balance are as follows:
- Pathogenic factors affecting an organ on one side of the body
such as the liver, gallbladder, heart.
- Biased muscle tone in the neck from unbalanced vision or hear-
ing with compensatory postural adjustments that lead to overall
imbalance of the muscular and skeletal structure.
- Pathogenic factors affecting one side of bilateral organs such as
the kidneys and lungs.
- A right-left difference in the bite of the teeth.
- Old injuries and scars.
- Unbalanced contact with metal from false teeth or accessories
such as rings, watches, bracelets, etc.
- A favored hand or foot.
- Neurological disorders.
- Unbalanced dress or attire, such as shoes.
- Sports in which one side of the body is used more than the
other, such as tennis or golf.
- Extended use of one limb or a certain part of the body, for exam-
ple, carrying a heavy package in one hand for a long distance.
- Changes due to aging.
Some minor factors are difficult to change. It is true that minor imbalances
are compensated by physical habituation or stabilization. This allows the overall
balance to be maintained to a degree that ordinary activities are accomplished
without difficulty. It is not uncommon for older individuals to have what appear
to be serious spinal deformities, and yet remain active and free from symptoms.
Recognizing this possibility, we must also acknowledge the contradictory phe-
nomena where correction of spinal alignment causes pain. While correction of
structural imbalances is always a necessary consideration, you must use your clin-
ical judgement. There is a time to apply the principle of quieta non mobile, or in col-
loquial terms, let sleeping dogs lie. For example, if a patient has severe scoliosis of
the spine that is of many years duration, you must judge carefully if adjusting it
would be aggravating or to what degree it should be attempted. Normally it is not
easy to adjust such problems, but if one does cause aggravation it is usually short
lived.
Many methods have been devised, in both the East and West, for correcting
structural imbalances. Today in the West, osteopathy, chiropractic, and other
manipulative techniques are in common use. Even within the framework of ortho-
dox medicine, physical therapy and massage are well established specialities. In
Clinical Treatment: Steps Two and Three 197
the field of Chinese traditional medicine, there are manipulative techniques includ-
ing massage (tuina) and bonesetting (zhenggu), in addition to exercise systems such
as qigong and taiji. It goes without saying that acupuncture, at least over time,
plays a role in adjusting structural imbalances. To reinforce the effects of acupunc-
ture in adjusting structural imbalances, Hashimoto's sotai exercises may be used
with good results to effect step three. I
Procedure A:
When there is a right-left difference in the flexibility of the knee, treating only
the more flexible limb is enough to relax and equalize both limbs. Nevertheless, it
is better to perform this procedure twice on the more flexible side and once on the
less flexible side.
Procedure B
Range of motion test
With the patient lying supine, knees bent at a ninety degree angle, turn each
foot into dorsiflexion as far as it will go while keeping the heel on the treatment
surface. If one ankle is more flexible, easier to bend, the more flexible side is treat-
ed first.
Exercise procedure
Instruct the patient to raise the foot slowly into dorsiflexion with the exhala-
tion. At the full extent of dorsiflexion, apply a light resistance against this move-
ment. Instruct the patient to hold the breath for a few seconds and then to relax all
effort. To reinforce the effects of this exercise, the moxa or fire needle technique can
be applied to LR-3 at just the last moment before relaxation.
Procedure C
Range of motion test
With the patient lying prone (face down), bend the knees alternately, moving
first one foot then the other gently towards the buttocks. If the muscles and joints
in the patient's back and limbs are pliable, the heel of the foot will touch the but-
tocks. If the muscles are not pliable, there can be a considerable distance between
buttocks and the foot at maximum flexion. In most cases, you will find that one leg
is less flexible than the other.
If tightness and restricted motion persists, following this exercise, the entire
exercise can be repeated on both legs, together, for a maximum of three repetitions.
Stimulation can be applied at GV-8.
Procedure D
Exercise Procedure
With the patient lying face down, instruct the patient to arch their back, rais-
ing the head and chest off the treatment surface. As long as this does not cause dis-
comfort, the exercise consists of extending the spine in this manner, while exhaling.
Full extension is held as long as the breath is held and relaxed all at once with the
exhalation. Note that the therapist applies no resistance in this procedure.
Procedure E
Range of motion test
This procedure is performed with the patient sitting on the side of a treatment
table. The patient should place their hands behind the head. The practitioner then
rotates the patient slowly at the waist, first to the left, and then to the right, com-
paring ease of rotation to each side. Generally, patients with right subcostal and
202 Clinical Treatment: StepsTwo and Three
lower left quadrant reactions - a sign of liver problems - will find that it is easier
to rotate to the right. This procedure can be useful for liver problems, and liver
problems are often revealed by this test. The exercise can help release the right sub-
costal reaction and lower left quadrant reactions.
Figure 10.16: Using the Manaka wooden hammer and needle with sotai
Clinical Treatment: Steps Two and Three 203
The balancing procedures just described are useful for achieving the goals of
steps two and three, the correction of imbalances on the yang portions of the body
and the release of asymmetric muscle tension. Following steps one, two, and three,
local or symptomatic treatment often will be greatly simplified or unnecessary.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 See for example: Hashimoto, K. and Y. Kawakami, Sotai: Balance and Health Through Natural
Movement, Tokyo: Japan Publications, 1983.
2 Bloodletting is used as one form of symptom control treatment and is primarily indicated when
strong blood stasis signs are present.
CHAPTER ELEVEN
Many categories of treatments are aimed at the relief of symptoms, and many
techniques exist within each of those categories. You will find that completion of
steps one, two, and three will have relieved or at least reduced the symptoms of
many patients. But in stubborn cases where little change in the symptoms has
occurred, or where little change may be expected, symptom control treatments
should be simplified to be more effective. In most cases symptom control treat-
ments should be performed after steps one, two, and three. There are cases, such
as acute, severe pain, where the symptom control treatments should be performed
first. This is important, not only for the patient's relief, but also because the pain
and discomfort the patient suffers may interfere with or bias the treatment proce-
dures, thus making completion of steps one through three more difficult. Where
severe pain is present, the increased tension of the patient's body, their inability to
assume a comfortably relaxed position, and the psychological stresses that their ill
ease produces, all irritate the general condition, slowing progress.
Such cases need to be assessed individually to determine whether pain or
stress relief treatments need to be those applied first. The majority of cases do not
require such intervention. Where it is found to be necessary, limited or minimal
intervention is preferable so that any potential effects on the general treatment are
reduced. While it may be rare that you will be required to perform treatments
aimed more toward relief of symptoms than toward regulation of the general con-
dition, when this is required, it is the only workable approach. Be flexible and
adapt to the specific circumstance.
Some of the best results in the process of symptom control come from simple
treatments such as Itaya's supplementary points, moxa, or intradermals (hinaishin).
In the last chapter we described the use of moxa combined with channel stretching
procedures for the release of shoulder and neck tension. This method can be use-
ful for symptom relief as well. Other moxibustion treatments presented in this
chapter derive partially from our own clinical experience and partially from the
works of renowned moxibustionists such as Isaburo Fukaya, Takeshi Sawada, and
Bunshi Shiroda. We have used many of these treatments in our own practice and
have found them outstanding.
206 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
MOXA THERAPY
Amongst Japanese practitioners, the works of Isaburo Fukaya (1901-1974) are
well known. He practiced and wrote extensively, and obtained outstanding results
treating many disorders.l Much of Bunshi Shiroda's work is derived from the work
of Takeshi Sawada (1877-1938), a moxibustion specialist who combined both gen-
eral and local moxibustion treatments to achieve excellent results.2 With his treat-
ment style, we can perform both general and symptom control treatments using
only moxibustion.
Recall that in chapter nine we described the taiji (taikyoku) moxa prescriptions
of both Sawada and Manaka. These have proven highly successful in bolstering
the body's immune system and strengthening the overall constitution. When used
with any of the following symptom treatment formularies, you will find these
moxa prescriptions to be especially effective.3 The patient's condition may require
that you recommend some home therapy with moxa. Either teach the patient, or a
member of the patient's household, how to moxa the points or how to stimulate
them with other tools. If home therapy is necessary because of the chronicity and
severity of the condition and/ or because of an inability to receive sufficiently fre-
quent treatments, selection of appropriate points and techniques is most important.
(See chapter twelve, Home Therapies, for further discussion.)
Disorder Points
facial paralysis TB-5, LI-4, ST-36, GB-41 (figure 11.1), using touching
and scratching needle techniques)
headache GV-12, LI-11, LU-7, ST-36, GB-34
eye diseases Sore points on pupil line behind the hairline
(figure 11.2), GB-2, BL-18, LI-1, LI-4, ST-36
conjunctivitis TB-21, ST-41, GV-12
styes SI-19
epistaxis Sore points on back of neck (figure 11.3), TB-8, GB-34
stuffed nose GV-23, GB-12, BL-40
rhinitis GV-23, LI-11, LI-4, ST-36
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 207
Disorder Points
toothache Sore point on side of head above ear (figure 11.4),
LI-11, LI-4, ST-36, GB-34
ear diseases GV-20, GB-20, TB-8, GB-34, ST-36
facial furuncle LI-4, LI-11
trigeminal neuralgia Sore points on face (figure 11.5), GB-20, GB-12,
TB-4, GB-34
I
:
I
I
\ \
\ /"--,
'\., .. )'
,_/
Disorder Points
sore-stiff shoulder GB-21, SI-11, GB-34
"40 year" shoulder LI-15, SI-ll
shortness of breath,
palpitations PC-6, PC-7, GB-40, LR-4
arm numbness, pain Sore points on shoulder (figure 11.8)
sciatica BL-23, BL-25, BL-37, BL-58, CV-17, CV-4, GB-31, ST-36,
SP-6, sore points along PSIS (figure 11.9)
(
-
---
- 0
-t_J
Figure 11.8 Figure 11.9
Disorder Points
sprains, contusions LR-3, LR-4, sore points around medial malleoli
(figure 11.10)
intercostal neuralgia Sore points in intercostal spaces along border of
sternum and spine (figure 11.11), TB-8, PC-6
insomnia GV-20, BL-18, LR-4, insomnia point at center of heel
(figure 11.12)
Figure 11.10
Disorder Points
epilepsy GV-20, GV-12, BL-18, GB-41, TB-5, CV-14, LR-14, GB-29
high blood pressure, CV-17, CV-12, CV-4, ST-36, KI-3, GV-20, BL-10, GB-21,
hardening of arteries BL-43, BL-18, BL-23, HT-7
bronchitis LU-6, CV-12
hiccoughs LR-4 with sotai exercise (rotating the foot outward,
then relaxing at the point of heat when the little toe
reaches the floor),
common cold sore points between the scapulae (figure 11.13),
GV-14, GB-20, BL-12, LI-4
asthma BL-18, LU-7, CV-12, LR-4
tonsillitis ST-9, LI-4, LI-1, KI-7
acute gastric pain
and spasm BL-20, ST-34, ST-36, uranaitei** (figure 11.14)
poor appetite stimulate around spine and navel
(figures 11.15-a, 11.15-b)
** Uranaitei is located on the plantar surface of the foot, at the base of the second toe, where
a dot placed in the center of the pad of the second toe touches the foot when doubled over.
Disorder Points
fullness of stomach ST-36, ST-39, SP-8
chronic gastritis LI-10, ST-36
gastroptosis CV-12, ST-25, ST-34
chronic enteritis Sore points along spine (figure 11.16) ,
(hair drier massage, see chapter 12), salt moxa at navel.
acute enteritis ST-25, uranaitei
chronic hepatitis LR-8, LR-3
internal organ pain Sore points along spine (figure 11.17)
Disorder Points
lumbar pain BL-22, BL-23, BL-25, BL-52, ST-27, BL-58
herniated lumbar disc BL-23, BL-52, BL-25, GB-30 (good with sotai)
diarrhea BL-25, ST-25, SP-8, SP-7, LI-10, uranaitei
constipation GV-20, BL-25, HT-7, SP-4
hemorrhoids BL-32, GV-20, LU-6, SP-7
eczema BL-43, BL-18, BL-20, BL-23, PC-6, LR-3, CV-17,
CV-14, CV-12, ST-25
cold feelings from reactive points along spine (figure 11.18);
poor circulation BL-32, KI-7, CV-4, SP-10
menopausal symptoms GV-20, BL-10, GB-21, BL-43, BL-18, BL-23, PC-7,
ST-36, LR-3, CV-14, LR-14
inability to enjoy sex KI-7, LR-3, LR-4, SP-10
sterility BL-32, CV-12, CV-4, SP-6, abdominal points
(figure 11.19)
irregular, painful menses GV-20, BL-18, BL-32, SP-10, LR-4
leukorrhea BL-23, BL-52, BL-32, ST-27, CV-4, CV-3, SP-6
night urination GV-12, BL-32, CV-4, Kl-7 (figure 11.20)
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 211
navel
~
,, '
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disorder Points
knee pain around knee (figure 11.21), LR-8, SP-9, BL-40, GB-34
rheumatoid arthritis
of the knee around knee (figure 11.22), and taiji treatment
c
\
Disorder Points
allergy LI-15, LI-11, Ll-10, LI-4
baby night crying GV-12
insufficient lactation GB-21, Sl-11, BL-43, Ll-10, CV-17, ST-36
mastitis CV-17, xiong tang (lateral to CV-17 at border of
sternum)
newborn
nasal congestion GV-12, GV-23, extra point near LI-4 (figure 11.23)
chronic indigestion CV-12, BL-20, GV-12
vomiting milk GV-12, BL-17
infantile seizures GV-20, CV-4
infantile asthma CV-14, LU-1, LR-14, GV-12, BL-13
These moxa treatments can be very helpful for control of the symptoms list-
ed. For pain, restricted motion, or tension in an area of the body, the technique of
stretching the affected channel while applying moxa to a particular point, which
was described in the last chapter, can be extremely helpful. While our examples
focused on the shoulder and neck regions, this technique can be used for all body
areas. Again, three moxa are often all that is required.
The following case study is illustrative of the usefulness of this type of chan-
nel stretching and moxa treatment:
back. On areas that move more, for example, around the neck or joints, a shorter 3
mm needle is preferable.
Each tiny needle is taped with two pieces of tape, one under the head of the
needle, one over the entire area where the needle is inserted:
,.-----
-1 I ._I ____....I
--i--...__,:
an intradermal at the more tender of the two. This combination should reduce the
muscular tension and the heels should now be able to touch the buttocks. As well
as being good for further third step treatment, this will often relieve back pain
when the indications for this treatment are present.
In patients with lower back pain, if there is tenderness between lumbar five
and sacral one, at the point called josen, place an intradermal there. This is often
effective. For treatment of acute myopia, palpate GB-14 and yu yao (at the eye-
brow), compare the reactions, and place an intradermal at the most reactive
point(s). It is also good to insert intradermals at BL-32; this combination will often
help. Itaya recommends using intradermals in the auricles for patients who have
had a stroke or are depressive. In particular, she likes to leave an intradermal in
the right auricle at shen men and one in the left auricle at the "brain" point (see
below.) She likes to use this brain point for various cognitive disorders, but she
rarely leaves intradermals in both auricles at this point.
When treating the points described in the last chapter with channel stretching
and stimulation, another possibility is to place an intradermal at the reactive point,
rather than use the fire needle or moxa.
Intradermals can be used for simple isophasal combinations. For example,
shoulder pain usually responds well to the placement of intradermal needles.
Insert an intradermal needle at the most reactive point on the most affected chan-
nel on the shoulder. One point in the shoulder zone of the auricle (same side) and
one point in the shoulder zone of the hand (same side) completes a three-part
isophasal combination. For low back pain, placement of intradermals in the lower
back, auricle zone, and hand zone has also proven very effective.
The preceding are a few examples showing the use of intradermals on body
points. An even simpler method of selecting points is to place intradermals at the
most reactive points in the affected area. Working with the pressure pain and ten-
sion in muscle groups, along the channels, at trigger points, etc., can be useful for
relief of pain. Sometimes this is necessary and helpful, but the most remarkable
results are usually seen when using intradermal needles on auricular points and
the hand points of Tae Woo Yoo.
device should have a small point probe to test small areas. We have found the
"HIBIKI-7"' useful; however, there are many other suitable devices. If the point is
both sore and more electrically conductive, this is usually the point to be treated.
For example, in a patient with an upper limb problem, first palpate along the
scaphoid fossa. If no significant reaction is found, then palpate the Nogier point on
the crus of the helix. Often the Chinese mapping is sufficient, but some of the
Nogier points are more useful. For example, the Nogier allergy point, #24 is very
effective for conditions such as allergic rhinitis.
Normally one looks for reactive points on the anterior surface of the auricles,
but sometimes the corresponding area is not reactive. My experience, coupled with
the results of experiments described in chapter three, suggests that treating a cor-
responding point on the posterior surface of the auricle can be effective if there is
no reaction in the point on the anterior surface. Thus if there is no clear reaction on
the anterior surface, palpate the exact opposite point on the posterior surface.
When selecting auricle points, limit yourself to as few points as possible. (For
example, refer to the three-point isophasal combination for shoulder pain
described in chapter nine.) If you select good points, an isophasal combination is
usually sufficient. You can also leave intradermal needles at corresponding organ
points to reinforce the root treatment; for example at the liver point in a cross-syn-
drome pattern, or at the lung or kidney point in a yin qiao mai-ren mai pattern.
ARM
LEG
BACKSIDE
OF THE BODY
BACK
DUMAI
FRONT SIDE
OF THE BODY
Figure 11.29a: Kidney and triple burner Figure 11.29b: Small intestine and bladder
channel trajectory on the hands channel trajectory on the hands
Figure 11.29c: Large Intestine and gall- Figure 11.29d: Heart and spleen
bladder channel trajectory on the hands channel trajectory on the hands
226 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
Figure 11.29e: Pericardium and liver Figure 11.29f: Lung and stomach
channel trajectory on the hands channel trajectory on the hands
When working with patients who have pain or problems in the following
areas, look for reactive points on the corresponding hand area - neck, upper back,
low back, shoulder, wrist, hip, knee, chest.
EYE PROBLEMS
The best method of locating the correct point to treat is to use a small, blunt
probe, ideally an electrodermal probe. On the hand, the points are very tiny and
specific; finding the exact point is vitally important. As described above, you can
test the applicability of the point by increasing the output current of the electro-
dermal device or by reversing the positive and negative outputs to give a small
stimulation to the point. If this decreases the patient's pain and/ or produces an
increased range of motion, it is the correct point to treat.
It is better to use fewer points. First, palpate the relevant area with the pad of
your finger. After finding a reactive point, use the electrodermal probe or small
blunt probe to find the exact point. If the problem is with the left shoulder, start
looking on the left hand. If treating this point is not enough, then check the same
area on the right hand. Similarly, for a problem of the right knee, check the right
knee area on the right hand. If treatment there is not sufficient, check and treat the
right knee reflex area on the left hand.
Selection of points for placement of intradermals on the hands and auricles is
relatively simple. One can often get good symptom relief from this alone. After
steps one through three, the effects are pronounced. In patients with severe pain
or discomfort, where symptoms must be relieved first, the hand and auricle points
are usually sufficient to permit the general treatment to begin.
For the treatment of contusions, palpate around the edges of the contusion
and place intradermals at one or more reactive points. Larger and more severe con-
tusions require more needles. This should help relieve pain and discomfort and
speed the reabsorption of fluids and cells that have been released into the tissues
causing blood stasis. Contusions are a condition of local blood stasis and can lead
to more systemic problems; for example, a more general blood stasis or liver prob-
lem. It is important to help the body heal itself to prevent more systemic problems.
Thus, use of intradermals can be very important. Generally, the use of laxatives or
laxative herbal formulas is also indicated. Increasing intestinal motility helps
speed the body's microcirculatory healing mechanisms. In Germany, some medical
researchers have suggested that contusions - especially multiple contusions - can
cause liver congestion (decreased microcirculation of the liver), sometimes seen in
some forms of hepatitis. If these speculations are correct, then we can explain the
effects of the laxative as causing an increase in hepatic portal vein pressure, which
flushes out the liver.
On one occasion, a thirty-five year-old female patient came for treatment of
epigastric pain. She reported that she had been in an automobile accident only
three days before, and had suffered whiplash and severe contusions on both legs,
the thighs, and around both knees. Treatment of the yang wei mai-dai mai and yang
qiao mai-du mai was applied bilaterally for the whiplash. Moxa on the handle of the
needle was used on BL-28 and BL-20. Intradermals were placed at reactive neck
points in the auricles and on the middle fingers.
Following this treatment, the patient felt much improved, but her legs were
still painful. A laxative was prescribed to help resolve the contusions. She
returned for treatment the following week. The contusions were almost com-
pletely gone and there was very little residual pain. She reported that relief fol-
lowed use of the laxative and now only her neck was slightly stiff.
Treatment of herpes zoster with intradermals is similar to the treatment of
contusions. Intradermals should be placed around the edges of the affected area at
the most reactive points. Frequently this will relieve the pain. In one case, a patient
with weeping facial sores from herpes zoster gained significant relief from what
had been intractable pain by placing intradermals at reactive points as a symptom
control technique (step four).
Intradermal needles also can be effective for treating complications from sur-
gical or accidental scars. When treating, it is important to pay attention to such
scars. Sometimes the scar will block the channels and/ or cause secondary prob-
lems. In some cases, treatment of reactive points on or around a scar will give an
improvement where other treatments have failed. For example, we had a patient
with chronic shoulder pain and stiffness who showed immediate improvement and
relief following injection of 1 cc of novocaine into a reactive scar on her leg. Other
treatments had helped, but had not provided lasting relief. This scar was quite old,
from a surgery for an osteomyelitic condition. Cases like this are not uncommon.
Sometimes scars will give negative biases that need to be recognized and treated
appropriately. A simple method of checking is to palpate the scar. If it has tender
points along it, causes radiating pain or unusual sensations, it needs to be treated.
In addition to placement of intradermal needles along the reactive points at the
edge of the scar, many techniques can be used, such as moxa or needling on the
scar, or on reactive points along the edge of the scar if there is too much scar tissue.
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 229
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
acute/chronic infectious hepatitis 97, 51, 55 76, 96,95 22,51,29
pulmonary tuberculosis 101, 42, 13, 22 34, 104
GASTROINTESTINAL DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
acute I chronic gastritis 87,51,55 98,43
gastric ulcer 87, 51, 55 34,88
duodenal ulcer 88, 51,55 34,87
gastroptosis 87, 51,34 55,97
nervous gastroenteritis 87, 51, 55, 97 88
enteritis 91, 81, 51, 55 89,98
constipation 78, 12, 13 (bloodlet),
22, 97, 98, 55
dyspepsia 89, 22, 51, 98, 96 91, 104, 55
abdominal pain and diarrhea 91, 89, 51,55 81,98
abdominal distension (constipation) 91, 89, 51, 87 43, 104
PULMONARY DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
bronchitis 102,55,31,13 51,29
asthma 55, 31, 51, 13 101,29,22,60
cough 55, 31, 13 29, 101
chest pain 55 + reactive points
CARDIOVASCULAR DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
arrhythmia 100, 51, 55 34
hypertension 100,51,55,19 105
hypotension 100, 51, 29, 13
UROGENITAL DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
acute nephritis 95, 92, 51, 55, 97 13,98,22
general renal disease 95, 92, 51, 55, 99 13
urinary retention 95, 92, 51, 79 34
impotence 58, 79, 32, 22, 95
ejaculatio praecox 58, 79, 32, 22, 55
prostatitis 93,92,95,22 29
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 231
ENDOCRINE DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
hypothyroidism 45,22,28,55
hyperthyroidism 45,22,28,55 37
diabetes mellitus 98(left), 95, 55, 96 (left),
28,22
ARTHRITIC DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
periarthritis humeroscapularis 55,64,65 13,63
rheumatoid arthritis relevant pressure pain 34,55
points, 22, 29, 95, 55
INTERNAL DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
mastitis 44, 22, 13, 29
gallstone disease 96, 51, 55 97,88
chronic pancreatitis 96, 22, 51, 55
hernia 110, 34, 22
chronic cholecystitis 96, 97, 51, 55 22
internal/ external hemorrhoids 81,91 34,98,13
cystitis 92, 95, 51, 55 13,29
motion sickness 29,87 9,55
broken bones, sprains, contusions relevant pressure pain 13
points, 55, 34, 95
GYNECOLOGICAL DISORDERS
Disease Main Points Secondary Points
menorrhalgia 58, 22, 51, 55
menopause 58, 22, 23, 13, 95
functional uterine bleeding 58, 22, 97, 98, 95, 28 13
leukorrhea 58,23,22
232 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
OCULAR DISORDERS
Disease Main Points
acute conjunctivitis 8,97
glaucoma 8, 97, 95, (eye 1)24, (eye 2)24
myopia 8,97,95,24
DERMATOLOGICAL DISORDERS
Disease Main Points
folliculitis & herpes zoster relevant pressure pain points, 101, 29, 22, 13
eczema or flat wart 101, 22, 13, 29, 91
allergic dermatitis 101, 22, 13, 29, relevant pressure pain points
urticaria 101, 55, 13, 29, 22
alopecia relevant pressure pain points, 101, 95, 22
acne 101, 22, 32, 11
Note that TB-8 is located halfway between the elbow and wrist creases, Manaka's
three arm yin point is located halfway between the elbow (PC-3) and wrist (PC-7)
on the pericardium channel, and GB-35 is located halfway between the lateral head
of the fibula and the external malleolus.
Use of these variations of ion-pumping cord treatments should replace the
regular ion-pumping cord step one treatments, since this is an adaptation of the use
of ion pumping for symptom control purposes only.ll We mention them here
because of their efficacy, and as a stimulus for the reader.
Selection of points can also be made according to the pressure pain responses
of the points.
Problems of the back, especially the lumbar region, shoulders, and neck, are
very common. Based on our clinical experience, the following common local points
can be used effectively to treat these problems.l4
Select from among these points. Frequently you will find pressure pain on
BL-43, BL-51, BL-53, and KI-16. These acupoints all have the huang character in
their name; if several of these points evidence pressure pain, it is useful to treat
these, especially in cases of lumbar pain associated with the bladder channel. In
cases where the gallbladder channel is involved, as well as palpating GB-25, pal-
pate GB-20, GB-21; if these are sore, treat them. In cases of acute lumbar pain, pal-
pate LR-4, ST-41, and GB-40 at the level of the malleoli; treat the most painful of
these points. These points at the level of the malleoli all lie in the liver Hirata zone.
Often in acute lumbar pain conditions, the liver channel is involved.
236 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
Symptom Relief Points from the Tianjin Chinese Medical College Text
Cough LU-7, LU-10, LU-9. If a lot of phlegm, ST-40;
with cold/heat GV-14, LI-11
Asthma ding chuan, LU-5, CV-22, CV-17. If a lot of
phlegm, ST-40; from vacuity, CV-4, CV-6;
from heat/cold, GV-14, LI-11
Stomach pain CV-12, ST-36; if liver and stomach are not
harmonious, LR-3, PC-6, SP-4
Lumbar pain local pressure pain points, BL-40; from kidney
vacuity, GV-4, BL-23, BL-52; from cold wind,
GV-4, BL-23, GV-3, BL-25, BL-40
Diarrhea CV-12, ST-25, ST-36, LI-11; from cold, salt moxa
on CV-8; with undigested food, BL-20, BL-21,
BL-25; 5 am diarrhea, moxa GV-4, CV-4
Constipation ST-40, left ST-28, left ST-29
Anuria GV-26, CV-3, CV-4, SP-6, TB-5
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 237
Symptom Relief Points from the Tianjin Chinese Medical College Text
Edema CV-9, ST-28, BL-23, BL-22, BL-20, SP-9, ST-36;
if cold and vacuous, salt moxa on CV-8; if facial
or upper limb, LU-7, GV-26
Insomnia alternate between the following combinations:
1- HT-7, SP-6, PC-6
2- BL-15, BL-18, BL-20, BL-23
3- yintang, GB-20, HT-7
Tinnitus, deafness TB-17, GB-2, SI-19, TB-21; if wind pathogen: TB-5
SI-3; with gallbladder fire: LR-3, GB-41; phlegm:
ST-40, SP-9; kidney vacuity: KI-3
Toothache upper teeth ST-7, ST-44; lower teeth ST-6, LI-4
Acute bronchitis wind cold: LU-10, GB-20, LU-9; wind heat:
GV-14, LU-10, ST-40, LU-5, BL-12, BL-11, BL-13,
GV-14
Chronic bronchitis lung vacuity: LU-7, LU-5, ST-40, CV-4, SP-3;
liver fire scorching the lungs: LU-10, LR-3,
GB-41, CV-22; kidney vacuity: CV-22, BL-23,
KI-3, CV-6
Gastritis liver depression with stagnant qi: CV-12, PC-6,
ST-36, GB-34, LR-3; spleen/ stomach cold and
vacuous: CV-12, PC-6, ST-36, SP-4, BL-20
bad dietary habits: CV-12, PC-6, ST-36, SP-4,
CV-10, CV-22; external evil (if hot): CV-12, PC-6,
ST-36, LI-4, ST-44; external evil (if cold): LI-4,
ST-44, CV-13, BL-21
Gastroptosis ST-36, CV-12, ST-21, CV-6, ST-25, CV-4, BL-18,
BL-22, GV-20
Enteritis acute, with external pathogen: LI-11, GB-20,
ST-36; damp heat: GV-14, LI-4, SP-9, ST-37; from
bad dietary habits: CV-12, ST-25, ST-39; chronic,
with spleen/ stomach vacuity: ST-21, CV-4,
ST-36, SP-6; with kidney yang vacuity: KI-10,
ST-25, CV-6, ST-36, BL-20, BL-21, BL-23, BL-32;
with liver qi insulting the spleen LR-3, LR-4, LI-4,
SP-9
Ulcers qi stagnation: PC-6, CV-12, ST-36, LR-14, GB-34,
LR-3; blood stasis: PC-6, CV-12, ST-36, BL-17,
SP-4, LR-3; vacuity and cold: PC-6, CV-12,
ST-36, BL-20, BL-21, LR-13; stomach heat with
stomach fire: PC-6, SP-4, CV-12, ST-36, CV-11,
ST-25, ST-44; stomach yin insufficiency: PC-6,
CV-12, ST-36, BL-21, BL-20, ST-44, PC-6; phlegm
dampness: PC-6, CV-12, ST-36, ST-40, SP-9, SP-6
Cholecystitis, cholelithiasis obstructed liver qi with gallbladder fire brewing:
BL-18, BL-19, GB-34, LR-3; damp heat brewing:
SP-9, LR-8, GB-38, ST-36
238 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
Symptom Relief Points from the Tianjin Chinese Medical College Text
Pancreatitis spleen and stomach damp heat: BL-20, BL-21,
CV-12, ST-36, ST-39, GB-34, PC-6, pancreas shu
(lateral to below T8)
High blood pressure liver fire LR-3, GB-20, KI-3; phlegm damp GB-20,
ST-40, ST-36, LR-3; yin vacuity and yang rising:
GB-20, LI-11, PC-6, SP-6, KI-3
Headache from GB-20, GV-16, GV-20, LI-4; with wind cold: BL-12,
external pathogen BL-60; with wind heat: GV-14, TB-5; with wind
damp: CV-12, SP-6
Headache , liver yang
rising and counterflow: GV-20, GB-20, GB-38, LR-3
Headache, phlegm damp
obstructing the middle: GB-20, taiyang, CV-12, ST-40
Headache, kidney qi
vacuity: GB-20, GV-20, BL-23, KI-3
Headache, qi stagnation
with blood stasis: GB-20, GV-20, taiyang, LI-4, LU-3
Frontal headache select from one of the following:
(yangming) 1. yintang, taiyang, LU-7
2. GB-14, taiyang, LI-4
3. BL-2, taiyang, LI-4
Headache, temporal select from one of the following:
(shaoyang) 1. GB-20, taiyang, TB-5
2. GB-20, ST-8, GB-38
3. GB-20, GB-39
Headache, occipital select from one of the following:
(taiyang) 1. GB-20, SI-3
2. GB-20, BL-60
3. GB-20, GV-16, BL-65
Headache, crown of head) select from one of the following:
(jueyin) 1. GV-20, LR-3
2. GV-20, LU-7
Headache, inside of head select from one of the following:
(leg shaoyin) 1. GB-20, GV-20, KI-3
2. GB-20, taiyang, KI-7
Trigeminal neuralgia GB-20, TB-17, LI-4; then add according to the
affected branch of the nerve:
1st branch: taiyang, BL-2, ST-8
2nd branch: ST-7, ST-2, LI-20
3rd branch: GB-2, ST-6, ST-4
if wind pathogen: TB-5;
if liver yang rising: LR-3, ST-44
if yin vacuity and yang rising: KI-3
Sciatica BL-25, GB-30, BL-40, GB-34, GB-39, BL-60
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 239
Symptom Relief Points from the Tianjin Chinese Medical College Text
Intercostal neuralgia liver qi horizontal counterflow: LR-3, TB-6, GB-34;
coagulation of blood stasis: LR-14, BL-17, BL-18,
LR-3, TB-6; phlegm stagnation: LR-13, SP-9, ST-40,
TB-6
Urinary incontinence spleen and lung qi vacuity: CV-13, CV-12, ST-36,
SP-6, BL-28, CV-3; insufficient kidney qi: BL-23,
BL-22, CV-6, CV-4, SP-6
Impotence CV-4, GV-4, BL-23, SP-6
Menstrual pain vacuous type: 1. blood type: BL-17, BL-20, CV-6,
SP-10; 2. kidney vacuity type: BL-23, SP-6, SP-10,
LR-8; replete type: 1. qi stagnation: LR-2, SP-8,
CV-3, BL-32; 2. blood stasis: LI-4, SP-6, SP-10,
ST-25; cold type: 1. repletion cold: BL-10, BL-23,
GV-4, Kl-12, CV-3; 2. vacuity cold: CV-4, ST-36,
CV-6, SP-6; heat type: SP-6, SP-10, LR-2
Amenorrhea 1. loss of blood leading to amenorrhea: BL-20,
BL-18, BL-17, BL-23, CV-6, SP-9. 2. blood stasis
leading to amenorrhea: SP-8, ST-30, LI-4, SP-6,
CV-3, SP-10
Irregular menses qi vacuity: CV-6, SP-4; blood vacuity: SP-6, ST-36;
spleen vacuity: BL-20, SP-6, ST-36; liver and kidney
injured (vacuity): BL-18, BL-23, GV-4, CV-4; blood
stasis with repletion: CV-3, SP-10, LR-2; qi stagnation
with repletion: LR-3, PC-6, CV-12; damp heat with
repletion: SP-6, BL-20, ST-36, ST-40; cold pattern:
CV-8 (salt moxa), CV-4, GV-4, SP-6; hot pattern with
hot blood: SP-10, Kl-3, LR-2, SP-6; hot pattern with
vacuity heat: BL-17, SP-6, Kl-3, LR-3
Menopausal symptoms liver and kidney vacuity: BL-23, BL-18, Kl-3,
SP-10, LR-2, SP-6; spleen and kidney yang
vacuity: BL-20, CV-6, SP-6, CV-4, BL-23, GV-4
Leukorrhea spleen vacuity: BL-20, ST-36, CV-6; damp heat:
GB-26, SP-6, SP-9, LR-2; phlegm damp: BL-20,
SP-6, ST-36, ST-40; liver depressed: GB-26, BL-18,
TB-6, LR-6; kidney yang vacuity: GB-26, CV-6,
CV-4, BL-23, ST-36; kidney yin vacuity: GB-26,
CV-3, SP-6, Kl-3, LR-2
Morning sickness LR-5, LR-8
Lumbar and back pain acute lumbar strain: BL-23, BL-40, GV-3; chronic,
with cold and damp: BL-23, BL-25, BL-32, BL-60
plus moxa BL-23, BL-25, CV-4, GV-4; chronic, with
kidney vacuity: GV-4, BL-52, BL-23, KI-3
Inflammation of the 1. pathogen obstructing the jing-luo; qi and blood
tissues around the shoulder joint coagulated and obstructed
LI-15, SI-9, LI-11, TB-14, HT-1, GB-34. 2. pathogen
has been present for a long time so the muscles and
blood vessels are not nourished: LI-15, TB-14, SI-9,
ST-38 through to BL-57
240 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
Symptom Relief Points from the Tianjin Chinese Medical College Text
Arthritis lower jaw: ST-7, SI-19, TB-17, LI-4
cervical: GB-20, BL-10, GV-14, LU-7
thoracic: shu points in affected area, GV-26, BL-40
lumbar, sacral: GV-3, josen, BL-26, BL-40, BL-60
shoulder: GB-21, Ll-15, Sl-9, TB-14, jian nei ling*,
jian wai ling**, GB-34
elbow: LI-11, LU-5, SI-8, TB-10, TB-5
wrist: TB-5, TB-4, Sl-4, LI-5, PC-7
fingers: ba xie of the finger joints, Ll-4, Sl-3
iliac joint: BL-26, BL-27, BL-30, BL-54
hip: GB-30, GB-34
knee: ST-35, knee eye, GB-33, SP-9, BL-40, BL-55,
GB-34, he ding (moxa only on he ding)
ankle: ST-41, SP-5, GB-40, BL-60, KI-3, BL-62, KI-6
foot: pressure pain points on the feet and toes,
ST-41, LR-3, ba xie, ST-43, GB-41, SP-4
wind bi: GB-30, BL-17, SP-10, LR-3
damp bi: ST-36, SP-5, SP-6
cold bi: BL-23, CV-4
hot bi: GV-14, LI-11, LI-4
Herpes zoster alternate between:
1. BL-18, LI-11, TB-6, local points
2. GV-14, LR-3, along the affected dermatome
Allergic dermatitis GV-14, LI-11, Ll-4, SP-10, BL-17, GB-21, SP-6
Eczema GV-14, LI-11, SP-6, SP-10, ST-36, BL-40
Rhinitis yin tang, LI-20, Ll-4, GB-20
Pharyngitis LU-11, LU-5, Ll-4, Kl-6
Myopia HT-7, PC-6, BL-15, plus alternate between the
following local prescriptions:
1. ST-2, BL-1, yu yao through BL-2
2. GB-20, BL-1, ST-1
3. BL-2, TB-23, GB-14, LI-4
4. BL-4, qiu hou, located at the inferior border of
the orbit,l/4 from the lateral to the medial
side of the orbit
Diabetes mellitus pancreas shu, BL-13, BL-20, BL-23, SP-6, KI-6,
LU-11, BL-17, BL-21, CV-12, CV-4
Hemorrhoids BL-25, GV-1, BL-57, er bai
* Jian nei ling is located halfway between LI-15 and the top of the anterior axillary crease.
,.,. Jian wai ling is located halfway between LI-15 and the top of the posterior axillary crease.
BLOODLETTING
We have found bloodletting to be another quite useful technique. In some
schools it is only thought to be good for conditions where heat or local repletion
persists. It can, however, be used more generally for conditions of poor or
impaired circulation. For example, in patients with high blood pressure, or
Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four 241
patients who have had a stroke, often the occipital region will be thick, puffy, and
red. In such cases, bloodletting will improve circulation to the head and reduce the
blood pressure. Generally, where thickness, puffiness and/ or redness of the occip-
ital and posterior portions of the neck are present, it is a good idea to use bloodlet-
ting techniques at the end of the treatment (following steps one through three and
symptom control treatment). Light jabbing with a blood lancet or syringe needle
at several points in the area is very effective. To relieve discomfort from the tech-
nique, lightly pinch the skin and superficial flesh prior to pricking with the needle
or lancet. You need obtain only a little blood from each spot. However, if the
blood is very dark, keep squeezing until the blood takes on a fresher color.
Patients with fingernails, or more typically, toenails, that are discolored, mis-
shapen, cracked, thick, or generally unhealthy looking, are evidencing a clear sign
of poor circulation to the nail bed. This usually indicates a problem with the chan-
nel that begins or ends at the finger or toe affected by poor circulation. Treatment
to improve circulation will benefit both the channel(s) and the nail. Bloodletting at
the relevant jing points, daily or every other day until the nail is normal, is a good
idea. This can be done at the end of each treatment. With proper instruction and
the appropriate instrument (a small blood lancet), the patient or family member
also can regularly undertake a similar bloodletting technique at home.
Unfortunately, many patients are resistive to wJ:tat seems to be a fairly barbaric
treatment and will not follow through. However, bloodletting is not just cosmetic;
it is important for restoration of normal channel circulation. While it may not give
good symptom relief, it does help prevent future disorders.
Venesection, blood letting from the venous system, is an old technique. It is
useful, but rarely used today. Often, poor circulation, especially of the legs, causes
pooling of blood in the venous system. This further irritates poor circulation and
leads to blood stasis. There are, as we saw earlier, many possible causes of poor
circulation and blood stasis. Sometimes removal of the pooled blood is helpful.
This is a strong technique that, like bloodletting, is a useful preventative rather
than a means of symptom control.
When there is clearly poor circulation in the legs with signs of blood pooling,
have the patient stand in a large tray, and, using a syringe needle, quickly and care-
fully needle into the visible small venules. Blood will run out quite freely and
should be dark colored. Have the patient stand until the blood stops. The patient
will need soap, water, and a small towel for washing up after this procedure.
Usually a few cubic centimeters of dark-colored blood will have drained.
Bloodletting and venesection need only be used in a few cases, where the signs
that indicate their use are clear. The last venesection technique can be particularly
helpful for treatment of disorders related to menopause. In our experience, occa-
sional but regular use of this technique for women with menopausal symptoms and
signs of venous blood pooling in the legs, can help relieve both current complaints
and potential problems. Generally, these techniques are not essential to treatment;
rather they speed the treatment process.
Bloodletting is also an important technique for the treatment of fevers. In
chapter eight, we briefly mentioned fevers in relation to blood stasis.
In acute fevers due to a viral infection, such as cold or flu, bloodletting can be
applied at J:he jing or terminal points of the channels involved, or on the upper
back, usually in the inter-scapular region. This can be very helpful. In such a case,
a couple of drops of blood are drawn from the visible vascular spiders marking the
congested spots in this region. To obtain greater effect, apply the technique of cup-
ping (vacuum suction) at these spots. If the problem is not severe, only a little
242 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
blood will flow; if the problem is quite severe, accompanied by symptoms such as
high fever, multiple viral infections, etc., much more blood will flow, usually of
darker color.
Many years ago, I treated a patient with a very high fever using this tech-
nique. Several cubic centimeters of dark colored blood flowed into the cup and his
fever improved almost immediately. As a precaution, at the end of treatment, I
ordered the lab to check for typhoid fever. Several days later, the results came back
positive. Despite the fact that the patient was symptom-free, he was quarantined.
This technique is very strong. For delicate patients, it might be a good idea not to
use this technique, or to use it with less suction for only a few seconds. If it is over-
applied, the patient may become faint, dizzy, or weak.17
If you see many vascular spiders in an area such as the upper back and inter-
scapular region and the patient is complaining of stubborn shoulder or neck prob-
lems, bloodletting and cupping are often helpful. Generally, bloodletting and its
associated techniques of venesection and cupping are used for treatment of disor-
ders where blood stasis is present. Attending to blood stasis will tend to speed the
whole healing process. In cases where you want to use the danokyu technique, but
believe it inappropriate, bloodletting can be very helpful. Acute febrile conditions
of the type described earlier often respond to bloodletting as well.
To reduce the swelling and pain and improve circulation of, for example, a
sprained ankle, do the following treatment.
1. Palpate the edges of the swollen area.
2. Find reactive points and tap these gently for 20 taps. Tap each
point at the frequency of the channel for that point.
3. Tap all jing points on the toes at their relevant frequencies.
4. Palpate the intersection-jiaohui points on the legs, like SP-6, GB-
39, GB-35 and the three yin intersection-jiaohui point above SP-10.
5. If these points are tender, treat them with gentle tapping at the
frequencies of the channels that meet at each. For example, if using
SP-6, tap at 108 (liver), 120 (kidney), and 132 (spleen). Use approx-
imately twenty taps for each frequency. If using GB-39, tap at 112
(bladder), 120 (gallbladder) and 132 (stomach), about twenty
blows per frequency.
6. Be careful not to tap too hard; never cause discomfort.
This simple technique can help reduce swelling and improve circulation. The
patient can repeat the procedures at home (see chapter 12 for further discussions).
The same method can be used for other sprains or contusions.
For non-acute, non-traumatic musculoskeletal problems, the wooden ham-
mer and needle combined with channel stretching works very well. Tapping at the
frequency rate for the affected channel can be used instead of the fire needle, moxa,
or intradermals. Treatment at many body locations, focusing on releasing the reac-
tion of specific points on the affected channels, is often successful.
Treatment of more general problems, such as digestive problems, gynecolog-
ical problems, and respiratory disorders, can be done in much the same way. Tap
points relevant to the condition at the frequencies of the channels. Since the gen-
eral uses of points for specific conditions are described in many textbooks, there is
no need to repeat these indications here. At the least, the lists of moxa treatments
and Chinese needle treatments give some ideas about selecting points for specific
conditions. As always, the points should be palpably reactive and can be tested
with the 0-ring test. If the points are sufficient, you should see improvement of the
palpatory reactions and 0-ring responses.
THERAPEUTIC SUMMARY
As we have tried to show, there are many treatment strategies for a specific
problem, just as there are many strategies for addressing problems in general.
There is no "one right way," no absolute directive or procedure. Many strategies
can be substituted for others, equally interchangeably. However, not all strategies
are equal. Sometimes you will select a treatment "out of the blue" and it will
address the patient's problem immediately. It also may not work for other patients
with what seems to be the same problem. Always, each case must be judged indi-
vidually and on its own merits.
We have already described the case of a patient who came more than twenty
years ago for treatment of an asthmatic condition that had lasted twenty years.
After moxa was burnt on CV-22, the patient felt better and simply left the office. It
was not until twenty years later that the same patient returned for treatment again.
244 Symptom Control Treatment: Step Four
When questioned, the patient reported that the one moxa on CV-22 had completely
eliminated the asthma, which only recently had begun to return. No one knows in
advance when such cases will occur.
You must develop your sensitivity and allow your intuition to develop. If
you can open your senses and your mind, you will learn to see the subtle nuances
of each patient's condition. Understand the exact nature of their qi and you will
slowly master treatment and develop your own treatment style. Developing tacti-
cal skills is also essential. Having a range of options to choose from in difficult or
stubborn cases, and having tactics for their general use, allows a flexible and thor-
ough methodology. Try reading Sun Zi's The Art Of War or playing board games
like chess or go to develop your strategic skills. With such a flexible and well
rounded methodology, the goal of shu ha ri can be achieved.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 See for example Fukaya Kyu Ho (Fukaya's Moxibustion Therapy), written by Fukaya's senior stu-
dent, Seiji lrie.
2 See for example Shinkyu Chiryo Kisogaku (The Fundamentals of Acupuncture and Moxibustion
Therapy), and Shinkyu Shinzui (The Essence of Acupuncture and Moxibustion).
3 The following treatment formulae are selected mostly from Okyu no Kenkyu (Moxibustion
Studies), pp. 60-85, supplemented with further treatment formulae from Kyu to Hari (Moxibustion and
Acupuncture), pp. 93-228 (both by Dr. Yoshio Manaka).
4 Auriculotherapy and hand needle therapy are both specialities that can be integrated into the
general treatment as well as be used for symptom control therapy. Earlier, we discussed their use in
isophasal combinations. Here, we will focus on their use in symptom control treatments.
5 For more detail of Chinese auriculotherapy, see further in this chapter, where a selection of
treatments for common problems can be found. There are other books in English that serve as reference
guides, such as: Bensky, D. and J. O'Connor, Acupuncture: A Comprehensive Text, pp. 472-491. For the
auriculotherapy of Nogier, see From Auriculotherapy to Auriculomedicine and Handbook of Auriculotherapy.
6 Yoo, Tae Woo, Koryo Sooji Chim: Koryo Hand Acupuncture vol. 1, Seoul: Eum Yang Mek Jin
Publishing Company, 1988.
7 We advise treating malignancies only in cooperation with a consulting physician. In those
countries where the legal status of non-physician acupuncturists has not been established by tradition,
this is both a good way to "train" physicians to the capacities of acupuncture, and a reasonable form of
protection both for the patient and the acupuncturist. Western tests and records can also provide useful
clues and documentation.
8 Herbal medical prescription is not described in this text. Occasionally we will prescribe such
medicines for some chronic or difficult patients.
9 Published by the Osaka Kobayashi Ryodoraku Institute, Osaka, Japan: 1972.
10 S.B.: See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, pp. 388-391 for fur-
ther discussions.
11 S.B.: In Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, p. 393, the authors list a number of ion-pumping
treatments collected by Dr. Makio Maruyama. These can also be substituted in place of the regular ion
pumping treatments. Also note further uses of the ion-pumping cords for both step one and symptom
control purposes in the same text (pp. 384-392), for liver problems, tai ji treatment, whiplash treatment,
etc. Manaka and Itaya strongly recommend following their simple methodology first, until full mastery
and understanding of the use of ion pumping is achieved. Afterwards, one can begin to branch out and
explore further usee of ion pumping.
12 From Manaka, Y., Kata Kori to Yotsu, p. 208.
13 From Manaka, Y., Shinkyu Rinsho lten, p. 50-51.
14 Taken from Manaka, Y., Kata Kori to Yotsu, pp. 184-198.
15 Ikegami, S., Shinkyu Rinsho no Riron to Ji Sai V 2, lianjin Chinese Medical College, Acupuncture
and Moxibustion Department, Number One Hospital, Tokyo: Kokusho Publishing Association, 1988.
16 See for example Ellis, A. et al., Fundamentals of Chinese Acupuncture, Brookline, MA: Paradigm
Publications, 1988.
17 S.B.: If this happens, apply light moxa stimulation to the area bloodlet, or to GV-14.
>~~~'':, /\
~"=' ~7JJ
CHAPTER TWELVE
- When signs of blood stasis (xue yu) are present, these must be
attended to and ameliorated. There are many treatments aimed at
blood stasis; for example, ion pumping, use of a magnet heater,
bloodletting, venesection, cupping, dietary change. The adminis-
tration of blood-clearing medicinals is also indicated, but here
again, consultation with appropriate experts may be necessary.
Where signs of blood stasis are clearly present, treatment aimed at
the blood stasis will speed the healing process. If due attention is
not given to this condition, progress will be slower.
- When special consideration and instruction are required due to
dependence on food, drink, or drugs (including tobacco, alcohol,
or prescription and non-prescription drugs), recommendations for
life style change are appropriate.
- When poor dietary habits are evident, dietary recommendations
are worthwhile.
- When hidden structural disorders are impeding progress, there
will be signs of structural abnormalities and asymmetries. Simple
corrective exercises can be used to help with these problems, and
may be performed either in the office or as an aspect of home ther-
apy. Sotai exercises are an example of such therapy.
SOTAI EXERCISES
In chapter 10 we described sotai exercises that are of clinical utility in treating
problems of muscle tension, pain, and restriction. There are many other more gen-
eral sotai exercises which can be done at home to relieve stiffness and to maintain a
healthy and supple body. If a patient seems to have bodily stiffness and limited
range of motion for many movements, then the following daily exercises can pro-
vide help and relief.
In implementing the exercises, remember the following general principles:
- The movements should always be comfortable and painless. Any motion
that is uncomfortable for the patient should not be attempted. (The exception
here is the first exercise given below. If the toes are uncomfortable in this exercise,
this is a sign that it is a good exercise for the patient.)
- The exercises should be done slowly, gently, and completed on the exhala-
tion. Movements should be done throughout the duration of one slow exhalation,
stopped for the next inhalation, repeated for the next exhalation, etc.
Done as a series every day, these simple exercises can contribute to greater
body flexibility and suppleness. Tension in the musculature can be a significant
factor in various health complaints. Simple procedures which the patient can do at
home to release this tension will contribute to long-term optimal health.
EXERCISE ONE
With the patient kneeling, buttocks sitting on the heels, following the breath,
move the buttocks over to one side, then back over to the other side, then back to
the first side, etc., establishing a swinging motion of the buttocks back and forth
over the heels. This simple exercise is good for the lumbar region, knees, hips,
ankles, and toes and for all the leg channels in general. This exercise can be done
for a few minutes only or for as long as it is comfortable for the patient.
Home Therapies: Step Five 247
EXERCISE TWO
With the patient on the knees and palms (on " all fours"), swing the buttocks
back and forth to each side, simultaneously swinging the shoulders to the opposite
side. This exercise is good for the spine, hip, and shoulder girdles. It can be done
for a few minutes only or for as long as it is comfortable for the patient.
EXERCISE THREE
The patient stands facing a wall, feet placed at a distance of about two foot-
lengths from the wall and shoulder-width apart; arms raised so that the palms are
248 Home Therapies: Step Five
placed flat against the wall. Swing the buttocks slowly from side to side. This can
be done for a few minutes only or for as long as it remains comfortable for the
patient. This exercise is good for the spine and hip girdle.
EXERCISE FOUR
Standing straight up, feet shoulder-width apart, place one hand on the hip.
Slowly bend over to that side, then return to the upright posture. Repeat for the
other side. Complete a total of three or four movements to each side. This exercise
is often helpful for conditions of lumbar pain.
EXERCISE FIVE
Assume the same standing posture as in exercise four. Raise one arm and
hold it over the head, then bend to the opposite so as to stretch the side with the
raised arm. Remember to synchronize the movement with the exhalation. Lower
the arm, then repeat for the other side. Complete three or four times to each side.
EXERCISE SIX
Standing upright with feet almost together, slowly bend as far forward as is
comfortable. At this point, relax; inhale; raise the head so as to look forward. Then
slowly come back to the upright posture. This can be done three or four times.
EXERCISE SEVEN
Standing with feet hip-width apart, place the palms on the buttocks and slow-
ly exhale while bending as far backwards as is possible (which may not be very
far). Return to an upright posture and repeat a total of three or four times.
EXERCISE EIGHT
Standing with feet hip-width apart, raise the arms up to shoulder height, and
extend them out to the sides. Swing first to one side and then to the other. This
should be repeated a total of three or four times.
EXERCISE NINE
Stand with the feet hip-width apart. With exhalation, very slowly raise the
arms out to the side until reaching shoulder height at the end of exhalation. Then
relax and drop the arms. This should be done a total of three or four repetitions.
EXERCISE ELEVEN
From a sitting position, place the palm of one hand flat to the sole of the
opposite foot, interweaving the fingers through the toes. Rotate the foot by using
the hand, first one way and then the other, on the exhalation. This can be done a
total of three or four exhalations in both directions and on both feet.
A few specific problems are listed below with suggested acupoint treatment:
Headaches, migraines: For headaches caused by qi counterflow, have the
patient stand and tap at tender points around the achilles tendon. Then with the
patient sitting upright, tap at LI-4 (108). Migraines usually involve the liver
and/ or gallbladder channels. If there is tenderness along the gallbladder channels
on the head, treat LR-3 (108), BL-18 (108), and PC-6 (176). This will often reduce
the pain. If you palpate on the opposite side of the head and find a notably sore
point, treat it, then stimulate GB-31 (120) and GB-34 (120). If a headache is present
at the time, limit stimulation at the painful area. For migraines and other
headaches, you can also treat GV-20 (104), BL-10 (112), and GB-20 (120). Use very
gentle tapping. To release any tension found in the neck and shoulder regions, tap
at reactive points.
Toothache: For the abatement of tooth pain, it is usually important to release
neck and shoulder tension by tapping at locally reactive points. Treating pressure-
sensitive points on the arms will often help as well. Check especially around LI-10
(108). LI-4 (108) is an excellent point to treat. For lower teeth problems, treat ST-39
(132). For upper teeth problems, treat ST-37 (132).
256 Home Therapies: Step Five
Digestive upset or discomfort: ST-36 (132) can be treated for almost all diges-
tive problems, and by itself can often provide effective relief. Poor diet and stress
are among the many causes of digestive problems. Thus dietary changes usually
need to be counselled and stresses need to be dealt with. The general treatment
above can be useful. In chronic conditions, you may find the musculature of the
back to be either too tense or too loose. Stimulating the reactive muscles found
here, along with ST-36, will often help. For gastroptosis, add ST-41 (132). For
chronic problems, especially with food allergies or sensitivities that can cause rash-
es, etc., also treat: BL-18 (108), BL-20 (132), BL-25 (108), SP-8 (132), SP-7 (132), and
around both medial and lateral malleoli.
Constipation: Along with general recommendations to improve the patient's
dietary habits and exercise habits, increased fiber in the diet may be necessary. As
well as stimulating BL-25 (108) and ST-27 (108), it is useful to stimulate on the
abdomen in a clockwise fashion, LRQ ~ URQ ~ ULQ ~ LLQ ~ LRQ, etc. This
can be done while sitting on the toilet. This should increase the motility of the
intestines.
Hemorrhoids: Sitting with the legs pulled up, so as to cause retraction of the
hemorrhoid, tap SP-7 (132), LU-6 (126), GV-2 (104) and GV-20 (104). GV-20 should
be tapped lightly. For bleeding hemorrhoids, if this has not already helped and the
anus seems to be spasming, use the fingers to stretch the anal muscles.
Shoulder problems (stiffness, limited motion, etc.): Even if the patient does
not complain of shoulder problems, generally it is important to release shoulder
stiffness and tension. The general treatment given above can be helpful, particular-
ly when augmented with more focused treatment of reactive, tense points on the
shoulders. Of the many acupoints purportedly good for shoulder problems, we
have found BL-10 (112), GB-21 (120), SI-14 (120), and BL-43 (176/112) to be notably
helpful. Check these points carefully and treat if reactive. If the shoulder is very
stiff, inflamed, or has limited motion, it is better not to stimulate too much locally.
Local points should be tapped more gently and it is better to look for distal points
to treat, such as LI-10, LI-11, ST-38, GB-34, etc.
Lumbar pain: Both internal and musculo-skeletal conditions can cause lum-
bar pain. Regular acupuncture and moxibustion therapy, sotai therapy, wooden
hammer and needle therapy, and stretching exercises and movements are impor-
tant. To relieve tension in the musculature in the lumbar region, the first area to
treat is along the musculature at the tight, sore points to the sides of the lumbar
vertebrae. Along with the reactive points, BL-18 (108), BL-22 (152), BL-23 (120),
BL-25 (108), BL-52 (120), GB-34 (120), BL-40 (112), BL-58 (112) are good points to
treat. If a patient is able to lie prone (face-down) and perform the sotai leg exten-
sion exercise (procedure C in chapter ten), simultaneously tap at the most tense or
sore point on the back.2
Acute traumatic injuries: Wooden hammer and needle treatment can be use-
ful in the treatment of fractures, wounds, contusions, sprains, etc. because it accel-
erates the healing process by reducing the accompanying local swelling. Typically
the local swelling that occurs with a fracture or wound will decrease circulation at
the area and thus slow down the natural healing process. If the sweUing can be
reduced, even temporarily, it can greatly enhance the natural healing powers and
speed the process of recovery. Tap at sore points slightly distal and proximal to
the swollen area, and tap around the swollen area. Tap at the jing points on the
toes or fingers, especially of the channels most affected by the swelling. Also tap at
confluence-jiaohui points, like SP-6, TB-8, etc., whichever is more local to the prob-
lem area. For example, for treating a sprained ankle, first palpate around the
Home Therapies: Step Five 257
swollen ankle and tap gently at the more reactive points. Thel) tap at the jing
points of the more affected channel, perhaps, GB-44 (120), BL-67 (112). Next, tap at
the confluence-jiaohui points, perhaps GB-39 or GB-35 (112, 120, and 132). It is
sometimes helpful to treat the area on the opposite limb that corresponds to the
affected area.
Rehabilitation for hemiplegia following stroke: Acupuncture, exercise, and
massage can be helpful in treating this condition, particularly if the treatment
begins as soon as possible after the stroke. The wooden hammer and needle treat-
ment can also be helpful because it provides simple daily treatment. The dedica-
tion and determination of family members are important to accomplish such daily
rehabilitation. With the wooden hammer and needle, tap all the jing points on the
fingers and toes, both on the affected side and the healthy side. When you do this,
use the relevant frequency of tapping for each channel. Generally, treatment of
many points is required. Palpate and treat from among the following points:
Ll-10 (108), BL-40 (112), BL-58 (112), KI-7 (120), LR-3 (108), LR-4 (108),
GB-34 (120), SP-6 (108, 120, 132), SP-10 (132), CV-12 (104), ST-25 (132),
CV-4 (104), GV-20 (104), GV-12 (104), BL-18 (108), BL-20 (132),
BL-23 (120), BL-32 (112), BL-33 (112).
If the patient has difficulty talking, stimulate the brain point in both auricles.
There are many uses for the wooden hammer and needle; the above represent
a few simple guidelines. Many different treatment strategies and point combina-
tions can be devised with this easy, simple, and safe method. East Asian medical
supply companies stock the wooden hammer and needle so that practitioners can
have sets available for use or purchase by their patients.
The table3 that follows lists a number of diseases and the zones and parts of
the body that are typically tapped. In these descriptions, there are references to the
zones by both their topographical location, i.e. on the head, or arm (see the illustra-
tion on the following page) and by the number of the zone, as described in chapter
eight. There are also references to reactive lines, such as the stomach line or ren mai
line, etc. These references are to imaginary lines that traverse the body surface in
the general vicinity of the twelve channels and the two extraordinary vessels, the
ren mai and du mai. Thus they do not refer to the specific anatomical locations of
each channel, but more broadly to the area of the surface of the body along which
the channel traverses. Treatment is optimal when stimulus is applied to a particu-
lar line in the specific zone referenced. Thus in the first case, for anemia, treating
on the spleen line on the leg and thoracic #3 zones (through which the spleen line
passes) will have particularly good effects.
Disease Reactive Lines Head Neck Face Arm Trunk Leg
Anemia SP, all yang lines 3 3 3 3 3 3
Diabetes LU, ren mai line 6 6 6 6 6 6
Bronchial all lines 1 1 1 1 1 1
asthma
Cough all lines 1 1 1 1 1 1
Chronic gastritis, LI, ST, BL, SI lines 7 7 7 7 7 7
gastrectasis
Anorexia SI, BL lines 7 7 7 7 7 7
Chronic SI, BL lines 9 9 9 9 9 9
enteritis
Hemorrhoids all yin lines 12 12 12 12 12 12
Apoplexy all yin lines 3 3 3 3 3 3
Impotence all yin lines 8-12 8-12 8-12 8-12 8-12 8-12
Nicotine all yin lines 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8
addiction
Alcohol all yin lines 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8
addiction
Depressive all yin lines 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8
condition
Dysmenorrhea all yang lines 12 12 12 12 12 12
Deafness stomach line 8 8 8 8 8 8
Tinnitus stomach line 8 8 8 8 8 8
Chronic all yang lines 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5
rhinitus
Insomnia all lines 3 3 3 3 3 3
As an example of how to use this table, take the treatment of anemia. Palpate
all the number 3 zones of the various parts of the body, focusing especially on the
areas traversed by all the yang lines (channel areas) and the spleen line. Once you
have found reactive points or areas, light the alcohol or moxa in the instrument,
and, when the tip of the cone begins to warm up, start tapping lightly in the region
of the reactive points and areas on the relevant zones. This tapping should be done
so that it is comfortable for the patient, and should be continued, moving the point
of the cone around so as not to overstimulate any single area, until the reactive
points or areas become looser and less reactive. Generally this does not take too
260 Home Therapies: Step Five
long. When the patient is doing this as home therapy, it might be necessary to
have a relative or friend administer the tapping. In such cases, it would be advan-
tageous to have that person present when you instruct the patient how to perform
the techniques and select points and areas for stimulation.
Following are a few more conditions with recommended zones and lines for
therapy.
Fatigued feeling in the whole body: Treat on the 4-10 zones of the body,
focusing especially on the bladder and ren mai lines.
Constipation: Treat zones 9-10 of the body, focusing especially on all the
yang lines including the du mai line. It is particularly helpful to focus on the inter-
section points/areas of the du mai and bladder lines in zones 9-10 on the trunk and
lumbar regions and the intersection points/areas of the stomach line in the 9-10
zones on the lower abdomen.
Migraine headaches: Treatment of the more distal parts often gives dramatic
results for relief of the pain. For example, when treating the gallbladder line, treat
first the gallbladder zone, #5 on the feet. Similarly, when treating the bladder line,
treat it in the bladder zone, #11 on the legs, and for the small intestine line, start by
focusing on the small intestine zone, #10 on the arms.
Menopausal Complications: Palpate all lines and zones and treat the reactive
points/ areas, especially on the trunk. It is often helpful to treat on the spleen line
on zones 6 and/ or 12.
DIETARY RECOMMENDATIONS
Dietary adjustment has proven useful for many health problems. Many
patients have destructive dietary habits, which if not changed, will contribute a
continuous negative bias and hamper treatment. These patients usually need
some simple guidelines for change. Patients who are severely ill, even if they are
diet-conscious and eat relatively well, will still need some basic guidelines; few
patients know much about complementary eating habits. The following foods in a
well-balanced diet can be recommended to virtually all patients, for at least as
long as they have their health problems. A less stringent version of these guide-
lines contributes to general health maintenance.
Staple foods:
- Unrefined grains: unpolished brown rice; polished rice with germ; cereals;
whole wheat flour; whole wheat bread; wheat vermicelli; buckwheat.
Subsidiary foods
- Foods containing animal protein: seafoods; white-meat fish; small fish;
sardine; salmon; mackerel; squid; octopus; crab; shell fish (except cultured fish).
- Foods containing vegetable protein: soybean products (e.g. tofu, natto,
etc.); beans, aduki beans, broad beans; nuts; wheat-gluten bread.
- Vegetables: colored vegetables; lightly colored vegetables; root crops (car-
rots, potatoes, etc); sea vegetables including wakame, hijiki, kombu, nori.
- Seasonal fruits in limited amounts.
- Beverages: herb teas, especially senna tea (if there is any tendency towards
constipation or if there are signs of blood stasis), hako tea, persimmon tea; natural
fruit and vegetable juices; soymilk.
- Seasonings: natural sea salt; lightly refined sugar; pure honey; naturally
brewed miso; natural soy sauce; vinegar; unrefined vegetable oils.
Foods to be avoided or taken in moderation:
- Refined grains: polished rice, white bread, refined flour noodles;
- Meat: chicken, pork, beef, lamb; fish paste products or meat products with
aqditives, including ham; sausage; boiled fish paste.
- Other foods: fried foods, butter, lard, refined sugar, chemical seasonings,
coffee, black tea, refined juices, carbonated beverages and other canned drinks,
alcohol. Tobacco use should be discontinued.
When consumed excessively, these contraindicated foods are often related to dis-
ease. Patients who have liver problems, especially when accompanied by blood
stasis signs, should particularly avoid hot, spicy, oily, and greasy foods, and alco-
hol and coffee.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 S.B.: The information in this section is a translated from a paper written by Manaka and Itaya
several years ago, and published in a popular Japanese health journal. It has been slightly adapted here
so that Western practitioners can easily utilize the treatments and teach them to their patients.
2 S.B.: This procedure with the tapping is described completely in Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch,
Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, pp. 381-384.
3 Selected from Manaka, Y., Hiratashi funihannotai Nesshin Shigeki Ryoho, Yokosuka: Ido no
Nippon Sha, 1982, pp. 111 passim.
SECTION FOUR
CLINICAL PRACTICE
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
These case studies are presented to illustrate both common patterns and
exceptional cases. Note the common use of the yin qiao mai-ren mai connections for
problems involving the kidneys and lungs; the yin wei mai-chong mai connection for
problems involving the liver, heart, spleen, stomach, and a psychological compo-
nent; and the right yin wei mai-1eft yang wei mai connection for problems involving
the liver.
by the gastrocnemius reactions, KI-16, ST-27, and the weak kidney pulse. The
symptom of pain in the thumbs, following the course of the lung channel, suggest-
ed trying the yin qiao mai-ren mai first. This treatment improved all the abdominal
reactions and decreased the thumb pain. Step two, kyutoshin moxa therapy for
BL-52 and BL-25, diminished reactiveness at the treatment points. These points
were selected because BL-52 is a kidney reflex point and BL-25 is a good point for
lower burner problems. We do not recommend this technique on the lung associ-
ated-shu point, BL-13. In our experience, use of BL-23 or BL-52 with BL-25 is good
for yin qiao mai-ren mai step two treatments and lower burner kidney xu.
treatment she became quite relaxed and the abdominal reactions vanished, both of
which were seen as signs of success. For step two treatment, BL-23 and BL-25
were selected to help with the underlying lower burner-kidney xu condition. KI-7
was used expressly for the purpose of strengthening the kidney channel.
is often helpful for locomotor symptoms. The beginner may want to apply one,
then the other, in a two-step process, to assure confidence that no adverse interac-
tion (such as countering the effects of the ion pumping) has occurred.
In each of these cases the cross-syndrome pattern was present. Use of the
magnet heater produced notable change. Generally, this treatment procedure is
helpful for stubborn cross-reactions, where regular ion-pumping treatment has not
been sufficient. It is also useful for the opposite cross-pattern of the upper left-
lower right abdominal quadrants. In a patient with pain on the left elbow, mostly
on the large intestine channel, treatment of the kidney-large intestine channel pair
produced little change of abdominal reactions. The left subcostal and right ASIS
regions were also reactive and particularly stubborn. Placing the left palm on the
magnet heater for ten minutes not only reduced the abdominal reactions, but also
greatly improved the left elbow pain and mobility.
ren mai points were also reactive. With this treatment the patient experienced
immediate relief of the shoulder and back pain and became notably relaxed. She
requested that she be allowed to sleep for a few minutes. Becoming relaxed and
sleepy during treatment is a good sign. In this case, one treatment was able to cure
the patient's problem.
Moxa:
3 times to right Ll-11 while chanting AAHH.
3 times to right Ll-2 while chanting MMMM.
3 times to right ST-27 while chanting MMMM.
In this case, regular treatment with the ion beam device had proven insuffi-
cient, accomplishing only mild improvement in the abdominal reactions. In an
effort to improve both the abdominal reactions and the patient's symptoms, treat-
ment was directed at the affected right large intestine channel points and reflex
point. This unusual tactic proved useful: both abdominal reactions and pain of the
fingers were reduced.
CASE ONE
Step Four Treatment: Intradermals: bilateral ding quan, right BL-13, left
BL-23.
Step Five Treatment: Indirect moxa: GV-3.
This case exemplifies a gradual but steady improvement through the course
of treatment. Her main problem was weakness of the lower abdomen with symp-
toms in the lungs; typically, this takes time to resolve. Thus, treatment was much
the same on each occasion because the signs and tests were consistent. With the
exception of treatment six, ion pumping [LU-7 black(-), KI-6 red(+)] was used as
the first step. The black clips were placed at LU-7 because of the predominance of
lung symptoms. On the sixth treatment when the vaginitis had flared up, the black
clips were instead placed at Kl-6 in response to the acute lower burner problem.
Moxa on the handle of the needle would have been more desirable than just
needling the back shu points. However, with the patient's reactions to smoke and
other airborne particles in mind, the use of needles and intradermals at the lung
and kidney back shu points, BL-13, BL-23, was chosen instead. The point uranaitei
was used because it is indicated for asthma and allergic problems. On the eighth
treatment, moxa at left BL-20 was added for the allergies. The indirect moxa at
GV-3 that was administered during the seventh and eighth treatments was for the
weak lower burner. This patient was able to stop using the asthma medication,
significantly cut down on the use of the allergy medication, and return to normal
levels of activity.
CASE THREE
CASE FOUR
After this, treatment followed the same format. The ion-pumping cords were
used for all step one treatments, with intradermals and needling of other points as
steps two and three. The step one treatments followed the shifting patterns of ten-
sion in the left arm. If the tension was primarily in the small intestine channel,
small intestine reflex points showed reaction and the small intestine was treated
through either the liver-small intestine pair or the yang qiao mai-du mai. The patient
was treated eight more times, from March to June of 1988. The left arm showed
slow but continuous improvement. The back remained asymptomatic, and the
patient slowly shed more pounds.
Because of the patient's age, treatment was always kept simple, with minimal
stimulation. Prior to the beginning of treatment, the patient had shown no
improvement in her condition since stopping physical therapy some months
before. She was virtually housebound and thus depressed much of the time. By
the end of treatment, the patient reported very little depression (this was con-
firmed by her family) and was now able to perform tasks around the house and go
walking again.
Step Two Treatment: Direct moxa: applied to the tender point below T6
(for stress) [after Fukaya].
Step Three Treatment: Direct moxa: bilaterally to BL-18, left BL-19,
left BL-20.
Step Four Treatment: Intradermals: bilaterally to pi gen; stomach and
shen men points of left auricle.
SECOND TREATMENT DATE: 6/16/87++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Report: The patient reported that overall he was better for
24 to 30 hours following the treatment. He felt
more relaxed and the nasal congestion was also
improved.
Pulse: Liver and spleen weak.
Gastrocnemius Reactions: Left kidney-large intestine.
Abdominal Reactions: Strong subcostal tightness and soreness, especially
on the left; left ASIS sore and jumpy; CV-12;
left ST-21, SP-21.
Step One Treatment: Ion pumping:
bilaterally to PC-6 black(-), SP-4 red(+).
Step Two Treatment: Needling: left ST-21.
Step Three Treatment: Kyutoshin moxa: bilaterally to BL-18, BL-21.
Step Four Treatment: Intradermals: left SP-9,
stomach & spleen points of left auricle,
shen men point of right auricle.
THIRD TREATMENT DATE: 6/25/87 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Report: The condition improved for six days following
treatment; however, the stomach pain worsened
again. Nasal congestion continued on and off; the
upper G.l. examination was completed and the
results were to be available soon.
Pulse: Spleen and pericardium weak.
Gastrocnemius Reactions: Left liver-small intestine.
Abdominal Reactions: Right subcostal region better; left side is still very
tight and sore; left ASIS sore and jumpy; ST-21.
Step One Treatment: Ion pumping: left: PC-6 black(-), left SP-4 red(+),
left ST-21 black(-), right ST-40 red(+).
Step Two Treatment: Kyutoshin moxa: bilaterally to BL-18, BL-21.
Step Three Treatment: Intradermals: left BL-22, right SP-8, triple burner
point of left auricle, stomach and shen men points
of right auricle.
Step Four Treatment: Moxa: GV-23.
Comments: In this treatment, ST-21 and ST-40 were treated
with ion-pumping cords to relieve the acute
problem of the stomach more directly. Moxa was
applied to GV-23 to address the nasal problems.
304 Integrating a Total Treatment
followed the same pattern. The patient was seen nine more times, from August
through October of 1987. During this time the patient took a ten-day vacation,
through which he was completely symptom free. He came to realize that the
stressful nature of his job was a major factor in his health problem. Some weeks
after this, he changed his work to a less stressful occupation. By the end of treat-
ment, the patient was almost symptom-free, the nasal problem was completely
resolved, and his stomach irritation was rare and mild.
Of course, it is hard to know how much the Tagamet improved the condition
and how much the acupuncture improved the condition, but when improvement is
seen immediately following treatment, it is usually a good indication that the
acupuncture has been effective.
We presented the results of this next case at the 18th Gakkai meeting of the
Shinkyu Topology group in Kyoto, July, 1988. We had been treating an infant with
early stage spina bifida and were able to report extremely good results at this time.
We first saw this infant female at twenty-one months of age. At that time her
problems were multiple; she had a history of several surgeries, but was unable to
walk. She had dysuria and needed urethral catheterization. She was unable to
speak, suffered atopic dermatitis, recurrent fevers, and infectious diseases (such as
colds, flu, etc.).
Five hours after birth, she had preventative surgery for the spina bifida. One
month later, she had a second surgery to insert a shunt to conduct fluids from the
right temple region to the abdominal cavity. After this procedure, she developed
an infection and fever. She spent three weeks in intensive care, after which time
the shunt was removed. Two months later, further surgery was performed. She
was discharged one month after that surgery. At age one, she developed urine
reflux and again required surgery. Following this surgery, she developed an infec-
tion and septicemia; after treatment of two months duration for these complica-
tions, she was discharged again. Thereafter, she frequently developed high fevers,
and showed white blood cells in the urine. She was treated with antibiotics. She
had not been treated specifically for the dysuria, inability to walk, or inability to
speak. She could evacuate her bowels by herself.
In Japan, treatment of children with acupuncture is a speciality called shon-
ishin, where various instruments and needles are used to scratch, rub, and scrape
the skin in lieu of insertion techniques. At first, only these instruments were used
until she became comfortable with treatment. Direct moxa was then added to the
regimen, as was sotai exercise combined with moxa. To deal with her fevers, ion-
pumping cords were used, as was micropuncture (bloodletting of the jing points).
Auricular acupuncture at the brain point was used for the speech disorder. The
mother was given an electric moxa instrument, and therapy was given daily at
home. Treatment at the clinic was given two to four times a month.
308 Integrating a Total Treatment
After one month of treatment, she was able to walk when we held her hands.
After three months, she was able to walk as much as thirty meters on her own.
When she reached the age of three, she was able to run back and forth up to twenty
five meters at a time; she was also able to jump. At thirty-three months she sponta-
neously spoke. Although she had needed catheterization five times daily, through
the course of treatment the catheterization was cut back and she was able to uri-
nate freely and naturally at this point. The infections stopped altogether, as did the
fevers. She stopped catching colds and flus, and antibiotics were no longer neces-
sary. Her mental development appeared normal; her growth seemed slightly slow,
but improving.
When she first came for therapy, her physician was pessimistic about her con-
dition, and stated that she would probably need crutches all her life. However, fol-
lowing appropriate therapy this was no longer the case. According to our studies
of the fundamental effects of acupuncture on the microcirculatory system, we pro-
pose that routine treatment of such disorders will become possible in the future.
SUMMARY
In the preceding sample cases, you can see that simple application of the
treatment formulae we have described can be sufficient to handle a variety of
health problems. Problems acute or chronic in nature, of serious or mild intensity,
all can be treated successfully. The flexibility afforded by this method of treatment
allows the practitioner to follow the patient's condition as it "unwinds."
In the traditional literature of China, there are occasional references to meng
gen, which is a kind of healing crisis. On a very few occasions, you may see that for
a period of roughly 24 hours, a patient's symptoms become temporarily exacerbat-
ed, or that new symptoms or very old symptoms occur. This is often meng gen.
You should closely monitor the patient's condition, as it is difficult to distinguish
such reactions from an iatrogenic condition, due, for example, to overstimulation
or wrong treatment. Further, you should always bear in mind that it is not unusu-
al for symptoms to fluctuate, getting better and worse; as long as there is a trend
towards fewer symptoms, and as long as lessened abdominal reactions are noted,
the treatment will succeed.
It is thus not unusual to see step one treatment procedures vary as treatments
progress. For example, the first patient described in this chapter was treated with
ion pumping to KI-6 and LU-7 on each visit. The fourth patient was treated with
the liver-small intestine channel pair on all but one visit. The second, third, fifth,
and sixth patients were treated with a variety of methods according to the patterns
of reaction and the accompanying state of functional changes. It is also worth
remembering the discussions above in chapter 8 on hypoesthesia and hypotonus
and hyperesthesia and hypertonus. As a patient with a more advanced condition
(hypoesthesia and hypotonia) improves, it is normal to see a flare-up of hyperes-
thesia and hypertonia. Your treatments will evolve according to these changes.
For example, a patient with celiac syndrome in an advanced state of weakness,
showing hypotonic abdominal muscles and flaccidity, was first treated with ion
pumping to KI-6 and LU-7. As the patient improved and the muscle flaccidity
improved, strong subcostal tightness began developing and treatment shifted to
the use of ion pumping on PC-6 and SP-4 with good success. This simple but flexi-
ble approach has proven useful in many cases and for many years.
You will likely find it necessary to read and reread most of the information
given in this book. For an effective clinical practice, you will need to absorb the
basic treatment protocols described in earlier chapters. Much of the last chapter
Integrating a Total Treatment 309
can be accessed quickly by referencing the sections as needed. We believe that the
information described in this book is sufficient for you to be able to treat virtually
any patient. It is now up to you as to how you use this approach and the informa-
tion in the text. We would also like to remind you of shu ha ri. It is useful, when
starting out, to imitate and follow the guidelines in this text. After a few years'
experience with these procedures, we hope you will be able to move beyond the
frontiers we have mapped herein. We look forward to sharing the ideas and
modalities you develop on your own.
IN CONCLUSION
The modern practice of acupuncture, following modern tendencies in science
and medicine, is to make more and more complex pictures and descriptions of the
body, to dissect and redissect, to examine smaller and smaller parts. In the end,
many factors need to be considered and treatment becomes fractured and sympto-
matic or complex and difficult. With each increase of complexity there is a con-
comitant reduction of the practitioner's ability to decide, perform, and assess.
Recently in China, the system of bagang bianzheng, differentiation of syn-
dromes by assessing the imbalance of four pairs of complementary factors -
yin/yang, vacuity I repletion, hot/ cold, internal/ external - has become established
as the basic model of diagnosis, and as the central means of selecting and combin-
ing points for treatment. Actually, any number of diagnostic models can be
applied as the basis of a system of treatment. For example, we have applied
yin/yang, right/left, anterior/posterior, inferior/superior. These are the essential
yin-yang components of octahedral theory that we have found to be part of the sig-
nal system. Nevertheless, as long as the issue is one of imbalance, the question is
always one of a difference between two complementary factors.
The method we have devised is actually very simple. But, mastering simplic-
ity is not easy. Living in the modern world, where we are always encouraged to
look to the complex, makes swimming against this stream a matter of conquering
one's own mental habits and training. Learning to recognize and appreciate sim-
plicity is a challenge.
We have argued that the software of the body is clearly and simply under-
stood in acupuncture, without dependence on an understanding of the body's
hardware. Like the expert fisherman who knows best where to fish, or the crafts-
man who can produce a masterpiece, there is no hardware, only software.
Mastering acupuncture by understanding the nature of traditional ideas is hard
work. It is necessary to develop your feelings and intuitions without surrendering
the advantages of feedback and assessment. Further, we think that by beginning
with simple, straightforward treatment procedures, with readily reassessable signs,
you will develop a successful practice while simultaneously refining your tech-
niques and improving your skills.
CHAPTER ENDNOTES
1 These studies are taken from the caseload of Stephen Birch, from the period 1986-1990. The
measure of this system, as with any other, is its repeatability, that it can be successfully learned and
applied by others.
~""
APPENDIX ONE:
9 ~navel
10 0 Os
15 0 012
0 013
14
u
Figure 15.1: Pressure pain points on the front of the body
Key
1 Onodera's sternum point Swollen bronchial lymph glands
2 Borges' pressure pain point Lung disorders, pleuritis
3 Mussy's point Tuberculosis, bronchial asthma,
bronchitis, peritonitis
4 Schmidt point Apical pulmonary tuberculosis, inflamed
bronchial plexus, hemoptysis
5 Onodera lung point Intercostal neuralgia, pneumonia,
disorders of liver and biliary tract
6 Hattori's pressure pain point Gastric ulcer
7 Hattori's pressure pain point Duodenal ulcer
8 Kummel's point Appendicitis
9 Morris' pressure pain point Appendicitis
10 Munro's pressure pain point Appendicitis
11 Lanz's pressure pain point Appendicitis
12 Hattori's pressure pain point Appendicitis
13 Clado's pressure pain point Appendicitis
14 Lenzmann's pressure pain point Appendicitis
15 McBurney's pressure pain point Appendicitis
16 Dejardin's pressure point Pancreatic diagnosis
17 Robson's pressure point Gallbladder diagnosis
18 Onodera's pressure point Gallbladder diagnosis
19 Onodera's diagnostic pressure point Biliary tract disorder
20 Tsuda's sternum point Duodenal ulcer
Appendix One: Pressure Pain 313
The next set of tables is taken from research conducted in China. For a num-
ber of different diseases many points were palpated to determine which were com-
monly painful in the presence of that disease. These tables are taken from the work
of Dr. Li Ding Zhong. 3
This work focuses primarily on an examination of the occurrence of pressure
pain at the acupoints. There were a number of earlier studies,4 some of which ran
into methodological problems, but the following seem to based on reasonable
methodologies. Typically there is a general pressure pain point, one reflecting the
diseased organ, and a specific pressure pain point, which tends to reflect the nature
of the problem exhibited by that organ.
Because Chinese palpation research is almost always directed towards finding
palpable reactions in the presence of Western disease entities, e.g. stomach ulcer,
tuberculosis, etc., and not in the presence of Chinese disease entities, e.g. stagnant
liver qi, kidney qi vacuity, it is more difficult to know the veracity of the informa-
tion. In Japan, there have been numerous practitioners and researchers who simi-
larly investigate palpable reactions with regards to both Western disease entities
and Oriental disease entities.s
Because Japanese research tends to be more directed by the principles of bio-
statistics, these studies are less easily dismissed for methodological errors. For sta-
tistics and research findings in this area to have relevance, attempts need to be made
to correlate findings to both Western and Oriental disease entities. While it is diag-
nostically and therapeutically useful and important to know Western disease entity
relationships, these are not statistically relevant without research of the Oriental cor-
relations as well. The investigation of pressure pain at acupoints in the presence of
Western disease entities is actually a valuable contribution to the clinical practice of
Western medicine.
Clearly this is a technique acupuncture and its associated methods can con-
tribute to the West. However, for this research to be considered relevant, Chinese
researchers need to apply the same approach to diagnostic and therapeutic con-
structs in acupuncture and herbal medicine. In modem Chinese literature on
acupuncture, moxibustion and herbal medicine, palpation is given a very lowly
place. Typically the radial pulses and a shi points are palpated and more rarely
the front mu points. Japanese practitioners have shown that there are actually
many important correlations to Oriental disease entities that can enhance the
practice of traditional medicines. It is here that we have been able to develop rea-
sonable diagnostic and reassessment methods which, we argue, are important in
a clinical medicine. The tables below present palpatory points for specific condi-
tions.
PALPATION FOR RESPIRATORY DISEASES
DISEASE GENERAL POINT SPECIFIC POINT
(F) 14 1 11 2 3 0 7
(M) 21 2 7 13 3 2 14
We have found that the upper right/lower left quadrant pattern (I) is the most
common, found in 35% of cases. The opposite reaction in the upper left/lower right
quadrant (II) was found in only 3% of all cases. The upper right/lower right pat-
tern (III) showed in 18% of cases and the upper left to lower left pattern (IV) was
found in 15% of the cases. Many patients (68%) exhibited patterns I, III, and IV. By
devising general balance treatments for these three patterns, we were able to help a
large percentage of our patients, treating chronic migraines, lumbago, etc. On occa-
sion, great results occurred with only one treatment. Hence knowledge of these ten-
dencies and the formulation of simple treatment procedures for them has proven
clinically very useful.
The next set of figures represents statistical measures of the occurrence of pal-
pable reaction at important diagnostic points. In a group of 95 subjects, comparing
left and right point reactions, we found the following:
Acupoint Main correspondences Right Left
ST-11 chong mai 34.7% 34.7%
ST-12 yin qiao mai 9.5% 12.6%
LU-1 lung, ren mai 8.4$ 18.9%
LR-14 liver, yin wei mai 55.8% 10.5%
KI-16 kidney, yin qiao mai 28.4% 40.0%
ST-25 triple warmer, yang wei mai 12.6% 27.4%
GB026 spleen, chong mai 0.5% 31.6%
ST-27 large intestine 12.6% 16.9%
GB-29 yang wei mai, yang qiao mai, gallbladder 14.7% 44.2%
KI-11 bladder, yang qiao mai 3.2% 6.3%
LI-4 37.9% 33.7%
CV-22 yin wei mai 12.6%
Appendix One: Pressure Pain 319
The right superior (3, 4, 10), left inferior (1), and thus the cross reaction pat-
terns and tendencies (2, 7, 9) can be seen again.
The last set of statistics compares the occurrence of left-right gastrocnemius
pressure pain with the occurrence of left-right abdominal pressure pain. One hun-
dred subjects were palpated to obtain these figures. The percentages of occurrence
of pressure pain on the gastrocnemius muscles broke down as follows:
AREA PERCENTAGE
spleen - triple burner 50
kidney - large intestine 28
liver - small intestine 16
bladder - lung 3
stomach -pericardium 2
gallbladder - heart 1
Clearly, reactions at the three leg yin reflex points were much more predomi-
nant than the three leg yang (94% versus 6%). This correlates well with our own
clinical observation that most problems arise at the three leg yin channel level.
Comparing the occurrence and correlation of abdominal pressure pain to the gas-
trocnemius reactions yields the following figures:
320 Appendix One: Pressure Pain
These patterns are now known more accurately as the neural dermatomes. A
problem along a particular nerve branch can cause reflex reactions along associated
surface nerve branches in very specific areas on the body surface. Thus visceral
problems can cause abnormal sensitivity at the body surface within particular der-
mal zones, supplied by the affected cutaneous nerves. This is important both diag-
nostically and therapeutically and shows some correlations to the channel system?
c,
pain resulting from stress, emotional distress,lS poor posture and repeated daily
movements.16 Poor posture can cause pressure pain points acting through strains in
the interconnected fascial systems, which in tum can cause internal changes in the
organ systems, and in particular, functional changes of the organs. Changes of the
internal organs can also cause changes in the fascial systems and thus give rise to
pressure pain points. 17
Osteopathic manipulations, sotai exercise therapy, rolfing, acupuncture, and a
host of other therapies can work through these mechanisms. Relief of the problems
that gave rise to the pressure pain (in the form of myofascial binding, trigger points,
etc.) can relieve these points and their associated problems. Thus it is not always
necessary to treat the reactive point to relieve its reaction. This is exactly what we
find in acupuncture. The most important part of treatment is the first step, which
usually uses the five phase, source-yuan and confluence-jiaohui points, all of which
are on the limbs, from the knees and elbows down. Clearly there is no neurological
correlation between these points and their channel-associated reflex points or areas.
Even a cursory study of the above dermatomes will reveal this. Thus we must
extend our look beyond the nervous system to explain the phenomenon of pressure
pain, especially pressure pain and its correlations in acupuncture.
Common to many of the above speculations about pressure pain and pressure
pain structures are the body's muscular systems. When a muscle becomes abnor-
mally tight or tense, so that it will not relax when the rest of the body relaxes, this
hypertonia is both caused by some underlying problem, such as those suggested
above, and causes other problems. In terms of problems that it might cause, we
need only think of simple physics to begin speculation. An abnormally hypertonic
muscle will compress blood vessels, lymph vessels, and nerves, causing poor lymph
flow, poor blood flow to and from the musculature underlying structures, and error
signals in nearby nerve fibers - acting like a bias.lS
The important correlation here is that underlying all these ideas are the inte-
gral structure-function relationships we have been postulating throughout this
book. Any change in overall muscle tonus can cause reflex problems in a variety of
locations, through a variety of possible mechanisms. A problem in function can alter
the structure by changing the tonus of a muscle or group of muscles. This is seen in
the diagnostic patterns described in chapter eight. It is also seen in chapter four
where we described the relations of each channel to a series of muscles. In chapter
four we described Tada Kono's findings and theories about this. Other sets of cor-
respondences are found primarily in the kinesiological literatures, which mostly
agree with Kono's correspondences, but disagree in places.19
According to the research of Dr. Omura, who uses the hi-digital 0-ring test, the
phenomenon of electromagnetic resonance is a probable mechanism underlying
how this test works.20 If this is the case, then it is possible that the mechanism
underlying the kinesiologically demonstrated relationships between the channels
and groups of muscles may also be electromagnetic resonance.
These are not the only possible explanations for such relationships; it is possi-
ble that some normal biomagnetic properties of muscular tissues can also provide a
plausible explanation. It is known, for example, that as muscles contract, they gen-
erate electrical and magnetic fields, which are specific to each muscle. There is a
"corresponding signature in the temporal features of the accompanying electrical
and magnetic signals"21 of a contracting muscle, to which other tissues and struc-
tures may show sensitivity. Thus it is possible that the specific tissues and structures
involved in a particular channel may be sensitive to the electrical and magnetic field
signatures of particular muscle groups.
Appendix One: Pressure Pain 325
ENDNOTES
1 See for example, Yoshio Manaka et al., "Abdominal diagnosis and indications in traditional
Chinese medicine," American Journal of Acupuncture 13:3, p. 223-234; and Matsumoto and Birch, Hara
Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, chapter 2.
2 Hiratashi Junihannotai Nesshin Shigeki Ryo Ho (Hirata-style hot needle therapy), pp. 190-191,
Yokosuka, Japan: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1982.
3 Li Ding Zhong, Jing Luo Phenomena Part II, pp. 198-224, Kyoto: Yukonsha Publishing Co., 1985.
4 See for example: Chinese Scientific and Technological Information and Research Institute, Xue
Wei Ya Tong Bian Bing Zhen Duan Fa, Beijing: Science and Technology Document Publishing Company,
1978. Research like this is ongoing in China. See for example, Chai Wenju, "Researches on diagnosed
method at points (a review)," Journal of Chinese Acupuncture and Moxibustion 1:1-2, 1987.
5 See for example the SOOth special issue of Ido no Nippon Journal of Japanese Acupuncture and
Moxibustion 45:4, April1986.
6 Henry Head, "On disturbances of sensation with special reference to pain of visceral disease,"
Brain Part 1.16, 1-133, 1893; Part Il.17, 339-480, 1894; Part III.19, 153-276, 1896.
7 For a good discussion of these correlations, see J. Needham and Lu Gwei-Djen, Celestial Lancets,
a History and Rationale of Acupuncture and Moxibustion, pp. 204 passim.
8 S.B.: There is extensive literature on this subject and equally extensive review of this literature.
326 Appendix One: Pressure Pain
As examples of the mechanisms involved and trigger point correlations, see: Nathan, P.W., "The gate
control theory of pain, a critical review," Brain 99(1), 123-158, 1976; Melzak, R. et al., "Trigger points and
acupuncture points for pain: correlations and implications," Pain 3:3, 1977; Wall, P.D., "The gate control
theory of pain mechanisms: a reexamination and restatement," Brain 101(1), 1-18, 1978; Melzak, R.,
"Myofascial trigger points, relation to acupuncture and mechanisms of pain," Arch.Phys.Med.Rehabil.
62(3), 114-117, 1981. As examples of the motor point correlations see: Gunn, C.C. et al., "Acupuncture
locii, a proposal for their classification according to their relationship to known neurological structures,"
Amer.Jour.Chin.Med. 4, 183-195, 1976; Liao, S.J., "Acupuncture points, concordance with motor points of
skeletal muscles," Arch.Phys.Med.Rehab. 56; 550, 1975. For good reviews of these literatures see: Chaitow,
L., Soft-Tissue Manipulation, Wellingborough, England: Thorsons Publishing Group, 1987, pp. 64 passim.
See also Ulett, G.A., Principles and Practice of Physiologic Acupuncture, St. Louis: Warren H. Green Inc.,
1982. This last book contains extensive discussion of the use of acupuncture at the motor points.
Extensive discussion of the use of acupuncture at the trigger points can be found in Baldry, P.E.,
Acupuncture, Trigger Points, and Musculoskeletal Pain, Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone, 1989.
9 See Chaitow, L., Soft-Tissue Manipulation p. 64 passim.
10 Ibid., pp. 121-172, especially pp. 163-172.
11 Ibid., pp. 85-89.
12 For good reviews of these structures see: Dung, H.C., "Anatomical features that contribute to
the formation of acupuncture points," Amer.Jour.Acup. 12:2, 139-143, 1984; and Bossy J., "Morphological
data concerning the acupuncture points and channel network," Acup. & Electro-Ther. Res. Int. Jour. 9:79-
106, 1984.
13 See Soulie De Morant, George, Chinese Acupuncture, Brookline, MA: Paradigm Publications,
1994, pp. 21-22. Noted there are: the Points of Weihe, correlations to homeopathic provings where points
become sensitive; the renal points of Guyon, Albarman, Bazy, and Pasteau, where correlations are made
to renal diseases; and the points of Dejardin, Marinet, Valleix, and Wetterwald.
14 See Melzack, R. et al., "Myofascial trigger points and acupuncture points for pain; correlations
and implications," Pain 3:3, 1977.
15 S.B.: There have been many theories about the roles of stress, emotional disturbances, mental
states, and personality traits in physical changes that manifest in the body. Many of these theories look
to such triggers initiating tension patterns in the musculature (and therefore the development of, e.g. trig-
ger points), which can become fixed and thus lead to numerous medical complaints. See for example the
bioenergetic theories in the work of Wilhelm Reich (The Function of the Orgasm, New York: Meridian
Books, 1971, pp. 266 passim); and in Mann, E.W., Orgone, Reich and Eros: Wilhelm Reich's Theory of Life
Energy, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1973. For other interesting ideas, see Diamond, J., Life Energy:
Unlocking the Hidden Power of Your Emotions to Achieve Total Well-being, New York: Dodd, Mead and
Company, 1985. The work of Yves Requena is particularly interesting, because he has thoroughly com-
pared Chinese and Western conceptual medical systems. Implicit within his work are the body type (and
therefore muscle tension/pressure pain) patterns associated with particular personality and disposition-
al types. See Requena, Y., Terrains and Pathology in Acupuncture, Paradigm Publications, Brookline, MA.,
1986; and his more recent Character and Health, Paradigm Publications: Brookline, MA, 1989.
16 See for example Hashimoto, K. andY. Kawakami, Sotai: Balance and Health Through Movement,
Tokyo: Japan Publications, 1983.
17 As examples of both these possibilities, see the works of the craniosacral therapists, osteopaths,
and rolfers. See: Barra!, J.P., Visceral Manipulation; Seattle, WA: Eastland Press, 1988. See also Rolf, I.P.,
Rolfing: The Integration of Human Structures, New York: Harper and Row, 1977.
18 For further speculation on this idea, see for example: Matsumoto and Birch, Hara Diagnosis:
Reflections on the Sea, pp. 265-266.
19 For examples based on the work of Volland Goodheart, see Khoe, W.H., "Referred pain: A
holistic approach in acupuncture," Amer.Jour.Acup. 5:4, 323-328, 1977. See also, Walther, D.S., Applied
Kinesiology, Pueblo, CA: System D.C., 1976; Kapel, P., The Body Says Yes, San Diego: A.C.S. Publications,
1981; Thie, J. F. and M. Marks, Touch for Health, Marina Del Rey, CA:, DeVorss and Company, 1973.
20 Y. Omura, "Electro-magnetic resonance phenomenon as a possible mechanism related to the hi-
digital 0-ring test molecular identification and localization method," Acup.&Electro-ther.Res.Int.Jour. 11,
127-145, 1986.
21 Williamson, S. J. and L. Kaufman, "Biomagnetism," Jour.Mag.and Mag. Mater. 22: 129-201, 1981.
22 Y. Omura, "Meridian-like networks of the internal organs, corresponding to traditional Chinese
12 main meridians and their acupuncture points as detected by the 'hi-digital 0-ring test imaging
method.' Search for the corresponding internal organ of Western medicine for each meridian - part 1,"
Acup.&Electro-ther.Res.Inst.Jour. 12, 53-70, 1987.
23 T. D. Oleson et al., "An experimental evaluation of auricular diagnosis: The somatotropic map-
ping of musculoskeletal pain at ear acupuncture points," Pain 8, 217-229, 1980.
Q
.
'
.r
_,cr~
APPENDIX Two
AND fiNDINGS OF
YOSHIO MANAKA AND KAZUKO ITAYA
The following studies represent basic clinical and scholarly research into the
vast field of acupuncture and moxibustion. We have selected them from the
research articles and findings we have published during the last two decades. Our
basic premise in these studies is that the effects of acupuncture and moxibustion
therapy are not clearly differentiated in the research typically done in the field. In
fact, the majority of studies on the effects of acupuncture focus on neurological and
biochemical effects, using strong stimulation with deeply inserted needles that are
electrically or manually stimulated. Either way, in this kind of study the neurolog-
ical, biochemical, and acupunctural effects are mixed and undifferentiatable.
We elected to design a number of basic studies to look at single effects as dis-
tinct from the vast array of effects that are simultaneously brought about in most
studies. We hoped that such experiments would help us understand the simple
baseline effects of needle insertion, or help us observe the phenomena that lead to
traditional theoretical descriptions of the body (yin-yang, five phases, etc.). We
were curious to see if what we observed would match the traditional theories,
and/ or our own theories as to the nature of qi regulation (octahedral theory, iso-
phasal theory, etc.).
We designed the following simple studies:
- The meridian imbalance diagramming (M.I.D.) method) This is a simple
method of measurement aimed at retrieving objective data on the nature of imbal-
ances in acupuncture and moxibustion practice. It is used both for the purpose
measuring the body from a traditional theoretical perspective, and to reliably follow
measurements through the course of treatment, thus allowing therapeutic effects to
be quantified. It was designed in an effort to measure the channels and their yin-
yang categories.
- The rabbit ear chamber (R.E.C.) method. This is a method of observing the
microcirculation in the ears of laboratory rabbits. We used it to observe the effects
on microcirculation following the insertion of a single needle into the dorsum of the
experimental animals for a fixed period of time. This was done to try to establish
baseline effects of needle insertion.
328 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
- skinten1perature
- deeper body ten1perature
- electrical resistance
- n1agnetic fields
- electrical current
- electrical potential
- heat-pain threshold response (Akabane testing)
We have devised a n1ethod of n1easuren1ent that can be easily utilized in the
clinic with as little tin1e as possible required to perforn1 it and which can be used to
n1easure n1any acupoints. We also hope that this can becon1e a useful diagnostic
n1ethod for acupuncture and n1oxibustion.
LEFT HAND
DYANG+
~YIN
{LH- J,_
YIN - { : : - { :;:
AF-
y\ \
[
-{
LH+ }YI~ANG
H+ RH+ /
YANG {
LF+
F+ - {
RF+
l- - { L H - }
~l+-{LH+
LF-
LEFT
\
[ LF+ ,
LEFT/RIGHT
RH-} 1
A- - { RF- /
RIGHT {
RH+
A+ - {
RF+
FOOT - - - { :~ ::J--'
Figure 16.2 Selection and summing of the yin and yang channel jing points.
3.0
i:B
u
l:l
1.3
1.2t-~~~~~
1.1
1.0
..
0.9
...
0.7
0.5
...
LH- LF- LH+ LF+ L
1 1 I I I
RH RF- RH+ RF+ R .
Figure 16.3 Graph of the basic sums and ratios of the yin yang numbers.
1:9
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0 t--:7/;;n~~;:;r"'=----,tt-i!~~~
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
Figure 16.4 Graph of the basic sums and ratios of all 40 points.
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 331
By taking the sums of the various readings we can look at all the yin-yang
readings, hand-foot readings, and left-right readings and investigate the octahedral
relationships. Further, taking the ratios of these sums allows us to develop a simple
graphical representation of the results with which to explore the relative balance of
the yin-yang relationships. In an ideal balance, the ratios all tend to 1. But, as we
suspected, this is not always the case; there are some ratios that deviate from the
perfect ratio.
We used this method of measurement on healthy individuals and on patients
with a variety of diseases, making repeated measurements over as long a period as
was possible in each case. The conclusions we have drawn from these lengthy stud-
ies of several hundred individuals are as follows.
Since Head discovered the correspondence of internal organ disease and the
appearance of specific regions of hypersensitivity on the body surface, which are
related to the spinal dermatomes, these Head zones have become familiar to pro-
fessionals. But the fact that insensitivity to pain also appears on the surface of the
body in relation to specific diseases is little known except for diseases of the nervous
system. We have been able to prove the significant occurrence of functional insensi-
tivities of varying degrees at the surface of the body. These appear in different pat-
terns without the presence of organic nerve changes. They appear without relation-
ship to the spinal dermatomes, the hypersensitivity zones of Head.
When we measured hospitalized patients (for instance patients with stomach
ulcers who had no acupuncture therapy) from the time of their admittance to the
hospital, to the time of their discharge, the abnormal tendencies in the diagrams
tended to coincide with the pathology. Before having their operations, we typically
saw a wide disparity in the insensitivity and hypersensitivity of points. However,
after recovery from the surgery and just before leaving the hospital, the figures tend-
ed to return to a more normal range.
This test in principle is similar to the pain measurement tests devised by
Hardy.2 However, this instrument is more suitable for the measurement of heat-
pain threshold of single acupoints, since the area of irradiation with Hardy's instru-
ment is too large. The Meridian Imbalance Dolorimeter is much more convenient
for the measurement of a greater number of smaller points.
In general there is a tendency during the course of a disease for the heat-pain
threshold response of the lower limbs to become higher, but if the patient is depres-
sive or experiencing depression this ratio peculiarly reverses. An interesting fact is
that in samples of the general population the ratio between upper and lower limbs,
including non-acupoints, is closer to 1 than is the ratio of the channel points alone.
In other words, we can say that the non-acupoint points show less abnormal fig-
ures. In the group of depressive patients, the ratios of the figures for all the points
are further from 1. That is, in the depressive patients, the heat-pain threshold
response rises in non-acupoint points more distinctly than the general population.
When we are observing the tendencies of insensitivity or hypersensitivity of
non-acupoints in different diseases, at certain times in the disease process distinc-
tive peaks of insensitivity occasionally appear. But in general the insensitivity or
hypersensitivity in the acupoints show a more distinctive tendency.
Along with improvement of the patient's complaints over the span of treat-
ment, the insensitivity of each acupoint tends to normalize. Very often the ratio
of the difference between right and left sides of the same point remains at the
same level until the end. As a whole, the peaks of the heat-pain threshold
response are stable until the end of treatment. Therefore we can surmise that
332 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
there are permanent tendencies in the relationships between the same acupoints,
that is, constitutional tendencies.
With continuous measurements of the same subjects for several years, we
could see changes of the ratios of the upper and lower figures at certain times of the
year. Chinese medicine recognizes the annual rhythms (changes of the four seasons)
of the living body. These tendencies in the figures seem to substantiate the Chinese
theories. When we looked at a number of patients with the same symptoms, their
M.I.D. patterns were not necessarily the same; each showed unique characteristics.
The explanation can be found in the Oriental medical principle that treatment is not
administered according to disease or symptom, but according to the patient's con-
formation, or sho. Another principle is that the same treatment is not given to dif-
ferent people with the same disease. Each treatment is tailored to the individual's
indications (sho), which may vary even from day to day.
Sometimes treatment improves the patient's condition so that the symptoms
disappear. For instance, treatment of amenorrhea may improve the patient's condi-
tion so that the menses return. However, when treatment is stopped, the menses
again stop. In these cases we found that when the menses returned, the abnormal-
ities apparent in the M.I.D reading did not change significantly. But in the cases
where treatment was continued after the menses normalized until the M.I.D. read-
ings turned towards normal, the menses remained normal after treatment was dis-
continued.
While insufficient numbers of cases have been measured to draw clear con-
clusions regarding this observation, preliminary findings show that patients for
whom acupuncture analgesia was only moderately successful evidenced a reversal
in the ratio of hand to foot readings in favor of the hand, i.e., showed the depressive
tendency.
At the present time, finding organic changes is considered most important in
Western scientific diagnosis. Yet it is difficult to draw clear lines between disease
and health and their abnormalities when definitions are not clear. This is the case
with "pre-disease conditions," "functional diseases," "imbalances of the autonom-
ic nervous system," or "psychosomatic disorders," all of which are common mod-
em diagnoses. We need a system for approaching cases where no organic changes
exist or, if they appear to exist, they are not necessarily the cause of the complaint.
In other words, it is important that functional pathological diagnosis should be con-
sidered as important as the diagnosis of organic changes. From this perspective, the
M.I.D. can be a useful diagnostic method that while both relatively objective and
quantifiable is complementary to the diagnostic methods of traditional Oriental
medicine.
We asked twelve healthy volunteers to allow the M.I.D. measurements to be
taken twice a week for two years. There was a fluctuation in the figures for each vol-
unteer from which the average figures and ratios were calculated. As a whole, they
showed similar patterns but there are some points to which we must pay particular
attention. Though there was considerable variance among each of the ratios, the
ratio between the sums of the values of the yin channels when compared to the yang
channels was close to one. The notable exception was one case where there was a
reverse phenomenon in the ratio of the upper and lower limbs. After questioning
the volunteer we found that the subject sometimes had a tendency towards depres-
sion and there was a tendency in the family to depression with one relative hospi-
talized.
In the first category, in the cases of those able to recover easily from a minor
ailment and able to derive a distinctive benefit from acupuncture, we can see the
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 333
tendency of the ratios of yin and yang as almost 1. Also in the cases of chronic dis-
ease where recovery is gradual, we can see the tendency of yin and yang returning
to 1 sooner than the other tendencies of the ratios in the diagrams. Therefore, look-
ing at the heat-pain threshold response and comparing the ratios, we have a good
key for measuring the tendencies of imbalances throughout the body.
CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions are based on our work with the M.I.D.:
1. Besides the zones of pain hypersensitivity described by Head and which
correlate with the nervous system, there exists the phenomenon of heat-pain
hyposensitivity.
2. The former appear along with the divisions of the spinal cord, the latter
appears in different patterns.
3. The acupoints and non-acupoints evidence this insensitivity, but from
among these two categories of points, there is a difference according to time and
other factors.
4. The traditional acupoints are said to be on the channel line which has cer-
tain relationships to diseases and the functional properties of the internal organs,
but the correlation with the internal organs is not exclusive.
5. we can presume that this insensitivity as well as hypersensitivity appears
by common mechanisms such as the inhibition and excitation of the afferent fibers
of the sensory nerves, but this needs further clarification with more research.
6. We think that this method of measurement of the heat-pain threshold
responses can be used not only for studying the acupoints, but also as a diagnostic
method in the territory of modem medicine.
so -
0 -~----~----~~----~~----~IL____JI.
0 IS 30 60 90 120 ISO
( 0) (30) (60) ~90) ( 120) min
,. r
300
"'"---.... -... _.. _
uo f-
0 IS 30 60 90 120 150
(0) (JO) (Ul (90) (120) .. , ..
Figure 16.7: Changes in the top and bottom diameters of arterioles and venules
336 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
. ! ~ . ~ ~ .A.-1:. I~.:.1~,..~
~~~hJ """"~
. . .
0 u'
.. . , ; . . ! ~ ~- ,-~
~.:~,
,qiV~- ~. =
I . ' :, .
,.
Figure 16.9: Cutaneous microcirculation 30 minutes after needle withdrawal
Figure 16.12: dilation of the microvessels before (left) and after (right) acupuncture
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 337
[4] M. Asano et al., "Microphotoelectric plethysmography using a rabbit ear chamber," f. Appl.
Physiol. 20, pp. 1056-1062, 1965.
[5] M. Asano, "Microphotoelectric plethysmography in studying the cutaneous microcirculation,"
Basic aspects of Microcirculation, Inter. Congr. Series No. 578, Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, pp. 47-60,
1982.
[6] W. Funk, M. Intaglietta, "Spontaneous arteriolar vasomotion," Progr. Appl. Microcirc. 3, Karger,
Basel, pp. 66-82, 1983.
[7] M. Asano, P.l. Branemark, "Microphotoelectric plethysmography using a titanium chamber in
man," Adv. Microcirc., vol. 4, Karger, Basel, pp. 131-160, 1972.
[8] A. Kamiya, "The effect of intermittent capillary flow on tissue oxygen transport in the skeletal
muscle at rest," f. Physiol. Soc. Jpn. 38, p.179, 1976.
[9] M. Asano et al., "Cutaneous microcirculatory effects of various vasodilator agents on the con-
scious rabbit, with special regard to changes in the rhythmic property of vasomotion," Bioch. Exp. Bioi.
16, pp. 341-348, 1980.
[10] A. Colantuoni et al., "Quantitation of rhythmic diameter changes in arterial microcircula-
tion," Am. f. Physiol. 246, H508-H517, 1984.
The authors of the previous paper have conducted further research looking at
the microcirculatory effects of acupuncture. The next abstract describes the findings
of research with rabbits fed a high-cholesterol diet, some of which were given
acupuncture, the rest given no acupuncture.
This is hard to observe in the living body, especially the pumping function of
the blood vessels, called vasomotion, which is a key factor in the metabolism of cel-
lular systems. These movements are controlled by tiny changes in the body fluids
and nerves. We have found that it is influenced by leaving one silver needle for thir-
ty minutes, but the changes do not happen immediately; they mostly occur after
needle removal and last for quite a long time. We call such an action a "bias," and
believe that it constitutes evidence for the remarkable effects that very small ener-
gies can have on the living system. It would also be true that various internal and
external biases could push the microcirculatory system in a negative direction,
adversely affecting cellular metabolism.
Dr. E.H. Starling, an English physiologist, formed the hypothesis that "the net
filtration though the capillary membranes is proportional to the transmembrane
hydrostatic pressure difference minus the transmembrane oncotic pressure differ-
ence." That is, filtration across the capillary membranes requires that the internal
pressure in the arterioles be higher than the external osmotic pressure. Leakage
back across the membranes also requires that the internal pressure in the venules be
lower than the external osmotic pressure.
However, those who have seen vasomotion under the microscope can under-
stand that the change of pressure in the vessels, from the expanded capillary vessel
state to the closed or contracted vessel state, is much bigger than the change of inter-
nal pressures brought about solely from the static factors suggested by Starling.
Thus this vasomotion function must play a significant role in cellular metabolism.
Because cellular metabolism may be maintained by the pumping function of blood
vessel movement, it can be understood that the existence of vasomotion is extreme-
ly important both in the normal and the diseased condition. Further, blockage of
vasomotor activity will block cellular activities, creating various secondary diseases
and finally reaching to a fixed, irreversible state. The effects of needle insertion on
cellular activity and health are thus very important and can be very profound.
Finally, I would like to draw attention to facts described by Dr. Asano and others:
1. When he and his colleagues examined the effects of the blood cir-
culation accelerator medications using the R.E.C. method, they
found that blood circulation does indeed increase, but that vaso-
motion in the microvessels of the kidneys and liver often decrease.
Thus they are not good medications for total metabolic function.
2. It is commonly said that application of heat to an area is good to
increase circulation of blood in that area. However, they found that
depending on the method of application of the heat, congestion of
blood in the venules and small veins can occur, thereby leading to
local edema.
It is commonly thought that we can apply heat to a painful site to help relieve
the pain. If this is so, then why not drink alcohol to accelerate blood flow, too?
Alcohol is certainly a good vasodilator. It is obvious that this is not the answer.
Further, from the perspective of the microcirculatory movements, application of
heat to an area may actually be the worst thing in terms of how it affects the circu-
lation. The reason so many doctors make such elementary mistakes is because of
the enormous difficulty observing the microcirculation in vivo. In East Asian med-
icine, where we have the concept of blood stasis (xue yu or oketsu), it is much easier
to explain how simply activating the blood can cure many difficult diseases that
have not responded well to Western medical treatments. There are many herbs used
specifically to activate the blood. We would also like to point out that based on our
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 341
R.E.C. experiments, acupuncture is also excellent for activating the blood and is thus
highly useful for treatment of conditions of blood stasis. Based on our own clinical
experience, we think that moxibustion is also good for the same condition, as are
dietary and fasting therapies.
INTRODUCI'ION
One characteristic of East Asian medicine is the principle that it grasps both
local and systemic body changes systematically and then addresses the imbalances.
We have paid particular attention to the octahedral and quadrantal characteristics
as an important pattern of change in the living body. Here we observe deep body
temperature to see if other tests will show the same results as the M.I.D., which
looks at the changes of the ratios of heat pain thresholds at the jing points, to study
these quadrantal and octahedral characteristics.
PuRPOSE
The measurement of deep body temperature has been done in many fields and
many practical applications have been developed. We conducted a basic study to
determine the following:
1. Can this method be used to ascertain changes in the body before and after
the stimulation of acupuncture and moxibustion?
2. Can it be used to judge the effects of acupuncture and moxibustion?
3. How do the changes of the body's position affect the deep body tempera-
ture?
4. Are there physiological differences between the right and left halves of the
body in deep body temperature? If so, what tendencies do they show?
5. What kinds of differences and patterns of differences appear between the
central and peripheral body temperatures?
6. Are there characteristic patterns when we apply acupuncture, moxibustion,
and other methods of stimulation on the body?
7. Are there characteristics in the temperature distribution of an individual
who does not respond well to acupuncture and moxibustion therapies? (We have
measured the pain thresholds of 40 points on the ends of the fingers and toes using
the M.I.D. method, calculating ratios of left-right, superior-inferior, yin and yang
channels, to grasp the patterns of disease and disease tendencies. Is it possible to
use the measurement of deep body temperature to grasp the same?)
8. In conjunction with (7) above, what pattern of deep body temperature
would appear in the case of subjects with imbalanced autonomic nerve disease?
9. Using strong needle techniques, such as those utilized for acupuncture anes-
thesia, it is easy to observe neuro-peptide changes. Yet when using tiny stimulation
342 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
such as those in our methods of treatment, these changes are hard to measure. Is it
possible that tiny stimulation can cause changes in the deep body temperature? If
so, how much change can we see and how does it change?
METHODS OF EXPERIMENTATION
We used the deep body thermometer made by the Thermo Company.
Following recommendations made by other deep body temperature researchers, we
taped the sensors, each 4.5 em in diameter, on 10 points on the body. We used the
same points in both healthy and diseased subjects. These points are seen in the fol-
lowing diagram:
CIRCUMSTANCES OF OBSERVATION
1. Change of temperature depending on the body position:
a) standing on the head (yoga style)
b) lifting the lower limbs while supine, with the legs vertically
positioned against the wall
c) dangling the lower limbs (sitting on the edge of a bed, toes not
touching the floor)
d) prone position (face down)
2. Change of temperature from stimulation with the M.I. Dolorimeter:
a) M.l. stimulation on the left foot
b) M.l. stimulation on the right foot
c) M.l. stimulation on the right hand
d) continuous M.l. stimulation on LI-4
3. Change of temperature by moxa stimulation:
a) medial side of the left foot (LR-3, LR-4, KI-7, SP-6)
b) medial side of the right foot (LR-3, LR-4, KI-7, SP-6)
c) both SP-6
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 343
7. When moxa, intradermal needles and M.I. stimuli were applied on one
lower limb, the same lower limb generally showed temperature changes.
8. During sleep, the temperature of the heels changes very little. We did have
one case where the temperature actually dropped. This was seen in a patient who
had suffered recurrent alopecia each spring for the previous three years.
9. The measurement of deep body temperature can be a useful clinical indica-
tor. We were treating a patient whose adrenal glands had been surgically removed
some time before. This patient needed a constant supply of adrenal hormone. She
suffered many complaints such as muscle aches of the whole body, insomnia,
depression, amenorrhea. She had undertaken herbal therapy without success. We
wondered whether it would be possible to cure her in such a condition, as we had
no information on whether we might cause some kind of shock reaction with ther-
apy. Thus we treated her cautiously and used her deep body temperatures as a
monitor of how we were doing. Her complaints greatly reduced with therapy, and
the patterns of her deep body temperatures improved greatly from the beginning of
treatment to the end of treatment, becoming normal, when compared to the normal
values for a healthy individual.
10. There were some cases where the two sets of temperature readings did not
correspond to each other, in our experiments, though it is said that the deep and sur-
face temperatures often change together.
11. We did not notice big changes in temperature where there were surgical
conditions, or where there were problems of the surface circulation and blood flow.
12. We found that in some cases it took 35 to 100 minutes to get a stable read-
ing of the deep body temperature. According to the literature, it usually takes 20 to
30 minutes to get a stable reading of the deep body temperature.
We have described a very rudimentary, basic experiment. Our findings are
intriguing, and we hope to continue studying how to use the deep body tempera-
ture measurements in our studies of acupuncture and moxibustion. We also think
that by improving the equipment (shortening the time it takes to arrive at the deep
body temperature, improving the mobility of the subjects, etc), it is possible to
expand the usefulness of this technique in research.
INTRODUCTION
Auriculotherapy, first proposed and introduced by Dr. Paul Nogier, has gradu-
ally found adherents and practitioners throughout the world. China, the birthplace of
acupuncture, has its own style of auriculo-acupuncture, claiming it as its own, since
there are some references to such ideas in the Chinese classics. We have applied these
forms of auriculotherapy clinically and we have no doubt as to their therapeutic valid-
ity and value. As it has developed, there has been an evolution in the manner by
which the auricular points are located. Dr. Nogier first began by applying pressure to
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 345
points on the auricle to locate the sensitive points. He then noticed that certain
changes in the skin could be found, such as redness, thickening, pigmentation, etc.,
which he theorized would correlate to the desired treatment points. The electroder-
mal acupoint probes employed in various body acupuncture methods were utilized
for finding reactive points (points that show a decreased electrical resistance). Use of
such probes led to the development of specific auricular acupoint probes.
Lately we have been looking into a method of finding points using magnetic
contact. In this study, working jointly with the Stanley Electric Company, we
designed and manufactured an experimental device, by which we probed the auri-
cles to investigate the distributions of reactive points on the auricles.
EXPERIMENTAL METHOD
Subjects: 56 sitting subjects (52 male, 4 female), aged 18 to 55.
Method of measurement: The inner and outer surfaces of both ears were probed.
The patterns of distribution of reactive points were marked and photographed.
Environment: Room temperature, 23 Celsius; relative humidity 60%.
Analysis: As well as measuring the reactive auricular points, we used the M.l.
Dolorimeter to measure the patterns of heat-pain threshold ratios of the hands and
feet, to compare findings for each subject.
FINDINGS
1. The reactive points concentrated at specific areas, with distributions that
appeared as points, lines, or areas (see Figures 16.13.a-d).
Figure 16.14: Patterns of reaction correlating to embryologically derived areas of the auricles
5. Patients showing a high density of reactive points on the auricle had at least
some abnormality, though not always a pathology. When we compared the read-
ings of the M.I.D. for patients with these areas of high density of reactive points, we
found correlations between the presence of the high density of reactions and abnor-
malities in the M.I.D.
6. When we mapped out the distribution patterns, there seemed to be areas of
the auricle where reactions were easily manifest, and areas where they were not
shown as regularly:
CONCLUSIONS
1. Further studies are necessary and appropriate to define the optimal charac-
teristics of the electrical measurements needed to determine the locations of the
reactive points, taking into account individual variations. In the experiment we
conducted, we applied from 220 kilo ohms to 148 kilo ohms and also 108 kilo ohms
as our measurement range. Differing patterns of reactive points showed with the
different resistances. In Figures 16.16a-d, the ringed dots were measured in the
range of 220 kilo ohms, while the filled-in dots were measured in the range of 154
kilo ohms.
2. It is difficult to agree with Dr. Nogier's initial thoughts about the specifici-
ty of auricular points to body parts. Depending on the methods of observation, dif-
ferent points can manifest. We feel it necessary to check more exactly whether stim-
ulation of one point in the auricle produces a reaction at a specific point or area of
the body.
3. Dr. Nogier says that the upper part of the auricle correlates to the distal
parts of the four limbs and the lobe of the auricle to the head, with all other parts of
the body distributed within the rest of the auricle. The lack of ear lobes in anen-
cephalies and the occurrence of tophi on the toes and helix of the auricle seems to
bear out these correlations, though modem medical practices are changing these
patterns of distribution.
We hope that the above discussions serve as a useful basic study of the corre-
lations of auricular points to the body.
MOXIBUSTION (KYU):
HISTORY, EFFECTS AND METHODS
Moxibustion is a traditional medical therapy, the purpose of which is to cause
certain organismic reactions by applying heat stimulation to certain parts of the
body surface. This heat is given directly or indirectly by the moxa, activating the
body's natural healing powers, both curatively and preventatively.
HISTORY
Moxibustion is one of the traditional Chinese therapies, often combined with
acupuncture in clinical practice. Chapter 60 of the Su Wen states: "Put moxa three
times on the part of a body bitten by a dog." Further it is recorded as a method of
therapy from injury of the body. Though it is difficult to trace the origin of such a
form of therapy, it is worth noting that varieties of heat therapy similar to moxibus-
tion existed in the West as well as the East. Hippocrates (460-375 Be) said: "If med-
ication cannot cure the disease, apply an iron. If the iron cannot cure the disease,
apply heat. If heat cannot cure the disease, it is incurable."
In China, heat therapy was used from olden times for the treatment of internal
diseases as well as injury. Chapter 73 of the Ling Shu states: "If all the yin and yang
are vacuous, treat them with heat." It points out that moxibustion therapy is help-
ful for chronic disease when the patient's physical strength had begun to wane.
Later, when the systematization of the correlations between acupoints and diseases
was made, this developed as a major portion of what we now call Chinese acupunc-
ture and moxibustion therapy.
The Mawangtui archeological remains, excavated in 1973, brought to light two
medical texts that described moxa therapy, the Yin Yang Shi Yi Mai Jiu Jing (The Yin
Yang Eleven Vessel Moxa Treatise), and the Zu Bi Shi Yi Mai Jiu Jing (The Leg and Arm
Eleven Vessel Moxa Treatise). The characters used in these texts were of the style of
the Qin dynasty (255-206 Be). Thus we may surmise that the practice of moxibus-
tion therapy was already systematized by that time.
In the ancient classical medical literature, acupuncture and moxibustion were
always discussed and developed together. Because moxibustion could be easily uti-
lized by lay people, it developed as a folk remedy tradition in both China and Japan.
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 349
Because this kind of folk practice cannot be found clearly in the traditional or pro-
fessional literature, it is hard to say much about its history or popularity. Since the
Meiji reformation era in Japan, when the practice of acupuncture and moxa thera-
pies were legislated by the government, moxa therapy was outlawed as a folk rem-
edy. Its practice has been declining since then, almost to the point of vanishing. Yet
one can still find "family recipe" moxa therapies, doyo moxa, moxa to prevent stroke,
etc.
According to the literature, moxa was first introduced to Japan from China
through Korea, by Chiso, who brought the Ming Tang Tu and other texts with him.
By 701, acupuncture was already an established profession, with practitioners,
teachers, and students. Moxibustion was part of the whole system. In 984 Yasuyori
Tamba wrote his massive, 30-volume !shin Po [The Heart of Medicine]. Two of these
volumes were dedicated to describing the principles and practice of acupuncture
and moxibustion. Between the Kamakura era (1185-1333) and Muromachi era (1333
-1568), moxa was used popularly, but mostly for the treatment of the many war
wounds of that time. It was also used for treating problems such as furuncles, scro-
fula, and Whitlow's disease. Dr. Gonzan Goto, who lived in the middle of the Edo
era (1600 - 1853), thought that all diseases were the result of stagnant qi. He recom-
mended moxa as one of the better external therapies for this, as well as certain herbs
and hot baths for internal effects. Of moxa he said:
Moxa has the ability to reach to the stagnation of coldness in the earth immediate-
ly because it has the active qi of the sun. It is thus good for curing 7 or 8 out of 10
cold stagnation diseases that affect the abdominal region.
Since then, moxa has been recognized for its efficacy in the treatment of inter-
nal diseases as well as external problems and injuries. According to Sorei Yanagiya,
who conducted extensive research of the traditional literatures, the Japanese body
of literature on moxa therapy is more extensive, with a greater variety of techniques
described, than the Chinese body of literature.
In 1674, during the second half of the Edo era, when acupuncture and moxa
therapies were very popular in Japan, the Dutch doctor, W. Ten Rhijn, visited Japan.
Several years later, in 1690, the German doctor E. Kampfer visited. Upon returning
to Europe, they wrote books about Japan that mentioned moxa frequently, and it
was then that moxa therapy was introduced to Europe, along with the Japanese
word "moxa" (derived from the Japanese "mogusha") and the word "moxibustion"
- a compound derivative of moxa and combustion. When the Medical Practitioners'
Law was passed in 1895 during the Meiji era, acupuncture, moxibustion, and mas-
sage were not recognized as medical therapies. They were given a much lowlier sta-
tus, as a kind of folk remedy, and their practice was forbidden except by the blind.
In 1905 a movement was undertaken to try to elucidate acupuncture and moxibus-
tion therapies using Western medical research methods. Its leader was Dr.
Kinnosuke Miura, who was a professor in the medical department of the Tokyo
Teikoku University. As a result of this movement, the use of serological and
immunological studies became common in medicine and many of these were pre-
sented relative to moxibustion techniques. One study showed findings that moxi-
bustion therapy created bum injuries on the skin that resulted in the destruction of
skin tissues. The study found that some of the products of these bums, e.g., dena-
tured proteins, were absorbed into the blood stream and could work in the body,
much like a drug does. With these kinds of studies, moxa therapy was recognized
as a reasonable and meaningful therapy, even from the perspective of Western med-
icine.
350 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
6. Avoid the use of moxibustion directly over areas of skin disease and on
large superficial blood vessels.
7. Moxa scars on severely diabetic or allergic patients can easily become infected.
8. When applying moxa, it is a good idea always to locate and treat the points
while the patient remains in the same position.
9. Do not moxa on the face, the front of the neck, or the chest region without
good reason.
10. There are points which are prohibited for use with moxa. Although these
restrictions vary in each of the classical texts, it is important to pay attention to these
prohibitions. (See part 6 below.)
LUNG CHANNEL
Text LU-1 LU-2 LU-3 LU-5 LU-8 LU-10 LU-11
1 b a a a a
2 a
3 b a a
4
5 b a a a a
6 b/c b/c a a a
7 a b a a a a a
8 a
9 a
10 a b a a a a a
11
12
13 a a a
14 b a a a a
15 b/c a a
16 b a a a
17 b/c a a a a
356 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
SPLEEN CHANNEL
Text SP-1 SP-6 SP-7 SP-9 SP-11 SP-16 SP-20
1 a a a b a a
2
3 b/d
4
5 a b/d a a b a a
6
7 a a a b a/b a
8 a
9
10 a a a b a/b a
11
12 b/d b
13
14 a b a a b a
15
16 a a a b a
17 a a b
358 Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya
KIDNEY CHANNEL
Text KI-2 KI-7 KI-11 Kl-21
1 b
2
3 b b
4
5 b
6
7 b
8
9
10 b
11 a/d
12
13
14 b
15
16
17
STOMACH CHANNEL
Text ST-1 ST-7 ST-8 ST-9 ST-12 ST-17 ST-30 ST-31 ST-32 ST-33 ST-35ST-38
1 a/b a a a b a b a a a a a
2 a/b a/b a/b b
3 a a a a/b a/b a a/b a
4 a
5 b a a a b a a a
6 b a a a/b b a b b a a
7 a/b a a/b b a/b b a a a a
8 a a a a a
9 a/b b
10 a a a a/b/c b/c a/b a a a a a
11 a/b a a b a/b a/b a a
12 a
13 a a a a a a
14 a/b a a a b a/b a/b a a/b a a a
15 a a a b/c a/b a a/b a
16 b a a a b b a a
17 a a b b a a a
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 359
BLADDER CHANNEL
Text BL-1 BL-2 BL-5 BL-6 BL-8 BL-9 BL-10 BL-11
1 a a a b b a a
2
3 a a
4
5 a a a b b a
6 a a a
7 a/b a/b a/b b b
8 a a
9 a
10 a a a a b b
11 a a a b b b
12 b
13 a
14 a a a b b a
15 a
16 a a b b a
17 a a b b
GALLBLADDER CHANNEL
Text GB-1 GB-3 GB-15 GB-18 GB-21 GB-22 GB-32 GB-33 GB-42
1 a b b a a a
2
3 b a a a
4
5 b a b b/c a a a
6 b a a a a
7 a/b b/c a a/b a/b a/b
8 a a a a
9
10 a/b b/c a b a/b a/b a/b a/b
11 a b a/b a a
12 a b/d
13 a a a
14 b b b a a a
15 b/c a a
16 b a b a
17 a b a a a a a
RENMAI
Text CV-1 CV-3 CV-5 CV-6 CV-7 CV-8 CV-9 CV-15 CV-17
1 b b b b b a/b b
2
3 a b a/b
4
5 b b b b a/b b
6 b b a b
7 a b a/b b
8 a
9 a/d
10 a/e b a/d b b a/b b
11 b a/d a/b/d a/d a/d b a a/b b
12
13 a/e a
14 a b b a/b b
15 b/d b a/b
16 b b a/b b
17 b a/b/e b
Appendix Two: Research Papers of Manaka and Itaya 361
DuMAI
Text GV-6 GV-10 GV-11 GV-15 GV-16 GV-17 GV-18 GV-22 GV-24 GV-25
1 a a/b b a a b b b a
2 a
3 a a a a b
4 a
5 a b b a a b b b a
6 a a a b b/f b
7 a/b b b a a a b b a
8 b a a b a
9
10 a/b b a a b a
11 a a a/b a b a
12 a/c a
13 a a a a a
14 a b b a a a/b b b a
15 a a a a b
16 a b b a a b b b a
17 a/b b b a a b b b a
NOTES
1 S.B.: I have called this the Meridian Imbalance Diagram rather than the Channel Imbalance
Diagram because earlier English translations used the term "meridian," which is the term by which these
papers are generally known.
2 S.B.: An American physiologist from the 1950's.
3 The following article was published in "Manaka Yoshio Ronbunsho" (Collected essays of Yoshio
Manaka), in Shinkyu Topology Gakkai 15, 1988, pp. 244-251. A version of the same paper also appeared in
Acupuncture and Electro-therapeutics Research International Journall2, 1987, pp. 45-51, and was abstracted
in vol. 2 of Microcirculation: An update, proceedings of the Fourth World Congress for Microcirculation,
Tokyo, July 1987, published in Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, New York, London, 1987. The article was
first presented in part at the Symposium on Traditional Oriental Medicine, the Science and Technology
Agency, Tokyo, Japan, October 5, 1985.
4 First published in Clinical Body Temperature, vol. 3, supplemental issue.
5 Outlined from a paper originally presented at the 29th Nihon Toyoigakkai Gakujutsu Sokai, May
1978.
6 This list is partially selected from Sorei Yanagiya's Shinkyu Ijutsu no Mon (Introduction to the
Medical Art of Acupuncture and Moxibustion), pp. 101 passim, where he compiled a list of research papers
on acupuncture and moxibustion.
APPENDIX THREE
We have explored the use of colors of the five phase and other points in rela-
tion to the symbols of the Yi Jing. We stimulate the acupoints using a biphasic three-
channel fiber optic light source (and other methods) using classes of acupoints that
we have found respond favorably to specific signals. The following tables summa-
rize these findings and correspondences. After the tables we look at further findings
which show the importance of the Yi Jing symbols and concepts in acupuncture)
According to traditional theory, the trigrams correspond to the five phases. We
have matched each with coded signals as follows:
The color red matches the unbroken (yang) line and green the broken (yin)
line. To use the color coded sequences, the color of the bottom line in the trigram
should be placed closer to the beginning of the channel and the top line equiva-
lent color, closer to the end of the channel. Thus to use zhen (green-green-red), on
the large intestine channel, red is placed closer to LI-1 and green towards the end
of the channel along its flow. Investigations using the same methodologies as
those described earlier in this text have shown the following correspondences to
date:
364 Appendix Three: Yi Jing Symbols and Signals
I reasoned that a simple method of testing these ideas was to apply the kan
signal (green-red-green) to the first point of a channel and the gen signal (red-
green-green) to the last point of the same channel, and observe any changes in the
channel. In our experiments described later, we found that the channels have a
direction of flow which agrees with the descriptions of the flow of ying qi. How-
ever, there are also descriptions of the channels which place them all running cen-
tripetally, from fingers and toes (extremities) to the body (center). These descrip-
tions are probably not related to the actual flow of qi, but instead are related to
some other phenomenon. For example, for all the channels, the five phase point
sequences start at the jing points at the corner of the nails of the fingers and toes
and run through to the he points at the elbows and knees.2 When I applied the kan
signal to right LI-1, palpating LI-4, I found that the pressure pain at right LI-4 was
improved, but that the left LI-4 pressure pain was worse. I then applied the gen sig-
nal to right LI-20 and found that now the left LI-4 pressure pain was relieved, with-
out an increase in the right LI-4 pressure pain. I tried this on all the other channels,
placing the kan signal at the first point and the gen signal at the last point of each,
and observed the same responses, decrease of pressure pain at the corresponding
reflex points. On occasion I noticed that muscle tightness and soreness along the
pathway of the channel was often improved with this technique. Next I started
focussing its use on the yang channels because they all run through the neck and
shoulder region and stop or start on the face. With this approach, I have been able
to help a number of patients with a variety of problems that are focused in the neck
and shoulder regions. Thus the following treatment patterns can be utilized:
Treatment Patterns Applying Trigram-Color Signals
Channel Kan (green-red-green) Gen (red-green-green)
Large intestine LI-1 LI-20
Triple burner TB-1 TB-23
Small intestine SI-1 SI-19
Stomach ST-45 ST-1
Gallbladder GB-44 GB-1
Bladder BL-67 BL-1
When I examined and compared the effects on the yin channels, I found that
using the kan and gen signals on the first and last points was not as effective as using
the terminal (jing) and midline meeting points. This gave the following treatment
patterns:
Treatment Patterns Using the Jing and Meeting Points
Channel Kan (green-red-green) Gen (red-green-green)
Lung LU-ll CV-12
Pericardium PC-9 CV-17
Heart HT-9 CV-17
Spleen SP-1 CV-24
Liver LR-1 GV-20
Kidney KI-1 CV-23
It is interesting to speculate on the phasal characteristics of some of these find-
ings and show how they might relate to the traditional five-phase theories. On the
yang channels, the jing points are the metal points, on the yin channels, the wood
points are the metal points. The kan trigram signal corresponds to the water phase.
366 Appendix Three: Yi Jing Symbols and Signals
Thus when we place the kan signal at the yang channel jing points, this is like plac-
ing a "child" signal at the mother phase point, i.e. water on ?'etal. Thu~ the e~fect
is like that of draining. When placing the kan signal at the ym channel ;mg pomts,
this is like placing a "mother" signal at the child phase point, i.e., water on wood.
Thus the effect is like that of supplementation. This is similar to the Nan Jing dic-
tum that for a vacuous condition, supplement the mother, for a replete condition,
drain the son. On the yin channel (typically and by nature more vacuous), we add
a mother phasal signal, water to wood. On the yang channel (typically and by
nature replete), we add a child phasal signal, water to metal.
In our experiences with these methods, we have found it better to apply the
signals to the yang channels on the same side as the associated muscle hypertonici-
ty and pressure pain. Thus for hypertonicity along the right small intestine channel
with pressure pain at right ST-26, add the kan signal to right SI-1 and the gen to right
SI-19. When applying the signals to the yin channels, it is better to apply them to
the side that is not showing the muscle hypertonicity or pressure pain. For exam-
ple, for hypertonicity and pressure pain along the left lung channel, with hyper-
tonicity and pressure pain at left LU-1, apply the kan signal to right LU-ll with the
gen signal to CV-12. If hypertonicity and pressure pain is present on both sides, for
the yang channels, apply the signals to the more reactive side. For the yin channels,
apply the signals to the less reactive side. These treatments can reduce the hyper-
tonicity and pressure pain on both sides.
Using these simple treatment ideas, it is possible to compose simple and effec-
tive treatments that are particularly useful for hypertonicity along particular chan-
nel trajectories, especially of the neck and shoulder regions, and are thus especially
useful for single yang channel problems.
For example, hexagram number 2 has kan over kun, which is water over earth. I
have determined that the phasal correspondence of the upper trigram, here kan, sig-
nifies treating a water point on a channel on the superior half of the body, i.e., an arm
channel. The phasal correspondence of the lower trigram, here kun, signifies treating
an earth point on a channel on the inferior half of the body, i.e., a leg channel.
Phasal/Time Correspondences for the Hexagrams
Hexagram Time Period Arm - Leg Phasal Correspondences
0, 1 0:00-0:45 earth - earth
2 0:45- 1:7.5 water - earth
3, 4 1:7.5 - 1:52.5 wood- earth
5 1:52.5- 2:15 fire- earth
6, 7 2:15-3:00 metal - earth
8, 9 3:00-3:45 earth - earth
10 3:45-4:7.5 water - earth
11, 12 4:7.5 - 4:52.5 wood-earth
13 4:52.5- 5:15 fire- earth
14, 15 5:15-6:00 metal - earth
16, 17 6:00-6:45 earth - water
18 6:45-7:7.5 water - water
19,20 7:7.5 - 7:52.5 wood -water
21 7:52.5- 8:15 fire- water
22,23 8:15-9:00 metal - water
24,25 9:00-9:45 earth-wood
26 9:45 - 10:7.5 water-wood
27,28 10:7.5 - 10:52.5 wood-wood
29 10:52.5- 11:15 fire- wood
30,31 11:15 - 12:00 metal-wood
62,63 12:00 - 12:45 metal - metal
61 12:45 - 13:7.5 fire- metal
59,60 13:7.5 - 13:52.5 wood-metal
58 13:52.5- 14:15 water - metal
56,57 14:15- 15:00 earth - metal
54,55 15:00 - 15:45 metal - metal
53 15:45 - 16:7.5 fire- metal
51,52 16:7.5 - 16:52.5 wood -metal
50 16:52.5 - 17:15 water - metal
48,49 17:15 - 18:00 earth - metal
46,47 18:00 - 18:45 metal- fire
45 18:45- 19:7.5 fire- fire
43,44 19:7.5- 19:52.5 earth- fire
42 19:52.5- 20:15 water- fire
40,41 20:15- 21:00 earth- fire
38,39 21:00- 21:45 metal-wood
37 21:45 - 22:7.5 fire- wood
35,36 22:7.5 - 22:52.5 wood-wood
34 22:52.5- 23:15 water-wood
32,33 23:15 - 24:00 earth-wood
Appendix Three: Yi Jing Symbols and Signals 369
As scientists explore the genetic code, it has been discovered that certain
codons code for the starting point and stopping point of a specific gene. The genes
are "read off" and a specific codon, A-T-G, codes for the point at which the reading
of a specific gene should begin. At the end of a gene's codon sequence, one of three
codons is found which signifies that the specific gene has now been completely
read, i.e., a "stop reading the codon" sequence. These codons are T-A-A, T-A-G and
T-G-A. Looking at our table of possible correspondences above, we can see that the
"start" codon would correspond to kan, which has the extended meaning of to start,
while the "stop" codons would all correspond to gen, which has the extended mean-
ing of to stop. These correlations may only be coincidental, but they do correspond
nicely with the kan-gen correspondences and phenomenon described above.
It remains for further research to discover and comprehend further correla-
tions and possible consequences of these Yi Jing signal-DNA correspondences. In
my mind, part of the body's signalling system clearly correlates to Yi Jing symbols.
Specific acupoints seem able to respond in specific ways to these symbols when
coded as low energy signals. Perhaps, if the DNA correlations are truly valid, it
might be possible in the future to regulate DNA and therefore fundamental biolog-
ical activity through this signalling system. I leave it to future generations to pick
up and continue my work in this area. The possible results are truly marvelous.6
Many other yin-yang symbols can be substituted to deliver yin and yang sig-
nals to the body. What is significant about written forms or drawn forms on the skin
or on paper? What is significant about even and odd numbers? We leave these and
quite likely many other questions for the reader to ponder.
CONCLUSIONS
We have found that each of the five phases has characteristic signals associat-
ed with it that relate to its isophasal nature. We have further found that the ba gua
(eight trigram) symbols of the Yi Jing have characteristic signals associated with
them.
It is possible to use and observe these different signal systems experimentally
and take advantage of them clinically. By coding each signal with tiny energy con-
tent, we can produce strong effects in the body. We believe that this is due to the
effects of these signals on the regulatory systems of the body, rather than on the
physiological systems themselves. We further think, following traditional descrip-
tions, that each signal system has extended applications in nature and that the sig-
nal systems relate to more general rules of nature. Many rules that operate gener-
ally in nature will operate in the body as well. This is a consequence of the fact that
we are open systems; we are the product of the complex activities both within and
without the body. If certain rules operate generally in nature, it is very likely that
they will manifest inside the body as well.
ENDNOTES
1 For those not versed in the Yi Jing or its symbols and correspondences, we refer the reader to
Lynn, R., The Classic of Changes, A New Translation of the I Ching as Interpreted by Wang Bi, New York:
Columbia University Press, 1994; or Hacker, E., I Ching Handbook, Brookline, MA: Paradigm Publications,
1993.
2 S.B.: Descriptions of these alternate ideas of the channels and their apparent contradictory
natures can be found in e.g., Unschuld, P., Medicine in China: The Nan Ching Classic of Difficult Issues, pp.
298-299.
3 Imaizumi, Hisao, Eikkyo n Nazo (Mysteries of the Yi Jing), Tokyo: Kobunsha, 1988.
4 S.B.: This has been noted by other authors, see for example: Schonberger, M., The I Ching and the
Genetic Code: The Hidden Key to Life, New York: ASI Publishers, 1979, originally published in German by
O.W. Barth Verlag of Munchen, 1973.
5 S.B.: See for example: Imaizumi, H., Ekikyo no Nazo (Mysteries of the Yi Jing). See also Schonberger,
M., The I Ching and the Genetic Code: The Hidden Key to Life, New York: ASI Publishers, 1979.
6 S.B.: Research has shown that DNA activity is controlled at least in part by signals that arise from
outside the body. For example, mitosis, normal cell division, has been correlated to circadian rhythms,
as has protein synthesis: See for example Luce, Gay G., Biological Rhythms in Human and Animal
Physiology, New York: Dover Publications, 1971, pp. 62 passim. Thus it is reasonable to speculate on the
role of other signalling systems operating in nature that affect and regulate the body such as the Yi Jing
signals.
1{2~
APPENDIX FOUR
PREFACE
The human being reacts to direct contact with the outer world through the
sense organs such as the eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and skin. It has also been
observed that some indirect effects from the outer world can affect the organic sys-
tem of the human being. For example, in therapy using qigong (a traditional
Chinese medical practice), the patient is treated without being touched by the prac-
titioner who stands a distance from the patient with hands directed at the patient.
Effects such as these, occurring from a distance without direct involvement of the
sensory organs, have been observed and experimentally investigated before.l It is
further true that the effects of acupuncture are not attributable solely to the actual
insertion of the acupuncture needles. Some effects are obtained merely from the
proximity of the needle to the patient's skin.
No clear scientific explanations have yet been formulated to account for these
observed phenomena. They appear weird or unusual to us because they do not fit
common sense, but this is no reason to treat these matters as pure mystery and
ignore them. We should try to arrive at an explanation through close observation
and examination. At present, one usually finds the functions of acupuncture
explained through recourse to the theory that it is a form of stimulation therapy. I
376 Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent
have long been skeptical of that. Through my experiments, I believe that I have
demonstrated the existence of a factor currently unknown to today's natural sci-
ence. I have named this factor the sayoshi agent. The sayoshi agent is an unknown
quantity of state in space which is described in the language of anti-symmetrical
tensors (axial vectors). In this paper the term "sayoshi agent" is written simply as
sayoshi.
therefore A X B =I I. I I.
A B sinQ . K - - - - (2)
Thus the combined vector is as large as the parallelogram with the sides of vector
A and B, and it is normal to the plane of A and B. Accordingly:
[a] In the case of two parallel vectors:
Q = 0 and so sinQ = 0
formula (2) is A X B = A I I. I I.
B 0 . K = 0, meaning that the combined vee-
tor disappears.
[b] When two vectors cross at right angles:
(i) divergently
A= (a1, 0, 0)
B = (0, b 2, 0)
so,
AxB = I J K
Figure 18.1
So the combined vector is as large as the parallelogram with the sides of vector A
and B. The direction is upward.
(ii) convergently
A= (a1, 0, 0)
B = (0, -b 2, 0)
so,
AxB = I J K
a1 0 0
0- b2 0 Figure18.2
So the combined vector is like the above mentioned with its direction downward.
378 Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent
[c] Two vectors of the same direction on the same line, have as their com-
bined vector: V = A + B. If A = B, then V = =
A + A 2A that is to say that
two vectors of the same size arranged on one line make a vector twice as large.
[d] Two vectors on the same line but in reciprocal directions, makes the
=
reduction V A - B. = =
And if B A, then V A - A = 0. The effects of the
two vectors disappear.
2. Demonstration of the effects of two needles on the body surface
It has been possible to demonstrate the effects of two needles applied simulta-
neously to the skin surface. Generally speaking, these effects are dependent upon
the part of the body at which these polarities of needle direction are applied. Thus
the sites of application were selected on the palms of the hand or the lateral aspects
of the legs, where the reaction patterns are already known.
(a) These reaction patterns in response to the needle on a normal body are in
accord with Manaka's octahedral theory. The same polarity causes antagonistic
reactions from left to right, yin to yang channel, even if the same points were
selected. With these experiments, the following results were obtained:
(i) on the right palm, a vertical needle causes positive resonance
(see the physiological reaction of sayoshi described below). A hori-
zontal needle directed from the thumb side to the small finger side
causes positive resonance. In both cases, if the directions of the
needles are reversed, they cause negative resonance.
(ii) On the left palm, the reactions are exactly the opposite to those
of the right palm.
(iii) At right ST-36, positive resonance is caused by vertical needle
application as well as centrifugal needle application. Reversing
the directions of the needles gave negative resonance, opposite
effects.
(iv) At left ST-36, the reactions are exactly opposite those of right
ST-36.
(b) How to apply the two needles.
(i) First the two needles are fixed in different positions on paper with tape.
One then puts the paper on the above points and checks the effect. First put two
needles parallel with a 3 mm gap on the paper (stainless steel number 1 or 2, 1.3
cun). With this application, no effects were observed in any direction (figure 18-3).
(ii) Next fix two needles at a right angle to each other with tape, and place them
over the points at different angles. In this manner, one can observe effects similar as
to when one needles perpendicular to the paper (see figures 18.4 and 18.5).
(iii) Next place two needles on the same line pointing in the same direction.
One can observe the same effects as a single needle, but stronger (see figure 18.6).
(iv) If the needles are then placed so that they point towards each other or
away from each other (see figures 18.7 and 18.8) the effects are lost.
Figure 18.9
A=aKP
= a I J K
0 0 1
X y 0
Where the plane of the ring would be defined by the x-y coordinates, the center is
defined as an origin, and each fundamental vector of axis x,y,z is I, J, K. By
putting formula (c) into (b),
B = rot (-ayl + axJ)
I J K
g g g
dx dy dz
-ay ax 0
= 2aK
The result B = 2aK, is satisfied with formula (a),
d2a
divB = dz
= 0.
Thus the fact that the needles arranged in a ring generate one vector field
with length 2a which is normal to the plane of the ring is derived from vector
analysis.
2. Confirmation of the vector field by experiments
The above mentioned theory indicates that needles arranged in a ring are
equivalent to one needle which is vertical to the plane of the ring.
I arranged needles in a ring and examined their function. To make a ring of
needles, I arranged six silver needles of 10 mm length on a circle and then fixed
them on a sheet of paper. The ring was placed on various parts of the body surface
and its function examined. To detect the function, I examined the reaction of the
body, explained below.
The results of the experiment were that the ring of needles placed at several
parts of the body at random had the same effects as one needle placed vertically at
the same parts. The needles in the ring had the same function as one needle, fol-
lowing the rule of the right-handed screw. Thus the results of this experiment
turned out to be exactly what was theoretically predicted.
rotA
Figure 18.10
GENERATION OF SAYOSHI
The needles arranged in a ring functioned like a needle vertical to the plane of
the ring. It is obvious that the needles in the ring do not produce a needle. Instead
what has happened is that the needles arranged in the ring produced a vector field
having the same function as the needle vertical to the plane of the ring. In other
words, the ring produced a state of space which functioned like a needle. I named
this vector field, which has physiological functions, the "sayoshi vector," or simply
sayoshi.
Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent 381
In my experiments, the vector field named sayoshi showed the following char-
acteristics:
1. It remains in the space even after its generator (source) is removed, contin-
uing to maintain its functions; thus we can say that sayoshi is independent.2
2. It can stay still in the space.3
3. When objects with the exception of an electric insulator, pass through the
same space where a sayoshi exists, the sayoshi disappears.4
4. Sayoshi can pass through the boundaries of objects with the exception of
electric conductors. 5
5. Sayoshi interacts with electromagnetic fields. 6
(i) It functions mutually with electromagnetic waves and forms
waves carrying sayoshi.
(ii) These waves leave the sayoshi in the direction through which
they pass and at the surfaces where they arrive.
(iii) Consequently sayoshi can be transmitted to distant places by
electromagnetic waves (or electric current or high frequency).
(iv) The molecular emission spectrum that a substance generates
carries the sayoshi of the substance. I call this spectrum "molecular
waves."
(i) Two different things placed closely together obtain the sayoshi
of the other.
(ii). The newly obtained sayoshi did not diminish for three days
throughout the course of my experiment.
(iii) I named this phenomenon of one object picking up the sayoshi
of the other, the "identical wave effect."
(i) Sayoshi can travel along with the secondary object that has
picked up the sayoshi, by accompanying the object.
(ii) The "identical wave effect" is the phenomenon of sayoshi
accompanying other objects.
(iii) The "accompanying phenomenon" is quite peculiar to sayoshi.
I believe that it is possible to explain it by the relativity of space.
382 Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent
point of function. If the two are placed in contact with each other, they function as
one ball of moxa.
(ii) Things of different kind.
Example 1: A sheet of paper cannot block a magnetic field. Nevertheless, if a
sheet of paper in the shape of a cone is placed on a magnet so that the axis of the
magnet and that of the cone correspond to each other, the magnet loses its physio-
logical effect. Cones made of plastic, stone, glass, and so on show the same result.
This means that a cone and a magnet have the same sayoshi vector.
Example 2: If a ball of moxa is placed on the axis of a cone (either inside the
cone or on the top of the cone), both the cone and moxa ball lose their effects. As
described above, the result is the same whatever the material of the cone.
Therefore the form of a cone and the moxa interact mutually as two vectors. This
shows that in general a "form," "shape" also has a sayoshi vector.
Example 3: If a ball of moxa and a magnet are placed simultaneously on the
same point on the body surface, both the moxa and the magnet lose their physio-
logical effects. The result is the same if the ball of moxa is replaced by another sub-
stance, therefore the magnet and other substances generate sayoshi vectors. In this
manner it is possible to show that everything generates sayoshi and that this sayoshi
has physiological effects on the body from the exterior.
Sayoshi can be described as a kind of condition or state in space; thus every-
thing can generate sayoshi by its existence in space. This sayoshi has characteristics
depending on the generator (object).
(i) Form: All kinds of form generate sayoshi, i.e., a spiral produces a vector
tangential to the spiral.
(ii) Substance: All substances generate sayoshi with convergent or diver-
gent vectors which have antagonistic effects on the living body. Substances with
divergent vectors are: moxa, cheese, various herbs, benzene, etc. Substances with
convergent vectors are: chocolate, NaF, toluene, etc. Each substance has a sayoshi
peculiar to it. Sayoshi does not have chemical reactions; thus substances can func-
tion physiologically beyond the realm of chemical reactions.
(iii) Electric charge: positive =divergent, negative =convergent.
(iv) Magnet: south pole= divergent, north pole= convergent.
(v) Semiconductor: N-type =divergent, P-type =convergent.
(vi) Movement: Movements of objects generate sayoshi which is opposite
to the velocity of the vector. For example, if one crosses oneself, the hand move-
ment generates sayoshi which has certain physiological effects.
Human beings, animals, plants, the sun,9 sound, voice, mind,10 place, etc., all
generate different kinds of sayoshi.
Substances react with other substances. We react with medications; both our
bodies and medications have substance. When two things contain elements in
common, reactions occur. Two sayoshi also react. A reaction of the body to a
sayoshi is a mutual function of two sayoshi. In other words, when the sayoshi of the
body reacts with a sayoshi of external origins, the reaction causes changes that man-
ifest in the body. Each individual has his or her own sayoshi and he or she shows
various conditions of his or her own sayoshi according to his or her inner and outer
conditions.
384 Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent
The effect of activation and suppression varies with the source of sayoshi. A
source which activates one of the above mentioned physiological functions of the
body activates the other physiological functions. Likewise, a source which sup-
presses one of the physiological functions suppresses the others. Since these physi-
ological changes occur simultaneously, sayoshi must be associated with each physi-
ological function at a very fundamental level. An activated condition of physiolog-
ical response is called a "positive response," a suppressed one, a "negative
response."
2. THE LAW OF POLARITY REACTION
....... (6)
(S)
1) =
This result leads to the fact that Sij = Sij, for the components of S, which means
that Sis an antisymmetric tensor (axial vector).
Dr. Anton Mesmer noticed that a certain therapeutic effect could be obtained
when two individuals affected each other. His assumption was that a certain mag-
netism, called "animal magnetism," caused this effect. Although it is not clearly
known why he fixed on the magnetic field as being responsible for this phenome-
non, the magnetic field is an antisymmetric tensor like sayoshi. Because of this,
sayoshi and magnetic fields behave similarly. For example, a magnet is a dipole
moment which always has north and south poles. A needle is also a dipole
moment with positive polarity at its tip and negative polarity at its handle. Since
both the magnetic field and sayoshi are antisymmetric tensors, then I imagine that
what Dr. Mesmer was trying to explain with his animal magnetism theory were
indeed the effects of sayoshi.
In ancient Chinese medicine, there was also a belief in something which
affects and controls the health of human beings. It is not possible to see or feel it; it
is called qi. Both the magnetic field and sayoshi are the state of space. They cannot
be seen or felt by us. We notice their existence only by the results brought about by
their functions. I believe that sayoshi is one of the factors which the ancient Chinese
called qi.
Appendix Four: On the Sayoshi Agent 387
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Katsumata, Yasumasa, "Physiological Reaction to substances placed outside of the
body and its cause," first report on his studies (in Japanese), unpublished report.
2. Akabane, Kobei, Hinaishin Ho (Method of Hinaishin), Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha,
1964.
3. Manaka, Yoshio, Ika no Tameno Shinjutsu Nyumon Kuoza (Introduction to Acupuncture),
Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1980.
4. Katsumata, Yasumasa, "Applications of Sayoshi," third report on his studies (in
Japanese), unpublished report.
5. Hashimoto, Keizoh, Sotai-ho (in Japanese).
ENDNOTES
1 See for example: Yasumasa Katsumata, "Physiological reactions to substances placed outside of
the body and their causes," first report on his studies (in Japanese), unpublished report.
2 Yasumasa Katsumata, first report, op. cit.
3 Yasumasa Katsumata, "Applications of Sayoshi," third report on his studies (in Japanese),
unpublished report.
4 Ibid.
5 Ibid.
6 Yasumasa Katsumata, first report, op. cit.
7 Ibid.
8 Yashumasa Katsumata, third report, op.cit.
9 Ibid.
10 Ibid.
11 See his Sotai Ho (in Japanese).
12 S.B.: This is like+ X+=+,- X-=+, but+ X- or- X+=-.
13 In Japan, Tada Kono efficiently systematized magnet treatment on the acupoints, receiving the
1987 Manaka prize for his work.
APPENDIX FIVE
INTRODUCTION
The wu xing lun, the "five phase" theory, has notable significance in acupunc-
ture and Chinese traditional medical theory. It has appeared in medical literature
from the earliest texts - Huang Di Nei Jing Su Wen Ling Shu and the Nan Jing, circa
300 BC- 100 AD, to present-day professional literature. Almost all introductory
texts on acupuncture in use today describe five-phase theory; indeed, several
examine it in great depth. Some schools of thought view it as nothing more than
protoscientific speculation, with no physiological basis, and make little attempt to
use it clinically. Others view it as essential to their clinical practice of acupuncture.
For those able to use the theory successfully, its physiological basis remains
unclear, yet it manifests and is used in an exact manner. So precise are some of
these manifestations that some have speculated on the need to formulate mathe-
matical models and from there to search for appropriate physiological models [1].
It is our intention in this introductory paper to outline a basic mathematical
model capable of explaining the "laws" of the five phases. An important advan-
tage of using a mathematical model is that the unambiguous language of mathe-
matics makes it possible to ask precise questions and formulate precisely the
hypotheses to be tested. While this is our goal, we recognize the limitations of this
first model and speculate on further developments and refinements that we think
will allow the model to cope with more complex clinical situations and from which
predictions and measurements can be made. We think that it is important to assess
each step carefully with tests and measurements. Only thus can we construct a sci-
entific model of this ancient theory.
The five phases are: wood, fire, earth, metal and water. These terms are
used in a number of related ways, only some of which will be explored in this
paper. The phases are central to the Medicine of Systematic Correspondences. All
things in nature may be categorized within one of the five phases. Each of the sea-
sons, directions, climatic patterns, body organs, colors, tones, odors, emotions,
body tissues, body types, disease patterns, pulses, palpatory reflex areas, etc.,
392 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
have correspondences [2]. Many of them predate the early Chinese medical texts
by at least several hundred years and hence come from more theoretical and philo-
sophical backgrounds. Thus some scholars argue that the theory of the five phases
is just ancient philosophical speculation.
The phases were also described in their relationship to each other. In the
engendering cycle, e.g., wood => fire => earth => metal => water => wood, etc., each
phase is engendered by (is the child of) the previous phase in the cycle and engen-
ders (is the mother of) the next phase in the cycle. In the restraining pattern, each
phase is restrained or controlled by another phase and restrains or controls yet
another phase, e.g., wood => earth => water => fire => metal => wood, etc.
Diagrammatically these two are shown as:
Figure 19.1: The Engendering Cycle Figure 19.2: The Restraining Cycle
Aside from these two, their opposites are also described, the counter-engen-
dering and counter-restraining cycles, allowing for interaction of each phase with
all others such that they completely regulate each other. Reference to these pat-
terns is commonly made, though often they are seen as mere speculation, without
physiological basis.
Another important function of the five-phase theory lies in its facility for
explaining various biorhythms. Early descriptions of five-phase theory focused on
yearly and sixty-year patterns, examining the influences of climate and season.
Later descriptions (circa 1400) focused on daily, ten-day, and sixty-day biorhythms.
These descriptions are very exact and can still be found in modem literature and
practice. Five-phase theory lies at the heart of the theoretical explanations of these
rhythms.
In this paper we will focus on the second general use that describes phase
interactions: the engendering, restraining, counter-engendering, and counter-
restraining patterns of the phases. In future papers we hope to explore in more
detail the first and third uses of five phase theory.
To construct an appropriate model for these, we have had to make the
assumption that it is possible to consider all phenomena in the body categorized
within one phase as representing a single united energy state. For example, the
liver, gallbladder, liver and gallbladder channels, the tendons and muscles, etc. all
belong to wood; the total physiological activity of all these create the wood energy
state.
At this level of description we use the term "energy" in a broad sense. In the
discussion at the end of this paper, we speculate briefly on the possible physiologi-
cal basis of this energy. Note also that the energy transfers between the phases that
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 393
occur in the four restraining patterns, e.g., wood engenders fire, wood restrains
earth, etc., have very low level energy contents. By simple addition or subtraction
they neither increase nor decrease significantly the energy content of the phases.
Rather, they are "information" transfers (see the discussion at the end of the paper).
ANALYSIS
The patterns of interaction describe how the change of energy of a particular
phase is affected by the energy changes in itself and other phases. We first will for-
mulate precisely our assumptions, then derive an appropriate mathematical model
that describes the evolution in time of the energy of each phase, using a system of
five ordinary differential equations. Then we will analyze this system. The main
idea is that each phase has its "normal" steady state energy. We are interested in
determining under what conditions the system is stable under small perturbations,
i.e., if we slightly change the energies of different phases, will the energies return to
the steady states? This is important since the five phase "laws" predict that they
should return to the steady states.
1) For simplicity of mathematical analysis, we assume that all five phases are
identical in the sense below.
2) Denote by [ wi (t), i = 1, 2, .... , 5 ] with [ wi = wi 5 ] the energy of each of
the five phases, considered as a function of time [ t ]. By subtracting the "normal"
steady states, we can assume (without loss of generality) that all the five steady
states are zero; thus [ wi (t) ] is the difference between the energy at time [ t] and
the "normal" energy for a phase [ i ].
3) We assume that when [ wi = 0, i = 1, .... , 5 ] (i.e., each phase is in the steady
state), the sum of the influences on each phase is zero (i.e., the whole system is in
equilibrium).
4) We assume that the rate of change in time of energy of the phase
i, dwi , i = 1, .... , 5
at
is the sum of the quantities proportional to the energies of phases,
j 1 j = 1, 1 5.
More specifically, we postulate the following system of five linear ordinary
differential equations:
(1) dwi = awi-1 - bwi-2 - cwi- dwi+1- ewi+2 , i = 1, ..... , 5.
dt
To understand what system (1) says, assume for example that wi is the ener-
gy of wood.
4.1) (Engendering) The rate of change of wi(wood) is proportional to awi-1
(water), a> 0. This means that if wi-1 > 0 (the energy wi-1 of water is above the
"normal") then the energy wi of wood increases; if wi-1 < 0 (the energy of water is
below "normal") then the energy wi of wood decreases.
4.2) (Restraining) Similarly, the rate of change of wi (wood) is proportional to
- bwi-2 (metal), i.e., if the energy wi-2 of metal is above (below) normal, the energy
wi of wood decreases (increases).
4.3) wi (wood) affects itself homeostatically, proportional to - cwi. If wi > 0 it
decreases itself; if wi< 0 it increases itself, c > 0.
4.4) (Counter-engendering) If wi+ 1 (fire) is above normal, it decreases wi
(wood); if it is below normal it increases wi proportionally to- dwi+ 1 , d > 0.
394 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
m:~xoffulesy:r~r~r=~ :~ I
-e -b a -c -d
-c -e -b a -c
This is a circular matrix [3]. The stability condition is that all eigenvalues of A
should have a negative real part. The eigenvalues are [4]:
(2) ~ = - c + apj - bp2j - ep3j - dp4j ,
j = 1, ..... , n, p = p2vt/5 ' t = v--:r
(3) "-1 = - c + ap - bp2 - ep3 - dp4 ,
"-2 = - c + ap 2 - bp4 - ep - dp3 ,
A-3 = - c + ap3 - bp - ep 4 - dp2 ,
"-4 = - c + ap 4 - bp3 - ep2 - dp ,
"-s= -c+a-b-e-d.
Note that ReA-1 = ReA-4 ReA-2 = ReA-3 .
Denote Rep = Rep4 = :os 27t/5 = .309 = y> 0,
Rep2 = Rep3 =cos 47t/5 = -.809 = -P < 0,
From ReA-1 , ReA-2 , ReA-5 < 0, we have:
(4) { - c + (a-d) y+ (b +e) p < 0.
- c - ( a - d ) p - ( b + e ) y < 0.
- c + ( a - d ) - ( b + e ) < 0.
Under the assumption a> d the system (4) reduces to the first and third equations:
l+P 1-y )
( --C --C (1.53 c, .57 C)
r+P 'y+P -
R
c X
Figure 19.3
This tells us for which values of the parameters the zero steady state of the
system (1) is stable, in particular, if c = 0 (i.e., there is no homeostatic effect of a
phase on itself), then it is always unstable.
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 395
DISCUSSION
Perhaps the most significant theoretical aspect of the above model concerns
the assumption that the energy transferred between the phases is of a qualitative,
informational nature and not a quantitative physiological nature. The various
control parameters- engendering (a), restraining (b), counter-engendering (d) and
counter-restraining (e)- are concerned solely with physiological regulation and not
physiological process or exchange. As the model evolved, we found that were the
parameters of a physiological and not an informational nature, i.e., by simple addi-
tion or subtraction were they to increase or decrease the energy content of the
phase, the system would always break down. We thus concluded that they must
be informational.
This outcome resolves some apparent conflicts between different schools of
thought in acupuncture. Schools adhering to the descriptions of organ theory
(zang-Ju theory) as the sole basis of acupuncture have always found that the five-
phase parameters (a, b, d, and e) are unable to describe the physiological functions
and interactions of the zang-fu. However, when we take the view that these para-
meters are concerned solely with the interactive regulation of the zang-fu, the
channels, and the related phase-sets, and are not the physiologic interactions them-
selves, then the conflict is resolved. Clinically this implies, at the very least, two
different types of acupuncture practice. One is concerned solely with the regula-
tion of the control parameters. Since these are of an informational nature, i.e., they
have tiny energy content, they require only tiny stimulation to achieve this regula-
tion. This supposition is supported both by clinical practice and results and clinical
research and investigations [5].
The second type of practice is more explicitly concerned with the physiological
activities of the zang-Ju, and thus concentrates on the physiological energies them-
selves. Consequently treatment tends to use stronger stimulation to achieve such
effects. This, too, is supported by clinical practice and results and clinical research.
The method of treatment seems closely tied to the theoretical basis of the treatment.
In a future work we hope to investigate these relationships and differences.
For the model to create a stable interaction between the phases, we found it
necessary to add a fifth parameter, (c). This is the "intra-phase homeostatic" para-
meter. Increase or decrease of this only speeds up or slows down the return to nor-
mal. We hope to investigate this parameter in further papers. It is possible that it
relates, at least in part, to the "ten stern" expanded model of the five phases [6]. To
date our attempts to apply this model in treatment have found that it fails to ade-
quately explain the following:
(i). How do the parameters a, b, d, and e actually increase or decrease physio-
logical activity within a phase and thus either increase or decrease the energy state
of the phase?
(ii). This model is a linear approximation, but in practice we will need non-
linear models to explain non-linear phenomena. For example, when a phase is vac-
uous (vacant, deficient, depleted), we can interpret this as an imbalance of a para-
meter that changes and resets the steady state of the phase. In such a case, tradi-
tional theory tells us to "supplement the mother." For a wood vacuity, we there-
fore supplement water. This improves the "child" phase, wood, while the "moth-
er" phase, water, returns to normal. This sequence of events must be interpreted
as a non-linear phenomenon, requiring changes in parameters, energy states and
steady states.
396 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
GLOSSARY
Five phases: This concept is sometimes called the five elements. The term
refers not to concrete things, rather to methods of categorizing and describing rela-
tionships and correspondences in nature. They have superficial similarity to the
Greek four elements.
Channels: This refers to pathways or trajectories of qi energy flow in the
body. There are a number of different channels that criss-cross the body surface
and interior. The major channels have relationships to specific internal organs. As
yet the channels have not been clearly described anatomically, but have been mea-
sured electrically and observed using other specific techniques.
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 397
Zang-fu: These are the internal organs. However, the Chinese reference to
the zang organ, xin (heart) refers to more than the simple physical structure, but
involves a series of other functions as well. The "triple burner" and "pericardi-
um" are two unusual zang-fu that have unclear anatomical correspondences and
phasal correspondences.
Acupoints: These are discrete sites at the body surface, usually located on the
channel trajectories. They are the points into which needles are usually inserted to
produce the healing effects of acupuncture. Like the channels or meridians, these
have been measured electrically.
NOTES
[1] Dr. Yoshio Manaka is one such practitioner.
[2] See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Five Elements and Ten Stems, Brookline, MA: Paradigm
Publications, 1983.
[3] Lancaster, B., Theory of Matrices, New York: Academic Press, 1969.
[4]Ibid.
[5] See for example: Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Five Elements and Ten Stems; Manaka, Y. and K.
Itaya, "Acupuncture as Intervention in the Biological Information System," an address given at the
annual assembly of the Japan Meridian Treatment Association, Tokyo, March 1986; and Manaka, Y., K.
Itaya and S. Birch, Chasing the Dragon's Tail, Brookline, MA: Paradigm Publications, 1995.
[6] See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Five Elements and Ten Stems for a description of this.
[7] See Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Five Elements and Ten Stems, and Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch,
Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, Brookline, MA: Paradigm Publications, 1988.
[8] See Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Acupuncture as Intervention in the Biological Information
System;" Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Biasology applied in acupuncture," unpublished manuscript, 1987;
Manaka, Y., K. Itaya, and S. Birch, Chasing the Dragon's Tail; and Paul Nogier, From Auriculotherapy to
Auriculomedicine, St. Ruffine, France: Maisonneuve, 1983.
[9] As examples see the following: Burr, H.S., The Fields of Life, New York: Ballantine Books, 1972;
Becker, R.O. and G. Selden, The Body Electric, New York: William Morrow, 1985; Taubes, G., "An
Electrifying Possibility," Discover, April 1986; Sedlak, W., Bioelektronika 1967-1977 with English sum-
maries, Poland Instytut: Wyadawniczy Pax, 1979; Callahan, P., Tuning into Nature, Old Greenwich, CT:
Devin-Adair, 1975.
ABSTRACT
Traditional concepts of classical acupuncture and Chinese medicine come
from a culture which is very different from ours, and there have been considerable
problems in their accurate presentation. Our approach is to attempt the develop-
ment of a mathematical language that links these traditional concepts theoretically
to models that can be tested experimentally.
398 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
INTRODUCTION
There have been substantial problems in the accurate presentation of tradi-
tional concepts from acupuncture and Chinese medicine. For too long poor philo-
logical and scholarly standards have been applied and it is only recently that
appropriate standards have begun to appear (see Unschuld) [1 & 2]. This has been
compounded by a tendency to try to westernize these concepts by reducing them
to concepts that typically do not address the traditional theoretical concepts them-
selves. This is like trying to relate concepts from one culture to concepts in another
culture without having found a language that bridges the two cultures. The result
is a mass of contradictory information that often seems irreconcilable. In a simple
attempt that pays attention to the traditional concepts themselves, the authors pro-
pose the development of a mathematical language that tries to link these concepts
theoretically to models that can be experimentally tested. To our knowledge, this
is the first attempt to build such a bridge and should be recognized as being only a
working model in its infancy. Our use of mathematics here is in the spirit of the
development of dynamic system models of complex neural phenomena (see e.g.,
Carpenter and Grossberg [3]). The mathematical models we derive here draw
from three sources:
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 399
R,
c
Figure 19.4
Here R 2 and C correspond to the epidermic layer of the skin and Rt corre-
sponds to the dermic layer. Note that the parameters of the circuit depend in gen-
eral on the voltage. The Motoyama AMI instrument applies a DC potential of V 0 =
3 volts between a number of channel terminal points and a large indifferent elec-
trode on the wrist and measures the short-time current response (1-100 microsec).
In what follows we use the term channel as the corresponding electrical circuit
pathway. Clinical evidence of Manaka [12] and others suggests the possibility that
the initial electric current BP = V0 I Rt is a parameter corresponding to traditional
acupuncture diagnostic measurements (such as radial pulse palpation, abdominal
palpation, visual inspection, etc.), though we are not aware of rigorous research
that confirms this suggestion. More precisely, for a particular channel, a high BP
compared to the average taken over all the channels corresponds to repletion. In
traditional terms, repletion (shi) is a condition of too much qi from various causes.
A low BP compared to this average corresponds to vacuity. In traditional terms,
vacuity (xu) is a condition of insufficient qi from various causes. Here, BP refers to
the initial current response at time t = 0 before any polarization has occurred.
Because of the known occurrence of circadian rhythms (see e.g. Manaka [12]),
where current readings have been found to fluctuate according to the time of day,
we feel that further experimental evaluation is required to validate these defini-
tions. The acupuncture points are known to have a positive potential of several
millivolts (see e.g., Tiller [4] and the discussion there). To account for this we add a
battery E to the circuit of Figure 19.4.
-cJ---1
R,
Figure 19.5
Manaka' s clinical practice and experimental research in acupuncture has led
him to suggest the existence of a biological signalling system which has the follow-
ing characteristics:
1. The biological system works at the level of low intensity signals and
responds to low-strength stimuli.
2. The biological system is able to detect and discriminate both internal and
external changes, and plays a role in regulating the body by transmitting this infor-
mation to other parts of the system.
3. As part of the signalling system, certain components of traditional
acupuncture practice can be used clinically to regulate the body as indicated below.
It was suggested that this signalling system has embryological and evolution-
ary roots and functioned to regulate the body prior to the development of the neu-
rological, endocrinological, etc. systems. Generally, acupuncture activates both the
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 401
simple signalling system and the more advanced regulatory systems. In such
cases, both effects occur together and need to be clinically discriminated since the
effects of the signalling system are generally masked by the more evident anatomo-
physiological system effects. The following diagram illustrates the interaction of
the signalling system, our electrical model of the channel system and the anatomo-
physiological system:
~ Ievetone
~signaling system
t
~level two
~channeling system
l
~level three
~anatamophysiologic
level
Figure 19.6
The channel system at level two, the electrical circuits in our model, interface
between the signalling system at level one and the anatomophysiological system of
level three. Regulation at level one produces lasting changes at level two and level
three. Most forms of acupuncture work at levels one through three, but only show-
ing the clearer and more easily measured responses from level three. Working
from the premise that traditional concepts function at level one, Manaka began
exploring the properties of the signalling system to see if this were so. His experi-
ments utilized tiny small-intensity stimuli such as the application of copper and
zinc plates, north and south poles of a magnet, and colors in the form of light and
ink to acupoints and channels. The use of such polarized agents, in particular,
allow for observation of their repeatable and reversible effects [10 & 11].
Assessment of these effects was made through observation of pressure pain and
muscle tonus at acupoints on the channels investigated and on related reflex
points. If the application is favorable to the channel under investigation, pressure
pain and muscle tonus will decrease. If unfavorable, pressure pain and muscle
tonus will increase. We have repeated his simple tests and experiments and have
obtained the same results.
According to traditional theory the channel qi flows in a particular direction.
In an effort to relate this concept to the electrical model of the channel and to deter-
mine if there is an electric current flowing in one direction, he applied copper and
zinc plates to non-acupuncture points on a channel and observed the channel
responses. For example, for pressure pain and tension at right LI-4, on the flesh in
the center of the web between the first and second metacarpals, placing copper
upstream and zinc downstream, proximal to the wrist on the large intestine chan-
nel, decreases these reactions. Reversing the copper and zinc causes the reactions
to return.
Epidermis
Dermis
Figure 19.7
402 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
return. Replacing the copper with the north pole of a magnet and zinc with the
south pole has the same effect on the pressure pain. In general, applying a positive
electrical polarity to the mother point and negative to the child point has the same
effects. Thus other polarity agents such as Manaka's ion-pumping cords (I.P.) can be
used to treat these points with the same effects. The ion-pumping cord is essentially
a wire with a germanium or silicone diode in it. It has clips on either end for attach-
ment to needles (see Manaka [11 & 17]). It allows for unidirectional flow of current
from the black to the red clip. Thus the black clip is negative and the red positive.
Clinical usefulness of the ion-pumping cords can be seen in the case histories below.
Note that they are used with great efficacy on the "extraordinary vessels" as well as
on the channels. The following is a clinical demonstration of the applications of
these various polarity agents to mother and child points. For pressure pain at KI-16,
located approximately one centimeter on either side of the navel and associated with
the kidney channel on which it lies, the following results are obtained using polarity
agents on the KI-7, the mother, and on KI-1, the child points:
Agent Point Agent Point Pressure Pain
copper(+) Kl-7 zinc(-) KI-1 KI-16 decrease
zinc(-) KI-7 copper(+) Kl-1 KI-16 increase
An important point to notice in the above experiments is that in the first clinical
demonstration, when applying copper and zinc to non-acupuncture points on a chan-
nel, _the effects are shortlasting. We postulate that their effects occur partially through
addmg voltage to the channel and partially by opening the channel pores. Once the
voltage is removed, the channel returns to its original state. In our model of Manaka's
ideas above, this works at level two. We think though that this requires experimental
confirmation. Applying polarities to the mother and child points works primarily at
level one by changing the conductance of the channels and thus has longer lasting
effects than in the other case. Rigorous experiments are required to verify this, but it
at least has clinical confirmation. Manaka takes advantage of these changes clinically
by applying I.P. to the mother-child points of the channels found to be problematic by
his methods of diagnosis. These involve palpation of pressure pain and tension, use
of the Omura hi-digital 0-ring test, pulse palpation, visual inspection, etc. Our own
clinical utilization of these ideas shows their clinical application.
This can be seen in the following case histories taken from Manaka and our
own case loads. These case histories are essentially anecdotal, intended only to
illustrate that long-term effects can be obtained with these treatments, as our model
predicts. Until now, with the development of a model to describe these clinical
concepts, we have had no need to do rigorous clinical studies. We recognize the
need for such studies. We also recognize that our model is only for application to a
single channel. Clinical reality is more complex than this. Actual treatment in
these case histories is applied to two channels, often with supplementary points.
Further, in the first case study, the extraordinary vessels were used on the first
visit. We include this to illustrate the clinical effectiveness of the ion-pumping
cords. In the future we will develop models for all the channels and their various
interactions, including the extraordinary vessels. Experimental protocol requires
us to start with the simple models and build on these.
CASE STUDIES
At the second visit seven days later, the patient's range of lumbar flexion was still
at the improved level and the patient reported having had almost no lumbar pain.
However there had been no real improvement of the pain in the right upper arm
and shoulder. Diagnosis revealed a slightly different pattern of abdominal reac-
tions. Pressure pain and tension was found in the right subcostal region and to the
left of the navel focusing around ST-26. Positive 0-ring tests were found at right
LR-14, left ST-26 and CV-4. Diagnosis in this case was of the liver and small intes-
tine channels. Treatment involved the use of shallowly inserted needles with J.P.
to the mother and child points of these two channels for fifteen minutes in the fol-
lowing pattern: right SI-3 red - SI-8 black
left LR-2 black- LR-8 red
This released the abdominal reactions and improved the 0-ring tests. Range of
motion of the right arm was examined. Abduction and rotation showed improve-
ment with greatly reduced pain. Associated back points BL-18 and BL-27 were
then needled and warmed with moxa to reinforce the J.P. treatment. The patient
was then sent home with recommendations for dietary changes and instructions
not to worry about her problems since they had responded so well to treatment.
On subsequent visits over the next few weeks, the lumbar and arm and shoulder
pain did not return.
and BL-28 and warmed with moxa. Hashimoto's sotai leg extension exercise was
applied three times. Hinaishin (subcutaneous needles) were then applied to ear
points for the spine and hips. One week later, the patient reported having main-
tained the improvements in the spine and having been able to sleep on his back
with no discomfort or spasm. Treatment continued successfully over the next few
weeks with improvement in the hips and a slow reduction of Clinoril until zero
intake was achieved. Except for minor flare ups requiring further treatment over
the last two years, this patient has maintained these improvements and now is able
to lead a normal, active life.
In these case studies, we can see long-term changes resulting from treatment.
Our model predicted that regulation at level one should produce lasting effects.
We think that this is at least demonstrated in these case studies. Below are more
developments of the mathematical model which describe a possible mechanism for
these treatments. Rigorous experiments will be required to validate the model.
408 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
{ 0.
const, t 0
t
(3)
{ 0.
T2 = const, t1
0,
The simplest mass action law is defined by:
t
s
t < tl
t s t2
> tz.
The simplest conceptual model of the classical five-phase theory in the case of
one channel can be formulated as follows. Given a stimulation of one or several of
the five acupoints corresponding to different phases, on the channel under consid-
eration, these five acupoints stimulate each other according to what the traditional
theory calls engendering and restraining cycles. Then the stimulation of the chan-
nel is proportional to the resulting stimulation of the acupoint that belongs to the
same phase as the channel. The simplest mathematical interpretation of this model
gives a linear five-dimensional dynamical system. We illustrate our approach in
the case of our example of the wood (liver) channel.
Let Sj (t), j = 1 ....,5 (assume j = 1 for water, j = 2 for wood etc.) denote the
amount of stimulation of j-th point on the wood channel. Suppose our treatment
was to supplement the water point by signal R. Then the simplest mathematical
model describing the effects of this treatment is given by the system of five linear
differential equations (see also [16]).
(9) dS1
- = aS 5 - aS4 - cS1 - ds2 -eS 3 + R(t), t ~ t1 ,
dt
Figure 19.8
410 Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases
Solving (9), (10) we obtain in particular S 2 (t) which gives us the resulting
effect of the treatment on the wood acupoint on the (wood) liver channel, we next
set T2(t) = S2 (t), i.e., we assume that the stimulation of the liver (wood) channel
equals the stimulation of the wood acupoint.
CONCLUSIONS
We have explored mathematically some concepts and clinical data from clas-
sical acupuncture. We have attempted to convince the reader that a shift in atti-
tude is possible so that questions of the type "what does all this mean?" are
replaced by questions, "How accurate is a particular model?" and "What are the
appropriate experiments to verify it?" Though we are not aware of any rigorous
experiments to support our analysis, still the abundance of anecdotal data con-
vinced us that our attempt was worthwhile. We have started with a simple electric
circuit model of the skin, which accounts for the measurements of some of the elec-
trodermal instruments such as Motoyama's AMI. The initial electric current BP is
interpreted as an indication of the condition (as determined by traditional
acupuncture procedures) of a channel. High BP corresponds to repletion, low BP
corresponds to vacuity, in traditional terms. Rigorous experiments are required to
verify this correspondence.
Manaka's clinical results (confirmed by our own) show that application of a
small voltage to non-acupuncture points on a channel and to the mother and child
points reduced pressure pain independent of whether the channel was vacuous or
replete. In view of the importance of this homeostatic mechanism, we intend to
conduct triple-blind experiments to verify this. To account for these results, we
introduce a mathematical model similar to that of a synapse membrane with two
ionic channels and assume that the applied voltage affects the conductances of the
ionic channels. Further research is required to determine actual mechanisms. In
figure 19.6, we develop Manaka's idea showing how treatment regulates at the
signal level which alters channel conductances, which in tum creates anatomo-
physiological changes. We corroborate Manaka's suggestion that the five phases
and their acupoints belong to the signal level as regulatory mechanisms. Next, we
develop a phenomenological model of the five-phase laws in the case of a single
channel and use it to describe in real time the development of a disease (which we
interpret as blockage in a channel) and its treatment (which we interpret as the cor-
responding unblocking process). Again, we plan to conduct clinical experiments
and monitor them by using AMI or other related equipment. We also intend to
examine detailed parametric properties of solutions of our differential equation
models, both analytically and numerically, and compare the mathematical predic-
tions with related data. An extension of equation (1) will replace it by an appropri-
ate partial differential equation to account for the travelling wave fronts measured
by Motoyama [20]. We also plan to develop a mathematical model for the com-
plete channel system.
REFERENCES
[1] Unschuld, P., Medicine in China: A History of Ideas, Berkeley, CA: University of California
Press, 1985.
[2] Unschuld, P., Medicine in China: Nan Ching, The Classic of Difficult Issues, Berkeley, CA:
University of California Press, 1986.
Appendix Five: A Mathematical Model for the Five Phases 411
[4] Tiller, W.A., "On the evolution of electrodermal diagnostic instruments," Journal of
Advancement in Medicine 1:1, Spring 1988.
[5] Zhu, Zong-Xiang, "Research Advances in the Electrical Specificity of Meridians and
Acupuncture Points," American Journal or Acupuncture 9 (3):203-216, 1981.
[6] Li, Ding-Zhong, Jing Luo Phenomenon II, Kyoto: Yukonsha, 1985.
[7] Li, Ding-Zhong, Jing Luo Phenomenon I, Kyoto: Yukonsha, 1984.
[8] Tiberiu, R., G. Gheorghe and I. Popescu, "Do Meridians of Acupuncture Exist? A Radioactive
Tracer Study of the Bladder Meridian," American Journal of Acupuncture 9 (3):251-256, 1981.
[9] Omura, Y., "The bidigital 0-ring test and its use for imaging the internal organs and their cor-
responding meridians." Symposium paper.
[10] Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Acupuncture as intervention in the biological information system
(Meridian treatment and the X-signal system)," Annual Assembly of the Japan Meridian Treatment
Association address, March, 1986.
[11] Manaka, Y., K. Itaya and S. Birch, Chasing the Dragon's Tail, Brookline, MA: Paradigm
Publications, 1995.
[12] Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Thoughts about Ryodoraku total regulation therapy," Nihon
Ryodoraku Jiritsushinkei Gakkai Journal, March, 1986.
[13] Melzack, R. eta!., "Trigger Points and Acupuncture Points for Pain," Pain 3:3-23, 1977.
[14] Motoyama, H., "A Biophysical Elucidation of the Meridian and Ki-Energy," Inti. Assoc. Relig.
& Parapsychol. (1981) 7:1, p.1-78, 1981.
[15] Omura, Y., "Effects of an electrical field and its polarity on an abnormal part of the body or
organ representation point associated with a diseased internal organ, and its influence on the bi-digital
0-ring test (simple, non-invasive dysfunction localization method) and drug compatibility test - part
1," Acupuncture and Electrother. Res. Int. J. 7, pp.209-246, 1982.
[16] Birch, S. and M. Friedman, "On the development of a mathematical model for the 'laws' of
the five phases," American Journal of Acupuncture, 17, 4, 361-6, 1989.
[17] Manaka, Y., K. Itaya K. and S. Brown," Abdominal diagnosis and indications in traditional
Chinese medicine," American Journal of Acupuncture 13:3, p.223-234, 1985.
[18] Manaka, Y., "The skin distinguishes color and sound!? An approach to qi, the origin of
Oriental medicine," Ida no Nippon magazine, May, 1987, p. 91-98.
[19] Manaka, Y., "Speculation on 'qi' in Chinese medicine as media in the signal system," Japan
Shinkyu Topology Conference, Kyoto, July, 1988.
[20] Motoyama, H., "Electrophysiological and preliminary biochemical studies of skin properties
in relation to the acupuncture meridian," Inti. Assoc. Relig. & Parapsychol. 6, p.1-36, 1980.
FURTHER THOUGHTS ABOUT THE
POSSIBLE NATURE OF THE X-SIGNALS
BY STEPHEN BIRCH
ELECTRICAL POSSIBILITIES:
There are many renowned and respectable studies on the electrical character-
istics and properties of the body, some of which have already adopted perspectives
Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals 415
similar to those Dr. Manaka proposed. Many come from diverse fields, often with-
out knowledge of the others:
- The electro-dynamic field theory of Harold Saxton Burr of Yale.s All
events in the body generate fields which interact as a whole field. This field deter-
mines the activities of its parts and in turn is determined by those parts.
- The semi-conductor system of interconnected molecular systems and the
quantum considerations of Albert Szent-Gyorgyi.6 Oschman extends Szent-
Gyorgyi's model to include the connective tissues and in particular the planes of
fasciae, allowing communication between every cell and every other cell, every
organelle, and all other organelles?
- The DC current system described by Robert Becker, which is associated
with growth, healing, and regeneration and which is thought to correlate to the
acupuncture channels and their points.B
- The various currents which have been found associated with embryological
development, orientation of neurones, muscle cells, the prediction of the sites of
limb bud formation, etc.9
- The battery properties of the epidermis and the current of injury in relation
to piercing the skin.10
- The ionic currents of the body which compose the biologically closed elec-
tric circuits of Bjorn Nordenstrom.11
- The electrical fields associated with neural and muscular activities which
communicate throughout the body, triggering responses in cells tuned to the fre-
quencies of associated cells, the window effects of Adey (the signatures associated
with the temporal features of the fields accompanying the contraction of muscle
tissues).12
- The contracting muscles that generate sounds which move within the body.
In the correct medium, such as water, these sounds can be communicated between
organisms. Research has shown that these sounds sometimes encode informa-
tion.13
- The sensitivity of the body surface to very weak electrical fields, both close
and distal- projected- fields, as described by Yoshiaki Omura.l4
- Possible antenna properties of a needle inserted through the skin and its
electrical effects upon the body.15
- Possible piezoelectric effects of needle insertion.16
- The correlations of frequency-dependent relationships that exist between
particular organs, tissues, the body surface and electrical fields. In 1974, Arthur
Pilla described models of how electrochemical information can be transferred
across cell membranes, how a cell can be stimulated, inhibited, or exhibit passive
response depending upon the frequencies and amplitudes of the signals
employed.1 7
- The quantum studies and speculations on bioelectrical functions of
Wlodzimierz Sedlak of Poland. He has theorized on the integrated functions of the
bioelectrical systems, for example, that of electrostasis, and the flow of electrons to
the body surface with the role of protection and shielding of the body interior.lB
He has further speculated on the possible magneto-hydrodynamic effects occur-
ring in biological structures and their importance in both the generation of electri-
cal signals in the body and the maintenance of the bioelectrical environment inside
the body.19
416 Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals
MAGNETIC POSSIBILITIES
It is difficult separating magnetic properties from electrical properties
because wherever we have a moving electric charge- electrons, protons, ions, etc. -
we also have magnetic fields. Since research has shown that electrical fields and
currents are generated at all levels of physiological activity, then in all likelihood so
too are magnetic fields. Specific measurements of these magnetic fields have been
made using sensitive equipment. The magnetic fields represent another set of
information carriers concomitant with the electrical carriers. The following is a list
of some of the measured fields and their proposed properties:25
- John Zimmerman has done considerable research into the magnetic fields
of the body, in particular the brain and its responses to varied perceptive stimuli,
the magnetic fields associated with palm healing or therapeutic touch. He has also
speculated on the general functions of these fields, particularly in healing.26
- The earth's magnetic field has been shown to be very important to life, to
the timing and integration of normal physiology, and to be related to various disor-
ders including psychiatric disturbances and possibly even cancerP Some authors
have speculated on the roles of biomagnetic homeostasis relative to the actions of
the geomagnetic field.28
- William Tiller has proposed that part of the nature and origin of the electri-
cal potential in the channels, in particular the battery-like effect of the acupoints, is
generated by the magnetic vector potential field. Such a proposal accounts for phe-
nomena observed in the acupoints.29
- In his studies of the bi-digital 0-ring test, Omura has speculated on the
possibility that electromagnetic resonance phenomena participate in the use of the
test for localizing and identifying molecules in the body. In general, the phenome-
non of electromagnetic resonance can be said to also carry information between
like substances that resonate.30
- Molecular mechanisms may be involved in a variety of magnetic field phe-
nomena.31
ELECTROMAGNETIC POSSIBILITIES
Just as cinematic images appear to be real but are only combinations of light and
shade, so is the universal variety as delusive seeming. The planetary spheres,
with their countless forms of life, are naught but figures in a cosmic motion pic-
ture. Temporarily true to man's five sense perceptions, the transitory scenes are
cast on the screen of human consciousness by the infinite creative beam. 32
Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals 417
As well as the electrical and magnetic fields, currents that can act as carriers
of signals or information, there are more diverse electromagnetic fields and waves:
light in all of its various forms, both visible and non-visible, coherent and non-
coherent. Sedlak has measured this extensively in his research and has proposed
models of how the living organism creates and utilizes such energies:
The evolutionary mechanisms sought in the relation to environment can be solved
by reducing both sides to a common nature. The author conceives the organism
and environment in terms of electromagnetic fields. At every level of complexity
the organism emits electromagnetic radiations. This applies to individual cells
(mitogenetic radiation) as well as to organs and to the whole complex organism.
Human brain radiations have been best studied so far. The '"metabolism'" of
electromagnetic energy is a manifestation of life as much as the transformation of
matter. The biological field with its electromagnetic qualities is a universal mani-
festation of life. The organism may be considered as an oscillator emitting biologi-
cal field with large band spectrum. 33
is similar to the concepts described by Callahan and Weaver.3 7 His general theory
is discussed in appendix 4 of this text. His findings and speculations are not dis-
similar to research findings in the study of qigong, where many research groups
have identified low frequency infrared radiation as a factor.3 8 The findings of
lkuro Suehara, a Japanese physicist and acupuncturist, may also be relevant here.
Through his research using pure samples of individual chemical elements and
muscle testing, he has found correlations between the effects of pure elements from
within a vertical column of the periodic table of elements and a single channel. He
has reportedly mapped these correlations for all the channels. These possible cor-
relations need more rigorous investigations, but if correct, they reveal some signifi-
cant bioenergetic correlates to the theories of acupuncture which could potentially
be "signal" mechanisms in Manaka's more general theory.39
It is clear from these discussions that there may be many mechanisms
involved in acupuncture, at many levels of electrical, magnetic, and electromagnet-
ic activities, all of which may act as carriers of the signals described by Dr. Manaka.
It is helpful to look further at proposals of a more global nature that try to explain
the whole field in simpler terms. If only a few of the above mechanisms participate
in the signal system, it is indeed a very complex and powerful system. To grasp it,
a simpler, more encompassing theory would be helpful. William Tiller has pro-
posed a sophisticated and far-reaching model that is not only able to explain the
effects of acupuncture, but many other healing disciplines, ancient practices, etc.
This model has come from his many years researching acupuncture, meditation,
and paranormal phenomena. Though his work is as yet unpublished, his many
papers outline the basic theory.40 He has proposed the existence of "positive
space-time," the realm most easily accessible to our senses, and "negative space-
time," a more subtle world that coexists with the positive:
Whereas positive space/time matter is associated with the forces of electricity and
electromagnetic (EM) radiation, negative space/time matter is associated primari-
ly with magnetism and a force which Tiller describes as magnetoelectric (ME)
radiation. 41
In negative space/time, energy is magnetoelectric and negatively entropic and
substance is of a subtle magnetic character.42
It is possible that this theory, worked out in some detail by Tiller and already
correlated to acupuncture and the energy fields of the body, especially the "subtle
bodies," may be able to explain many of the phenomena observed by Dr. Manaka
and describe the general nature of the signals.
The holographic paradigm is another possible global model of how signals
may be produced, propagated, and received. David Bohm's theory of implicate
order and holographic nature is pertinent.43
In such a universe, higher levels of order and information may be holographically
enfolded in the fabric of space and matter/energy.
Because what happens in just a small fragment of the holographic energy interfer-
ence pattern affects the entire structure simultaneously, there is a tremendous
connectivity between all parts of the holographic universe.44
Aside from the obvious correlations of this model to the model described above
(i.e., the connectivity of all parts to each other), the storage and transfer of informa-
tion between all parts of the system, it can also be seen as a good candidate for
describing some of the signals that participate in Manaka's signal system. There
have been other speculations on the role of the holographic paradigm in acupunc-
ture.45
Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals 419
Modem physiological descriptions are also complex, and may best be simplified, at
least while the full model is being researched, in appropriate general languages.
In addition to describing this unbelievably complex interpenetrating regulato-
ry system in the technical languages of systems and information theory, we may
also use the language of mathematics. In particular, the language of topology, three
dimensional geometry, and the use of more recent mathematical ideas developed in
the studies of chaos, may be useful. Finding an appropriate language for describing
certain characteristics that arise from global interactions and not local properties can
be difficult.
Dr. Manaka frequently referred to the language of three-dimensional geome-
try, or topology, as a valid manner of describing some of the theories of acupunc-
ture. He founded and was president of the Shinkyu Topology Group (the
Acupuncture and Moxibustion Topology Group), holding yearly meetings in
Kyoto. This group has shown how the language of topology can be useful in
describing complex phenomena in acupuncture.
The term "connectedness" is important for modern views of nature; if all
things are inseparable and non-reducible, then they are all connected. "At all lev-
els, from atoms to persons, connection is a requirement for life."52 Cunningham
proposes that:
Health depends on a property which may be called "connectedness," an optimal
passage of information between the levels of the organism and its environment.
The right kind and amount of information must be transmitted to maintain
health. 53
Disease is the reverse, what he calls "disconnectedness." If these views are
correct, and commonsense interpretation of the information and systems theory
models of life suggest that they may be, then connectedness is an important prop-
erty of living things. We find the property of connectedness in the study of topolo-
gy. Connectedness is a topological property; thus the use of the language of topol-
ogy for describing connectedness in the living body may be useful. Dr. Manaka
takes advantage of this with his sophisticated theories regarding structure-function
relationships, especially those inherent in octahedral theory.
Mathematics can also be used to describe yin-yang and the five phases phe-
nomenologically. The behavior of the body's yin-yang and five-phase systems
seem to have such precision that it is not unreasonable to suggest that the language
and descriptions of these theories may be referring to mathematical rather than
merely philosophical concepts. In appendix 5, two papers are presented that
develop such phenomenological models, providing a minimal mathematical
description of the five phases and their various interactions. Important parallels to
Manaka's information model derive from these descriptions. In particular, we
found that for the system of five interacting phases to remain in balance, which is
the essential nature of the system according to traditional descriptions, what passes
between each phase must have a qualitative and not a quantitative nature. That is,
the five-phase interactions must be informational in nature. For example, if we
think of what is passing between the water and wood phases in the sheng cycle, as
quantities of stuff (i.e., xue, gu qi, ying qi, zong qi, etc.), then the system of five phas-
es cannot maintain balance. Only when we reduce the amount to near zero, i.e., to
a qualitative entity such as information, can the system work as described.
Working in consultation with William Tiller, we developed a mathematical
model that bridges the gap between traditional descriptions of a channel and the
simplest electrical model of a channel- based on electrical measurements -the five
Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals 421
phases, the actions of the five-phase points, observed clinical findings, and clinical
applications. In short, we have the beginnings of a mathematical model that is able
to describe research findings, traditional descriptions, and clinical practice. This
particular model is important because it interfaces traditional concepts with scien-
tific measurements and tests using a "neutral language."
If we are to develop a full scientific model of acupuncture, we must first
develop a precise idea of what is testable with rigorous scientific methodology.
Only thus may the theory be raised to the standard of science. It is our intention to
rigorously investigate the specific findings of Dr. Manaka which have led to the
formation of the signal system model. Mathematical models are the starting point
for this research. It will take much careful work to unravel the traditional theories
and mechanisms of acupuncture and Manaka's X-signal system. We hope this
work will contribute to that process.
NOTES
1 The idea that tiny stimuli or signals produce therapeutic effects is similar to one expressed by
Speransky: "Hence we obtain the rule that only weak degrees of irritation can have a useful signifi-
cance, strong ones inevitably do damage." A Basis for the Theory of Medicine, quoted from Chaitow, L.,
Soft-Tissue Manipulation, p. 66.
2 In Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, we develop an argument that shows the parallels
between traditional Chinese descriptions and modem scientific discoveries, specifically the observed
field and energetic phenomena. See chapters eight and nine.
3 Kobrin, L.E., "The role of Chinese medicine in modem medicine," Jefferson Alumni Bulletin, pp.
12-18, Winter 1988.
4 Szent-Gyorgyi, A., "Protometabolism," Int. Jour. Quant. Chern., "Quant. Bio. Symp. 11," pp. 63-
67,1984.
5 Burr, H.S. and F.S.C. Northrop, "An electro-dynamic theory of life," Quart. Rev. Bioi. 10:3,
pp.322-333, 1935; and Burr, H.S., The Fields of Life, New York: Ballantine Books, 1972.
6 Szent-Gyorgyi published many books and papers on this subject. The following is a good
example of his work: Szent-Gyorgyi, A., Introduction to a Submolecular Biology, New York: Academic
Press, 1960.
7 Oschman, J.L., "The connective tissues and myofascial systems," paper presented at the
Rolfing '81 conference in Los Angeles; Oschman, J.L., "The structure and properties of ground sub-
stance," Amer. Zoo!. 24:1, pp. 199-215, 1984. See also Matsumoto, K. and S. Birch, Hara Diagnosis:
Reflections on the Sea, chapters seven, eight and nine, where this concept is explored and correlated to
traditional Chinese and Japanese medical texts and theories. See also the more recent text, Oschman,
J.L., "A biophysical basis for acupuncture," The Proceedings of the First Symposium of the Society For
Acupuncture Research, Boston, MA, Society for Acupuncture Research, 1994.
8 Becker, R.O. and A.A. Marino, Electromagnetism and Life, Albany: State University of New York
Press, 1982; Becker, R.O. and G. Selden, The Body Electric, New York: William Morrow, 1985; Becker,
R.O., "Electromagnetic controls over biological growth processes, Jour. Bioelect. 3:162, pp. 105-118, 1984.
9 For discussion see: Jaffe, L.F., "Developmental currents, voltages and gradients," in Subtelny, S.
and P.B. Green, Developmental Order: Its Origin and Regulation, New York: A.R. Liss Inc., 1982, pp. 183-215.
10 Barker, A.T. et al., "The glabrous epidermis of cavies contains a powerful battery," Amer. Jour.
Physiol. R358-366, 1982. The "current of injury" is discussed in many places. See for example, Becker,
R.O., "The basic biological data transmission and control system influenced by electrical forces," Ann.
N. Y. Acad. Sci. 238, p. 236, 1974; Becker, R.O. and A.A. Marino, Electromagnetism and Life, pp. 14-16.
Both of these are discussed in Stux, G. and B. Pomerantz, Acupuncture Textbook and Atlas, Berlin:
Springer-Verlag, 1987, pp. 23-24.
11 Nordenstrom, B., Biologically Closed Electric Circuits, Sweden: Nordic Medical Publications, 1983.
12 Adey, W.R., "Tissue interactions with nonionizing electromagnetic fields," Physiol. Rev. 61:2,
pp. 435-514, 1981; Sawin, S.W. eta!., "Ionic factors in release of 45 Ca2+ from chicken cerebral tissue by
electromagnetic fields," Proc. Nat!. Acad. Sci. USA 75:12, pp. 6314-6318, 1978; Williamson, S.J. and L.
Kaufman, "Biomagnetism," Jour. Mag. and Mag. Mater. 22, pp. 129-201, 1981.
422 Appendix Six: Thoughts About the Nature of the X-Signals
H. et al., "Psychiatric ward behavior and geophysical parameters," Nature 205, pp. 1050-1052, 1965;
Marton, J.P., "Conjectures on superconductivity and cancer," Physiol. Chern. Phys. 5, pp. 259-270, 1973.
Elsewhere, we discussed some of the roles of the geomagnetic field and explored possible correlations
to Chinese biorhythm ideas; see Hara Diagnosis: Reflections on the Sea, pp. 74-75,216-221.
28 Dubrov, A.P., op.cit., p.152.
29 On the evolution of electrodermal diagnostic instruments; op.cit.
30 For further discussions, see: Omura, Y., "Electromagnetic resonance phenomenon as a possi-
ble mechanism related to the 'hi-digital 0-ring test molecular identification and localization method',"
Acup. & Electrother. Res. Int. J. 11, pp. 127-145, 1986.
31 For a good summary of the possible see Surgalla, L.A., "Molecular mechanisms of magnetic
medicine," Magnets; 3:4, p. 14, April1988.
32 Paramahansa Yogananda, Autobiography of a Yogi, pp. 318-319.
33 Sedlak, W., Bioelektronika 1967-1977, pp. 82-83.
34 Ibid.
35 Callahan, P.S., Tuning into Nature: Solar Energy, Infrared Radiation and the Insect Communication
System, Old Greenwich, CT: Devin-Adair, 1975.
36 Weaver, H., Divining the Primary Sense: Unfamiliar Radiation in Nature, Art and Science, London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1978.
37 See: Katsumata, Y., "Fundamental studies of the 0-ring test," Ida no Nippon Sha, 504, August
1986; 505, September 1986. See also Katsumata, Y. with comments by Y. Manaka, "On certain unknown
factors, hypothetically named 'sayoshi' by Y. Katsumata, which affect the living body," Unpublished
manuscript, December 1988.
38 Qian Cun-Ze et al., "Simulated human-body information in bio-medical therapy," unpub-
lished manuscript; Shen, G.J., "Study of mind-body effects and qigong in China;" Advances; 3, 4, 134-
142, 1986; Sampson, R., "A survey of qi related research- East and West," paper presented in conjunc-
tion with the Sino-U.S. Qigong health sciences exchange program, first U.S. symposia series, September
14-26, 1985, Beijing.
39 See for example, Suehara, I., Genso Keiraku Ho (Fundamental Channel Therapy), p. 11, Onso
Shindangaku Kenkyujo Research Institute, 1985.
40 See for example Tiller's Introduction to Motoyama, H., Science and the Evolution of
Consciousness: Chakras, Ki and Psi, Cambridge, MA: Autumn Press, 1978, pp. 9-19. One of the better sum-
maries and descriptions of his ideas can be found in Gerber, R., Vibrational Medicine, Santa Fe: Bear and
Company, 1988, pp. 143-153 and 503-507.
41 Gerber, R., Vibrational Medicine, op.cit., p. 147.
42 Ibid., p. 506.
43 See Bohm, D., Wholeness and the Implicate Order; Wilber, K., The Holographic Paradigm and Other
Paradoxes.
44 Gerber, R., Vibrational Medicine, op.cit., p. 61.
45 See for example, Hameroff, S.R., "Ch'i a neural hologram? Microtubules, bioholography and
acupuncture," Amer. Jour. Chin. Med. 2:2, pp. 163-170, 1974.
46 Sheldrake, R., A New Science of Life: the Hypothesis of Causative Formation, Los Angeles: J.P.
Tarcher, 1981.
47 This is an attempt to describe global energy regulation. See for example, Campbell, N.A.,
Biology, Menlo Park, CA.: Benjamin Cummings Publishing, 1987, p. 1004.
48 Lovelock, J., Gaia: A New Look at Life on Earth, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1979.
49 See for example, James Gleick, Chaos, Making a New Science; Ira Prigogine and I. Stengers,
Order Out of Chaos; and Benoit Mandelbrot, The Fractal Geometry of Nature.
50 A good description of physiological integration and the views afforded by such a model are
given in Adolph, E.F., "Physiological integrations in action, Physiologist 25 (supplement), p. 2, April
1982.
51 Dr. Manaka has speculated in several recent papers about the possible nature and roles of qi in
this signal system. See for example, Manaka, Y., "Speculations on the media of qigong," paper present-
ed at the National Congress of Qigong in China, fall of 1988. See also Manaka, Y., "Speculation on qi in
Chinese medicine as the media in the signal system," Text of the 18th annual convention of the Shinkyu
topology group, Nippon Shinkyu Topology Gakkujutsu Taikai, July 1988, pp. 6-21.
52 Larry Dossey, Space, Time and Medicine, p. 76.
53 A.J. Cunningham, "Information and health in the many levels of man."
APPENDIX SEVEN
BIOGRAPHY OF YOSHIO MANAKA M.D., PHD.
L'Acupuncture, "a val d'oiseau" (Acupuncture, "as the crow flies"), Co-authored with
Marc Siegel, Yokohama, General Printing Company, 1960.
The Layman's Guide to Acupuncture, Co-authored with Ian A. Urquhart, Rutland,
VT: John Weatherhill, 1972.
Quick and Easy Chinese Massage, Co-authored with Ian A. Urquhart, Japan
Publications Trading Company, 1973. Translated to Dutch, Snelle Destrijding Van
Pijn, 1984. Translated to Finnish, Kiinalainen Hieronta, 1984.
PAPERS:
Too numerous to mention. Hundreds of "Essays to Chiguan" in the Ida no Nippon
magazine. Publication of many articles and research papers in many languages in
many countries, especially journals specializing in acupuncture, herbal medicine,
and Western medicine. Most recently authored the landmark paper, co-authored
with Kazuko Itaya, "Acupuncture as Intervention in the Biological Information
System (Meridian Treatment and the X-Signal System)," presented at the annual
assembly of the Japan Meridian Treatment Association in Tokyo on March 1986,
subsequently translated and published in Chinese, German, French, English,
Swedish, and Spanish.
Yoshio Manaka was also an accomplished poet, artist, and sculptor; there have
been several exhibitions of his work over the years.
EDUCATION:
Akabane, K., Hinaishin Ho [Method ofHinaishin], Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1964.
Fujita, R., Meridian-phenomena, myogen circulatory membrane system, Yokosuka: Ido
no Nippon Sha, 1964.
Ida no Nippon Journal of Japanese Acupuncture and Moxibustion, 45:4 (SOOth special
issue), April1986.
Ikegarni, S. (trans.), Tianjin Chinese Medical College, Shinkyu Rinsho no Riron to Jisai
[Theory and Practice of Acupuncture and Moxibustion], vol. 2, Tokyo: Kokusho
Publishing Association, 1988.
Imaizumi, H., Ekikyo no Nazo [Mysteries of the Yi Jing], Tokyo: Kobun Sha, 1988.
Irie, S., Fukaya Kyu Ho [Fukaya's Moxibustion Therapy], Tokyo: Shizensha, 1980.
Kobayashi, Y., Chugoku no Atarashi Chiryooten [New Chinese Treatment Points],
Osaka: Osaka Kobayashi Ryodoraku Institute, 1972.
Kono, T. Kin Shin Dan Ho [Muscle Diagnosis Method], Tokyo: JICC Publishing
Company, 1986.
Li Ding Zhong, The Jing Luo Phenomena vols. I & II, Kyoto: Yukonsha, 1984,1985.
Li Shi Zhen, Qi Jing Ba Mai Kao [An Examination of the Extraordinary Vessels], from
the Tu Zhu Nan Jing Mai Jue [Discriminating Pulses from the Classic of Difficult Issues
with Illustrations], Taipei: Shui Cheng Shu Ju Publishing Company, 1970.
Manaka Y., Kyu to Hari [Moxibustion and Acupuncture], Tokyo: Shufu no Torno Sha, 1961.
_ _, Shinkyu Rinsho Iten [Dictionary of Clinical Acupuncture and Moxibustion],
Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1970.
_ __, Katakori to Yotsu [Shoulder Pain and Stiffness and Lumbar Pain], Osaka: Sagen
Sha, 1971.
_ _, Shinkyu no Riron to Kangaekata [Thoughts and Theories of Acupuncture and
Moxibustion), Osaka: Sagen Sha, 1973.
_ __, Okyu no Kenkyu [Moxibustion Studies], Tokyo: Goma Sha, 1976.
_ __, Hiratashi Junnihanotai Nesshin Shigeki Ryoho [Hirata-style Hot Needle Therapy],
Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1982.
_____ , Manaka Yoshio Ronbunshu [Collected Essays of Yoshio Manaka], Kyoto:
Shinkyu Topology Gakkai, 1988.
_ _, Kiketsu Zufu [An Illustrated Guide to the Extra Points], Yokosuka: Ido no
Nippon Sha, 1971, translated from the Chinese Qi Xue Tu.
430 Bibliography
Manaka, Y., and Herbert Schmidt, Ika no Tameno Shinjutsu Nyumon Kuowa
[Introductory Lectures on Acupuncture for Medical Doctors], Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon
Sha, 1980.
Miyawaki, K., Yin Yo Rokugyo Setsu no Shinjutsu [Yin Yang Six Phase Acupuncture
Treatments], Tokyo: Soikai Sha, 1976.
Nagahama, Y., Shinkyu Chiryo no Shinkenkyu [New Studies in Acupuncture and
Moxibustion Therapies], Osaka: Sogen Sha, 1959.
_ __, Shinkyu no Igaku [Western Studies of Acupuncture and Moxibustion], Osaka:
Sogen Sha, 1956.
_ __, Toyo Igaku Gaisetsu [Outline of Oriental Medicine], Osaka: Sogen Sha, 1961.
Nagatomo, T., Nagatomo M.P. Shinkyu Kuowa Hachiju Hachisyu [Mr. Nagatomo's 88
Lectures on the Minus Plus Needle Therapy], Kyoto: Shinkyu Shinkuokai Sha, 1976.
Omura, Y., Illustrated Lectures on the Bi-digital 0-ring Test, Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon
Sha, 1986.
Shiroda, B., Shinkyu Chiryo Kisogaku [Fundamentals of Acupuncture and Moxibustion
Therapy], Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1978.
_ __, Shinkyu Shinzui, The Basics of Acupuncture and Moxibustion, Yokosuka: Ido
no Nippon Sha, 1977.
Takagi, K., Seitai no Chosetsukino [The Control Systems of the Biological Organism],
Tokyo: Chuokoron Publishing Company, 1972.
Yanagiya, S., Shinkyu Ijutsu no Man [An Introduction to the Medical Arts of
Acupuncture and Moxibustion], Yokosuka: Ido no Nippon Sha, 1948.
Tae Woo Yoo, Koryo Sooji Chim: Korean Hand Acupuncture, vol. 1, Seoul: Eum Yang
Mek Jin Publishing Company, 1988.
Ulett, G. A., Principles and Practice of Physiologic Acupuncture, St. Louis: Warren H.
Green, 1982.
Unschuld, P., Medicine in China: Nan Ching, the Classic of Difficult Issues, Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1986.
Voll, R., Kopfherde Diagnotik und Therapie mittels Elektroakupunktur und
Medikamentestung (Diagnosis and Therapy with Electroacupuncture and Medication
Testing), Mediz. Liter, Verlag-gesellschaft, 1974.
Walther, D. S., Applied Kinesiology, Pueblo, CA: Systems D.C., 1976.
Wilber, K. (ed.), The Holographic Paradigm and other Paradoxes, Boulder: Shambhala
Publications, 1982.
Worsley, J.R., Traditional Chinese Acupuncture, Vol. 1: Meridians and Points, Tisbury,
England: Element Books, 1982.
PAPERS
Anon, "Xue Wei Ya Tong Bian Bing Zhen Duan Fa," compiled by the Chinese
Scientific and Technological Information and Research Institute, Beijing: Science
and Technology Document Publishing Company, 1978.
Becker, R.O., "Electromagnetic controls over biological growth processes," Jour.
Bioelect. 3:162, pp. 105-118,1984.
Birdsong, M. and J.E. Edmunds, "Harlequin colour change in the newborn: Report
of a case,"Ob. + Gyn. 7, p. 518-521, 1956.
Bossy, J., "Morphological data concerning the acupuncture points and channel net-
work," Acup. & Electro-Ther. Res. Int. Jour. 9, pp. 79-106, 1984.
Chai Wenju, "Researches on diagnosed method at points (a review)," Journal of
Chinese Acupuncture and Moxibustion 1, pp. 1-2,1987.
Chen Weichang et al., "The determination of the depth of puncture for the devel-
opment of needling sensation," National Symposia of Acupuncture and Moxibustion
and Acupuncture Anesthesia, June 1-5, pp. 113-114., 1979.
Davenas, E. et al., "Human basophil degranulation triggered by very dilute anti-
serum against IgE," Nature 333, pp. 816-818, 30 June, 1988.
Diggle, J.H., "Familial proctalgia with painful harlequin flushing," unpublished
manuscript.
Dung, H.C., "Anatomical features that contribute to the formation of acupuncture
points," Amer. Jour. Acup. 12:2, pp. 139-143, 1984.
Dung, R.E., "Familial rectal pain," Lancet, April15, 1972, p. 854.
Edisen, et al., "Regional and lateral specificity of acupuncture induced action of
blood-factor effects inhibiting flexor reflex in the rabbit," Physiol. Chern & Phys. &
Med. NMR 15, pp. 189-199,1983.
Furukawa, R., "Kukakuseijotai joho no sonzai to sono teigen (A proposal for the exis-
tence of an information system across the epithelial systems)," Unpublished manu-
script, Kyushu: Kagoshima University.
Gunn, C.C. et al., "Acupuncture locii, a proposal for their classification according
to known neurological structures," Amer. Jour. Chin. Med. 4, pp. 183-195, 1976.
Bibliography 433
Hayden, R. and M. Grossman, "Rectal, ocular and submaxillary pain," Amer. Jour.
Diseases Childhood 97, pp. 479-482, 1959.
Head, H., "On disturbances of sensation with special reference to pain of visceral
disease," Brain 1:16, pp. 1-133, 1893; 2:17, pp. 339-480, 1894; 3:19, pp. 153-276,1896.
Hori, S. et al., "Objective consideration of the correspondence between pulse diag-
nosis and quadridemarkation of the body," abstract, Amer. Jour. Acup. 13:1, p. 80,
1985. From Jour. Jap. Soc. Acup. 33:4, pp. 420-426, 1984.
Illingworth, C.M., and AT. Barker, "Measurement of electrical currents emerging
during the regeneration of amputated finger tips in children," Clin. Phys. Physiol.
Meas. 1:1, pp. 87-89, 1980.
Ionescu-Tirgoviste, C. and E. Papa, "Tonification and dispersion effect of an
acupuncture needle obliquely introduced into an electric field," Amer. Jour. Acup.
144:4, pp. 339-343, 1986.
Itaya, K., "Essays on the history, nature, functions, methods and research of moxi-
bustion in Japan," Medical Encyclopedia of Kodansha, 1985.
_____ , "An historical compilation of acupoint contraindications," Medical
Encyclopedia of Kodansha, 1985.
Itaya, K. et al., "Effects of acupuncture needle application on the cutaneous micro-
circulation of rabbit ear lobe," Paper presented at the Symposium on Traditional
Oriental Medicine, Science and Technology Agency, Tokyo.
Itaya, K. et al., "Effects of Acupuncture Needle Application upon the Cutaneous
Microcirculation of Rabbit Ear Lobe, Acup. & Electro- Ther. Res. Int. Jour. 12, pp. 45-
51,1987.
Itaya, K. et al., "Microcirculation: An update: vol. 2; proceedings of the fourth
world congress for microcirculation, Tokyo, July 1987," Excerpta Medica,
Amsterdam, New York, London, 1987.
Itaya, K. et al., "On the efficacy of acupuncture treatment for decubital ulcer forma-
tion during dietary-induced hyperlipidemia in the male rabbit," (in press).
Itaya K. andY. Manaka, "The M.l. Diagram as a supplement to the classical diag-
nosis of acupuncture," Paper presented at the First International Congress of the
Acupuncture-Anesthesia Association, Beijing, 1979.
_ __, "The M.l. Diagram and clinical findings, Jour. Jap. Assoc. Clin. Acup. 1:27, p.
1,1977.
___,"A summary of research findings based on twenty years of study related
to the abnormalities of sensitivity of the acupoints, both in disease and health," The
Kitasato Institute of Tokyo.
_ __,"Observation of temperature differences in each body part, using a deep
body thermometer," Clinical body temperature, vol. 3, supplemental issue, July 1983.
Also in Manaka Yoshio Ronbunshu, (Collected essays ofYoshio Manaka), 15th anniver-
sary issue of the Shinkyu Topology Gakkai, Kyoto, 1988, pp. 230-243.
____ , "Fundamental studies of the auricular acupoints using an electrical
probe," Presented at the 29th Nihon Toyoigakkai Gakujutsu Sokai, May 1978.
Katsumata, Y., "Fundamental researches of the 0-ring test," Ido no Nippon maga-
zine no. 504, August 1986; no. 505, September 1986.
Katsumata, Y., with comments by Y. Manaka, "On the 'Sayoshi agent', a certain .
unknown factor which affects the living body," Unpublished manuscript,
December 1988. Translated into English by Y. Manaka.
434 Bibliography
Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Zen Ryodoraku chosei ni tsuite," Nippon Ryodoraku Jiritsu
Shinkei Gakkai Zasshi 31:3, pp. 61-79, 1986.
Manaka, Y. and K. Itaya, "Acupuncture as intervention in the biological informa-
tion system (Meridian treatment and the X-signal system)," address given at the
annual assembly of the Japan Meridian Treatment Association, Tokyo, March 29-
30, 1986. Also published in Manaka Yoshio Ronbunshu (Collected essays of Yoshio
Manaka), 15th anniversary issue of the Shinkyu Topology Gakkai, Kyoto, 1988, pp.
132-146, published in English in Journal of The Acupuncture Society of New York
1:324, pp. 9-18,1994..
Mann, T.P. and J.E. Cree, "Familial rectal pain," Lancet, May 6, 1972, pp. 1016-1017.
Matsui, H., "Fukudaidomyaku no Atsu ni tsuite (Tender points on the abdominal
artery)," Nippon Iji Shinpo 3075, April1973.
Melzack, R. et al., "Trigger points and acupuncture points for pain: correlations
and implications," Pain 3, pp. 23, 1977.
Melzack, R., "Myofascial trigger points, relation to acupuncture and mechanisms
of pain," Arch. Phys. Med. Rehab. 62:3, pp.l14-117, 1981.
Mortensen, 0. and P. Stougard-Andresen, "Harlequin colour change in the new-
born," Acta Obst. et Gynec. Scandinav. 38, pp. 352-359, 1959.
Motoyama, H., "A biophysical elucidation of the meridian and ki energy, what is
ki energy and how does it flow?" Research for Religion and Parapsychology 7:1,
August 1981.
Nathan, P.W., "The gate control theory of pain, a critical review," Brain 99:1, pp.
123-158, 1976.
Neligan, G.A. and L.B. Strang, "A 'harlequin' colour change in the newborn,"
Lancet, Nov. 22, pp.lOOS-1007, 1952.
Oda, I., "Chiryo no Jisai," Nihon Shinkyu Topology Gakkujutsu Taikai, July 1988, pp. 55-60.
Oleson, T. D. et al., An experimental evaluation of auricular diagnosis: the soma-
totropic mapping of musculoskeletal pain at ear acupuncture points," Pain 8, pp.
217-229, 1980.
Omura, Y., "The bidigital 0-ring test: Critical evaluation of its abnormal responses
with laboratory tests including 'blood pressure and blood flow method,' 'blood
chemistry' and 'neurological method'," Acup. and Electro-Ther. Res. Int. Jour. 8:1, pp.
37-43, 1983.
- - - ' " 'Bi-digital 0-ring test molecular identification and localization method'
and its application in imaging of internal organs and malignant tumors as well as
identification and localization of neurotransmitters and microorganisms - Part I,"
Acup. & Electro-Ther. Res. Int. Jour. 11, pp. 65-100, 1986.
- - - ' "Electromagnetic resonance phenomenon as a possible mechanism related
to the 'hi-digital 0-ring test molecular identification and localization method',"
Acup. & Electro-Ther. Res. Int. J. 11, pp. 127-145, 1986.
_ __, "Meridian-like networks of the internal organs, corresponding to tradition-
al Chinese 12 main meridians and their acupuncture points as detected by the 'hi-
digital 0-ring test imaging method': Search for the corresponding internal organ
of Western medicing for each meridian- part 1," Acup. & Electr-Ther. Res. Int. Jour.
12, pp. 53-70, 1987.
Oschman, J.L., "The connective tissue and myofascial system," paper presented at
the Rolfing 1981 conference.
436 Bibliography
_ __, "A biophysical basis for acupuncture," Proceedings of the First Symposium of
the Society for Acupuncture Research, Boston, Society for Acupuncture Research.
Schoffeniels, E., "Generalising information theory to open systems," Text of an
address in Tokyo, 1984.
Taubes, G., "An electrifying possibility," Discover, pp. 22-37, April1986.
Tiller, W.A., "On the evolution of electrodermal diagnostic instruments," Journal of
Advancement in Medicine 1:1, Spring 1988.
Travel, J. and S.H. Rinzler, "The myofascial genesis of pain," Postgrad. Med. 11, pp.
425-434, 1952.
Voll, R., "Twenty years of electroacupuncture diagnosis in Germany: A progress
report," Amer. Jour. Acup. 3, pp. 7-17, 1975.
Wall, P.D., "The gate control theory of pain mechanisms: a reexamination and
restatement," Brain 101:1, pp. 1-18, 1978.
Williamson, S.J. and L. Kaufman, "Biomagnetism," Jour. Mag. and Mag. Mater. 22,
pp. 129-201, 1981.
INDEX
A arm jue yin channel sinew: hi-digital 0-ring test: 25, 93,
150 128, 134-135, 141-142, 144-
abdominal aorta: 134
arm shao yin channel sinew: 145, 151-153, 166-167, 181,
abdominal distension: 230 150 189,212,243,265-266,272-
abdominal pain: 45, 99, 134, 273,278-283,288-289,291-
arm tai yang channel sinew: 293, 295-296, 306, 324, 326,
149, 167, 230, 267, 269, 279- 150
280, 282, 318-319, 321, 406- 399, 405-406, 411, 416-417,
arm tai yin channel sinew: 422-423
407 76, 150
abdominal palpation: 89, arm yang ming channel sinew: bihourly supplementation:
120, 127, 131, 133-134, 136, 150 132, 167
141, 143-144, 159, 162, 319, biliary tract ascariasis: 315
arrhythmia: 230, 315
400
arthritis: 144, 147, 193, 211, biliary tract infection: 315
abdomen, healthy: 136
216, 231, 240, 272, 276, 290, biological system: 18-19, 30,
abdomen, thin: 128 317,406 112,400
acne:232 ASIS region: 137, 161, 171, biometeorology: 33
Acrasiales amoeba: 20 268
biorhythms: 10, 19, 28, 58,
acupoint: 6, 10, 14-15, 19, 25, associated-shu points: 183- 66, 68-69, 87, 89, 99-101, 103-
28, 31, 36-37, 43, 49-53, 56- 184, 266, 273 106, 112-113, 116-117, 151,
61, 63-66, 71-75, 77-78, 82, 159, 166-168, 180,367, 371,
asthma: 10-11, 145, 150,209,
84, 87-95, 101, 103, 105-107, 392,423
212-213, 221, 230, 236, 244,
111, 118, 160, 223, 233, 235,
259,285-288,312,351 biorhythmic treatment: 99,
252,254-256,311,314,318-
319, 323, 325, 328-329, 331- astigmatism: 215 103-106,116-117, 159,166,
333, 344-345, 348, 350-352, 168,371
auriculomedicine: 12 16 79
355, 363, 366-367, 372, 389, 244,397 I I I biorhythms and five phases:
396-397, 401, 403-404, 409- 99
410,416,422 auriculotherapy: 11-12, 16,
Bischko: 79
73, 79,90,117,244,344,397
acute conditions: 148, 155, bitter taste in the mouth: 167
160, 235, 242 autonomic nervous system:
221,254,257,332 BL-1: 85, 233-235, 240, 359,
Akabane testing: 329 365
ba gang bian zheng: 10, 115,
akashi-based diagnosis: 114, 176,309 BL-2:188,234,238,240,359
152 BL-4: 234-235
allergic rhinitis: 220, 232, 317 B
BL-5: 234, 359
allergic skin conditions: 254 back-shu points: 137, 142-
143,147,158,166,223,311 BL-6: 173, 234, 359
alopecia: 232, 270, 344
bacterial infections: 129 BL-7: 188, 234, 316
alternating hot and cold: 160
Baldry: 326 BL-8: 234, 359
amenorrhea: 54, 239, 332,
343-344 Becker: 31, 37, 52, 79, 397, BL-9: 188,234,359
analgesics: 136 415, 421-422 BL-10: 188-189, 193, 209-210,
anemia:245,259,269 Bell's palsy: 149, 217, 231 213-217, 233-234, 236, 239-
240, 255-256, 359
angina:213,268,271,315 Benoit: 28, 423
anosmia: 216 BL-11: 50, 188,213-214,216-
beri-beri: 216 217,237,317,359
anti-bias: 32-33
bias: 7, 12, 27, 29, 32-34, 43, BL-12: 85, 188,209, 213-217,
appetite, poor: 195, 209 84-85, 124, 130, 132, 157, 165, 237-238, 253
apoplexy: 129, 259, 316 179, 181, 196, 205, 218, 228,
245, 261, 306, 324, 339-340, BL-13: 94, 142, 184, 212-213,
appendicitis: 141, 214, 280, 215, 234, 237, 240, 253, 266,
397
311-312, 316 285-288, 314
438 Index
BL-14: 142, 184,213-214, 234, BL-34: 187, 194, 352 blackbox: 55, 79
253,297 BL-35: 50 bladder channel: 7, 50, 53,
BL-15: 142, 184, 213-217, 234, BL-36: 50, 359 60, 67, 73, 76, 78, 93-94, 97,
240,253,289,315,359 100, 104-105, 168, 225, 235,
BL-37: 208, 216, 314, 359 272-273,277,281-282, 301,
BL-17: 177, 184, 194-195,
212-216, 237, 239-240, 285- BL-38: 295 359, 406, 411
286, 305, 333-334, 337-338 BL-40: 89, 97-98, 100, 103, bladder problem: 253, 272,
BL-18: 72, 137, 142, 177-178, 187,194,206,211,234,236, 277,281,295,354
184, 186-187, 189, 194-195, 238-240, 256-257, 314, 359
bladder tuberculosis: 214
200, 203, 206-210, 213-217, BL-42:94,142, 184,215,300
234-235,237,239,253,255- blockages of the blood ves-
BL-43: 142, 184, 207, 209-210, sels: 13
257, 266, 273, 283, 291-295,
212, 235-236, 256
297, 303-304, 307, 315, 317, blood: 13, 42, 49, 65-66, 70,
405-406 BL-44: 142,184,315 82, 85, 87, 118, 128-130, 137,
BL-19: 142, 184, 187, 214, BL-45: 315 143, 150, 153, 162, 179-180,
216, 234, 237, 289-290, 303, 182,203,209,221,228,237-
BL-47: 142,184,186-187,295
305,315 242, 246, 261, 267, 279, 298,
BL-48: 142, 184 305, 307, 315-316, 324, 333-
BL-20: 142, 177-178, 184, 187,
BL-49: 142, 184 341,344,349-354,388
194-195, 207, 209-210, 212-
216,228,234-240,253,256- BL-50:50, 142,184,214,315 blood coagulation: 129, 351,
257, 269, 287-288, 292, 303, 354
BL-51: 142, 184, 187, 214,
315,317
235,268 blood pressure: 42, 153, 162,
BL-21: 142, 184, 187, 214-215, 209, 221, 238, 240-241, 279,
BL-52: 94, 142, 177-178, 184,
236-238,240,291-294, 303- 315-316
187, 210, 212, 215, 234-236,
305,311
239,253,256,265-266 blood stasis: 128-130, 137,
BL-22: 142, 184, 187, 210, 153,179-180,182,203,228,
BL-53: 142,184,214,216,235
214-216, 235, 237, 239, 256; 237-239, 241-242, 246, 261,
292-293, 303, 305 BL-54: 168,234,240 267,298,305,339-341
BL-23:94, 139,142,161,176- BL-55: 187, 240
blood transfusion: 129
178, 184, 187, 189, 193, 200, BL-56: 140, 187, 359
207-210, 213-216, 234-240, blood-clearing medicinals:
253, 256-257, 266, 269-270, BL-57: 140, 187, 234, 239-240, 246
273, 276, 283, 285-288, 293- 288
bloodletting: 3, 116-117, 129,
294, 316-317 BL-58: 140, 187, 190, 194, 148, 158, 168, 203, 206, 240-
BL-25: 142, 184, 187, 189, 200,208,210,256-257 242,246,307
193, 208, 210, 212, 214-216, BL-59: 85, 215-216 blue-colored superficial
234-236, 238-240, 253, 256, veins: 129
265-266,269-271, 273, 289, BL-60: 89, 97, 103, 169, 214,
216, 238-240 body organs: 391
293-294
BL-26: 240 BL-61: 85 body palpation: 133
BL-27: 142, 184, 186-187, 189, BL-62: 11, 85, 159-161, 171- body structure: 18, 34, 82,
215-218, 234-235, 240, 273, 175, 240, 268-269, 290, 292, 84, 106, 111, 118
290,305,315,317,406 294, 3001 359 body tissues: 65, 125, 391
BL-28: 142, 184, 186-187, 228, BL-63: 85 body types: 391
239,291,407 BL-64:92, 168,171,175,190 Bohm:24,37,418,423
BL-30: 240, 359 BL-65: 89, 94, 97, 100-101, bonesetting: 197
BL-31:215,287,352 103,164,168,181,233,238,
Bourdiol: 79
272,277,291,406
BL-32: 176-178, 187, 194, 210,
Boyd:21
213-216, 219, 234, 237, 239, BL-66: 89,97, 103,168,180
253-254,257,317,352 bradycardia: 315
BL-67:89,94,97, 101,103,
\L-33: 176, 187, 214-216, 257, 164, 168-169, 215, 257, 272, brain point: 219, 221, 257,
352 277,291,365,406 307
Index 439
breast pain: 215 channel therapy: 10, 114, common cold: 209, 213
broken bones: 231, 254, 256 116-117, 156, 423
comparison of the abdomi-
channel trajectory on the nal quadrants: 136
bronchiecstasis: 167, 314
hands: 225-226
bronchitis: 145,209,213,230, conception vessel: 82
chaos:28,37,419-420,423
237, 312-314 confluence-jiaohui points: 10,
Cheng: 11, 50, 58, 86 68, 82, 99, 105, 112, 120, 138,
bruising: 129, 253
chest pain: 230 159,161,171,256-257,324
bursitis: 218
Chiba: 15 congestive heart failure: 129
c child: 5, 9, 94-98, 102, 140, conjunctivitis: 206, 215, 232,
144,163,215,282,285,306, 406
callus: 130
366,392,395,398,403-407,
constipation: 195, 210, 214,
cancer: 130,141,302,314- 410
230, 236, 254, 256, 260-261,
315, 317, 352, 416, 423 childbirth: 179-180 268, 302, 315
Capra: 17 childhood pertussis: 215 constitution: 178,332
cardiovascular system: 31 childhood polio: 215 contracted feeling in the
carotid pulses: 131 chong mai: 83-85, 138, 146, center of the chest: 150
159, 162, 187, 265, 268-271,
carriers of biological infor- contusions: 206, 208, 227-
275, 277, 295, 318
mation: 396 228, 231, 242-243, 253, 256,
chronic gastroenteritis: 214 298
central nervous system: 76,
245,422 chronic shoulder and low correct qi: 5
back pain: 32 corrective exercises: 246
central nervous system,
severe damage: 245 circadian: 66, 71, 100-101, correspondences: 41, 43, 71-
111-112, 181, 373, 400 72, 75, 87-94, 97, 100, 105,
cerebral apoplexy: 316
circuit flow: 60, 65-66 107, 134, 143, 153, 157, 165-
channel acupoints: 14, 57, 166,184, 224-225, 258, 273,
59, 71, 73, 77, 84, 91, 100, circulation, poor: 129, 179, 318, 324-325, 363-364, 367-
103, 106, 158, 188-191, 195, 210,241 373, 391-392,396-397
282,311,331,370,403,408 climatic patterns: 391 costal arch, narrow: 128
channel biorhythm: 69, 99- closed circuits: 18, 126 cough: 160,230,236,259
101, 103, 106, 168
coherent light waves: 396 counter-bias: 33-34
channel clock: 66, 71, 99, 111
cold: 5, 134, 145-150, 153, counter-engendering: 392-
channel frequency relation- 160, 176, 183, 209-210, 213, 393,395,409
ships: 73 236-241, 257, 266, 285-286,
309,343,349,351-352,354 counterflow qi: 160, 194
channel palpation: 89
cold feet: 145-146,257 counter-restraining: 392,
channel pathway: 50, 61, 69, 394-395, 409
87, 157, 225-226 cold in the cheek muscles:
149 cramping: 148-150
channel sensitivity: 193
coldness or achiness in the cramping and epilepsy: 149
channel sinew symptomolo-
gies: 145, 148 lower back: 146 cramping and pain of the
colitis: 171 sexual organs: 149
channel sinews: 49, 58, 73,
75-78, 116-117, 145, 148-150, color: 47, 54, 87, 91-93, 119, cramping at the little finger:
183-184, 197 128, 130, 136, 150, 158, 161- 150
channel software: 54-55, 58- 163, 165-166, 182, 241-242, cramping at the top of the
59, 61,79 257, 261, 277-279, 363, 367, big toe with pain: 149
391,401,404-405,408,411
channel stretching: 75, 191, cramping below the navel:
205,212,219,243,307 color-phase correspon- 149
channel system: 10, 12, 18, dences: 91
cramping between ST-12
43, 49-80, 88, 106, 118, 156, combinations of points and and the cheek: 149
323, 398, 401, 410 colors: 92
/
440 Index
gastroptosis: 210, 214, 230, GB-31: 64, 84, 178, 208, 216, GV-3: 214-216, 235-236, 239-
237,256,315 253,255 240, 287-288
gastrospasm: 315 GB-32: 360 GV-4:214-215,235-236,239
GB-1: 234-235, 360, 365 GB-33: 240, 360 GV-5: 235
GB-2: 188, 206, 216-217, 233, GB-34: 89, 103, 168, 178, 194, GV-6: 361
237-238 198, 206-208, 211, 213-217,
GV-8: 201, 216-217, 292-294
GB-3:215,234,360 234, 237-240, 253, 255-257,
GB-4: 235 298,315 GV-9: 213-214, 216
heart attack: 129, 150 homeopathy: 20-21, 25, 36- information system: 18, 26,
heart channel: 66, 69-70, 100, 37, 326, 353, 389 35, 112-114, 118, 127, 183,
102, 105, 128, 168, 225, 370 hot needle: 76, 143, 325 337,397,411,413-414
isophasal relations: 157, 180 Kl-7: 67, 89, 94, 96, 98, 101, Korean hand acupuncture:
103, 164-165, 168-169, 178, 90,206
isophasality: 18, 28, 37, 89-
194, 209-210, 238, 253, 257,
94, 99-100, 107, 111, 116, 156- koryo sooji chim: 223, 244
269-270, 272-274, 276, 281,
158, 168, 180-181, 183, 188,
286,288,293-295,297,300, Kreb's cycle: 90, 99
190,219,223,244,327,366-
342-343,358,370,404
367,373 Kyushin, Yurnoto: 7
Kl-8: 85
Itaya: 54, 130, 138, 153, 194- kyutoshin: 176, 184-191, 193-
195, 205, 219, 227, 244, 261, Kl-9: 85, 216 194, 265-266, 271, 276, 283,
306, 327-362, 397,411 289-295,303-305,343,352
Kl-10:89, 100,103,168,180,
237
J 1
Kl-11: 7, 60, 85, 104-105, 135,
jaundice: 214 137, 139, 161, 164, 268-269, lactation, insufficient: 212,
Jia: 103, 168, 355 272, 277, 281, 291, 318, 358, 215
406
jing: 3, 5, 7, 9, 14-16,25, 49- large intestine channel: 51,
52, 56-58, 77-82, 86-87, 89, Kl-12: 176,215,239 55, 59, 62, 67, 70, 73, 75, 91,
94, 103, 105, 116, 130-133, KI-16: 62, 64, 67, 72, 83-84, 94, 102, 189-191, 235, 271,
160, 241, 243, 255-257, 307, 92,96,98, 100,103-105,135, 274, 280-282, 297, 363, 365-
325, 328-330, 341, 343, 348, 137, 139, 141, 144-145, 152, 366,370,401
355,363-374,388,391,411 161, 164-165, 214-216, 235, large intestine problem: 67,
jing luo: 49-80, 52-76, 116, 265, 267, 269, 271-274,276, 189
239, 325, 328, 411 279, 281-282,285-289,291-
laryngitis: 317
297, 300, 316, 318-319, 370,
jing luo theory: 49-51, 77-80 404 leg jue yin channel sinew:
jing mai: 49, 86 Kl-21: 85, 358
149
jing xue: 14, 57 leg shao yin channel sinew:
KI-23: 135, 137, 164, 213,
josen: 219, 240, 295 149
289,370
jue yin: 7, 56-57, 67-68, 70, Kl-25: 213 leg tai yang channel sinew:
142, 149-150, 180, 184 76, 148
KI-27: 213-214, 216
leg tai yin channel sinew:
kidney channel: 50, 57, 62, 149
K 67, 70, 72, 83, 92, 94, 96, 100,
Katsurnata: 21, 375, 389, 417, leg yang ming channel
102, 104-105, 130, 137, 180,
423 sinew: 149
189-190,270,274,276,280-
282,311,358,370,404 leg pain: 149
keiraku chiryo: 10, 35, 89, 116
kidney problem: 147, 180, leukorrhea: 210, 231, 239,
keratitis: 215
187,267,273,281-282, 293, 317
Kl-1: 83-85, 89, 94, 96, 98, 313
LI-1: 55, 89, 91, 103, 107, 168,
100-101, 103, 164-165, 168-
kidney qi vacuity: 238, 314 206,209,356,363,365,367
169, 181, 214, 257, 272-274,
276, 281, 288, 293-295, 300, kidney stones: 141 LI-2: 51, 61, 63-64, 89, 94-95,
317, 365, 404 97, 101, 103, 164-165, 168,
kidney-large intestine: 103,
Kl-2: 67,85,89, 103,168,358 105, 137, 140, 152, 165, 187, 272-273, 282, 288, 293-295,
297,300
193, 265, 271-272, 274, 276,
KI-3: 72, 85, 89, 92, 98, 100,
281, 288-289, 293-295, 299, LI-3: 89, 103, 169, 180
103, 168-169, 177, 190, 207,
302-303, 370 LI-4: 25, 31, 37, 44, 59, 61-64,
209, 213-214, 216, 234, 237-
240,316,371 kinesiological: 25, 33, 78, 74-75, 77, 91-92, 95, 97, 104,
144, 311, 324 152, 168, 188-190,206-207,
KI-4: 190 209, 212-213, 215-217, 233-
Kinoshita: 15 235, 237-240, 253, 255, 292,
Kl-6: 85, 105, 125, 137, 144-
145, 159-162, 171-175, 177, Kobayashi: 229,244 298, 304, 318-319, 342, 356,
240, 265, 267, 269, 271, 282, 365-367, 371, 401, 408
kong xue: 14
285-288,290,304,308 LI-5: 89, 103, 168, 240, 282
Index 445
LI-6: 61 liver-small intestine: 137, LU-1: 55, 74, 92, 104, 134-
140, 152, 165, 167, 171, 184, 135, 137, 139, 141, 144-145,
LI-7: 214, 316
187,273,275, 280,291-292, 152, 191, 212-213, 217, 232,
Ll-8: 61 296-298,300,302-303,306 265, 269,271-272, 277,281,
Ll-10: 188-190, 210, 212, 214, 285-287,289,291,318,355,
loca1Urrflammation:147
216-217, 253, 255-257, 298, 366,406
300-301 local swelling: 129, 256 LU-2: 135, 137, 139,236, 355
Ll-11: 61, 63-64, 89-91, 94-95, lordosis: 148 LU-3: 139, 191, 238, 355
97, 101-103, 107, 164-165, Lovelock: 37, 419, 423
168, 177-178, 188, 190-191, LU-4: 139, 191
206-207, 212-217, 234-240, low back pain: 32, 150,219, LU-5: 51, 89, 94, 101, 103,
253, 256, 272-274, 276, 281- 239, 266,269,280-281,290- 164, 168, 213-214, 216, 232,
282,288,293-295, 297-298, 291,295,299,313,317,343, 234, 236-237, 240, 272, 286,
300,370 405-406 291, 316, 355, 406
LI-13: 296, 300, 314, 356 low back problems: 32, 219, LU-6: 209-210, 213-214, 216-
266,269,300 217, 232, 256
Ll-14: 85, 191, 296, 299-301,
407 lower abdominal problems: LU-7: 51, 79, 105, 125, 137,
146-147, 288 144-145, 159-162, 171-175,
Ll-15: 85, 188, 190-191,208,
lower ribs and costal border 206, 209, 216-217, 233-238,
212, 214, 217, 234, 236, 239-
region are distended: 128 240,253,265,267,269,271,
240 281,285-288,304,308
LI-16: 85, 188 LR-1: 89, 93, 103, 168, 180,
365 LU-8: 89, 103, 169, 355
Ll-18: 188 LU-9: 51, 89-90, 92, 94, 101,
LR-2: 77, 89,93-94, 101, 103,
LI-19: 188, 214, 234-235, 356 164-165, 167-169, 239, 273, 103, 164, 168-169, 236-237,
275, 277-278, 292, 296-298, 272,277,291,316,406
Ll-20: 188, 190, 216-217, 233-
235,238,240,317,356,365, 301,307,406 LU-10: 37, 89, 92, 103, 168,
367 LR-3: 76-77, 83-85, 89, 92-93, 181, 236-237, 355, 408
Li Ding Zhong: 52, 79,314, 103, 142, 168-169, 178, 194, LU-11: 89, 103, 169, 180, 240,
325 199,208,210,233-234,236- 355,365-366
240,253-255,257,278,290,
1i Shi Zhen: 86 lumbago: 57, 194, 254, 266,
342-343
306,318
lifestyle modifications: 245
LR-4: 89, 93, 103, 169, 178,
lumbar pain: 146, 210, 221,
lifestyle, poor: 157 194, 207-210, 214-215, 235,
235-236,248,256,405-406
ling gui ba fa: 105, 171 237,253-254,257,342-343
lung channel: 55,59, 62, 76,
Ling Shu: 3, 7, 50, 56-57, 75, LR-5: 239, 287 78, 92, 94, 101, 104, 115, 137,
78-79, 145, 148, 183, 197, 348, LR-6: 239 160,164,187,191,226,232,
391 266, 281-282,355, 365-366,
LR-7: 195 406
liu zi jue: 97
LR-8: 89, 93-94, 101, 103, lung problem: 145, 253, 277,
liver and gallbladder prob- 164-165, 167-169,210-211, 281
lems: 146 214-216, 237, 239, 273, 275, luo mai: 49-51, 77-80, 159,
liver cancer: 315 277, 292, 296-298, 301,307, 189-190,235,328,364,367
liver channel: 32, 57, 72, 93, 406
luo points: 159, 188-190,235,
128, 130, 140-142, 1~165, LR-10: 193,212 364,367
180-181, 190, 212, 235, 257,
LR-11: 193
266, 273, 275-278, 280, 298, M
301, 306, 308, 405, 408-410 LR-13: 74, 85, 134, 180-181,
214,216,237,239,291-292 magnet: 4, 18, 21, 25,31-34,
liver problem: 25, 32-33, 57, 37, 44-47, 53, 61-65, 75, 77,
76, 128-129, 137, 142, 146- LR-14: 44, 64, 74, 85, 93, 134- 91,95-96,99-100, 113, 119,
147, 152, 165, 179-181,202- 135, 137, 139-140, 161, 164, 121-124, 132, 151, 158, 179-
203,214,218,228,235,244, 180-181, 209-210, 212-214, 182, 246, 279-280, 305, 324,
261, 265, 272-273, 275, 277- 216, 237, 239, 273, 278, 293, 329,345,366,375,382-383,
278, 293, 298, 306, 314-315, 296,298,306,318-319,405- 385-389, 396,401,403-404,
405 406 413,415-419,422-423
446 Index
magnet heater: 34, 179-180, metronome: 71-73, 98, 101, muscle testing: 206, 418
246,279-280, 305 104-105,182,195,242,245,
muscle tone: 150, 196-197
magnetic fields: 21, 121, 324, 255, 268, 277, 282, 288-291,
329, 386, 396, 413, 416-417, 294 muscle-posture-channel
422 relationships: 77
microcirculation: 129-130,
malignant tumors: 153, 245 228,327,333-338,340,361 musculoskeletal: 116, 148,
156, 158, 193, 243, 256, 290,
Manaka mu points: 135, 137- microsystems: 90-91, 223,
326
138 325
musculoskeletal problems:
Manaka san yin jiao: 99, 178, migraine: 216, 231, 255, 260, 148,193,243,256,290
181, 275, 279-280 285,299,316,318
myocardial infarction: 315
Mandelbrot: 28, 423 minimal stimulation: 18-19,
33, 43, 59, 65, 93, 107, 118, myocarditis: 315
mapping particular patterns
121, 123-124, 155, 197, 302, myopia: 219, 232, 240
of reactive points: 143
341-343,395,401,419,421
Maruyama:53,244 N
monosyllabic phonemes: 97
massage: 7, 13, 196-197, 210- morning sickness: 215, 239, Nagahama: 15
211,257,293,349-350 317
nai jia fa: 103, 168
mastitis: 212, 231 mother-child relationship: 5,
mathematical model: 391- 9, 94-98, 102, 140, 144, 163, naizhifa: 101,167-168,171
412, 420-421 215, 282, 285, 306-307, 366, Nakatani: 52,79,399
392,395,398,403-407,410
Mawangtui: 56, 348 Nan Jing: 3, 7, 9, 15-16, 57,
motion sickness: 231 86-87, 89, 94, 131-133, 160,
maximum-minimum energy
relationships: 102 motor points: 311, 323, 326 366,391
pelvic inflammatory disease: polarities of needle direc- pulse diagnosis: 8, 13, 47,
147-148 tion: 378 131-133
pendants: 42, 159 polarity agents: 18-19, 31-33, pulse,ilTegular:213
54-55, 60-63, 65, 91, 95-96,
periarthritis humeroscapu- pulses: 8-9, 13, 16, 28, 47, 71,
102-104, 106-107, 112-113,
laris: 231 89, 93, 100, 102, 104, 124,
119,122,138,144,156,159-
127, 131-133, 137, 140-141,
pericarditis: 315 161,183,325,366,404
143, 145, 150-152, 156, 158,
pericardium: 6-7, 56-57, 59, polarity tests: 83 162, 167, 178, 181, 190, 206,
64, 67-68, 70, 72, 75, 78, 81- 213,265-267,272-273,275-
82, 84, 89, 92, 94, 101-102, positive electrode: 102, 105, 278,280,282,2~306,314,
132, 1~135, 142, 146, 153, 132,164 370,372,391,400,405-407
164,180,184,187,226,233,
postpartum discharge: 317 pulsings: 134
242,255,274,297,301,303,
319,321,356,365,396-397 pre-disease conditions: 332 pyelitis: 215
perineural: 31 pressure pain: 7, 12, 31, 33, pyelonephritis: 316
37,44-46,55,59-64,67,71-
peripheral circulating blood:
338
72, 74, 76, 79, 83, 91-93, 96- Q
100, 103-105, 107, 127, 132, qi: 5-6, 10, 13, 19, 35-36, 41,
peritonitis:214,312,316 134-137, 141-145, 150, 152, 43,47,49,58,65456,69,81-
162, 166-167, 176, 178, 181, 84, 86, 89, 96, 112, 116, 136,
pertussis: 213, 215, 313
187, 189-191, 193-195, 212, 143, 146, 149, 155, 160, 177,
phantom function: 21, 417 219, 231-232, 234-236, 240, 185, 194, 218, 237-239, 244,
pharyngitis:214,240,317 253, 278-279,283, 297, 311- 255, 314, 327, 349, 365, 375,
326, 328, 352, 364-367, 370, 386,388-389,396,399-402,
phasal characteristics: 89, 92, 401-408,410 411, 413-414, 416, 419-420,
107,365,396
pressure perspiration reflex: 423
phasal correspondence: 97, 26,43 qi counterflow: 255
368,396
Prigogine: 23,423 qi gong: 5, 75, 78, 97-98, 181,
phase cycles: 91, 94 197,375,389,418,423
primary channels: 49-50, 57,
phase, phasal: 24, 28, 49, 67, 61, 66,75 qi jing ba mai: 81, 86, 116
70, 87-94, 96-101, 103-104,
106-107, 111-112, 116, 119, primitive signals: 83 qi jing mai: 49
133, 141, 159, 166, 168, 180, problems that come when Qigong: 75, 78, 97-98, 181,
188,223,324,363-371,391- sitting from a lying position: 197,375,389,418,423
399,403-404,408-409,419- 147 quadrantality: 26, 43, 85-86,
420 341
problems that come when
pheromone: 20-21 standing from a sitting posi-
pi: 6-7, 142, 184, 187, 303, 355 tion: 147 R
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease problems, urination: 145, radial pulse palpation: 89,
(P.I.D.): 147-148 316 132,400
pigmentation: 128-131, 136, propagating sensations: 52- radial pulses: 8, 127, 131-
203,290,345,405 53 132,137,141,145,150,156,
158, 167, 314
pimples: 130, 227 prostatitis: 230
range of motion: 150, 193,
pleuritis:213,312 psychological counselling: 198-202, 206, 212, 218, 227,
pneumonia:213,312,314 157 246,272,283,291,297,406
Po Di Gao: 203 psychological problems: reflex point: 7, 35, 57, 59, 63,
129, 136, 146, 194, 216 67, 71-72, 75, 77, 79, 90-91,
point reactions: 127, 153, 93, 100, 105, 117, 141-143,
psychosomatic disorders:
166,318,322 145, 165-166, 180-181, 187,
332
polar agents: 163 232, 266, 281-282, 288-289,
pulling pain at the lateral 302, 319, 324, 365, 367, 401,
polar channel pairs: 83, 102, edges of the chest: 149 407
122, 158-159, 161-163, 166
Index 449
signal system: 18-20, 22-27, SP-6: 64, 71, 84-85, 194, 208, sprains: 208, 231, 242-243,
30, 32-33, 35-36, 43, 47, 49, 210, 214-216, 232, 234, 236- 254,256
58-60, 65-66, 73, 88-89, 96, 240, 243, 253-254, 256-257,
102-104, 106-107, 111-114, 296-298,317,342-343,357 spring-ying points: 160
117-119, 121, 125, 136, 144, SP-7:210,232,256,357 ST-1: 85, 233-234, 240, 358,
156, 158, 309, 325, 371, 373, 365
411, 413-414, 418-419, 421, SP-8: 210, 239, 253, 256, 298,
423 303-305, 316 ST-2: 85, 238
single channel problems: SP-9: 89, 101, 103, 169, 211, ST-3:85, 188,234-235
136-137 237, 239-240, 303, 357 ST-4:85,233-235,238
sinusitis: 216 SP-10: 64, 71, 84, 142, 178, ST-5: 85, 214, 217
six character method: 97 194, 210, 216, 239-240, 243,
253-254, 257, 283, 315, 317, ST-6: 188, 233-234, 237-238
skin problems: 217, 253
342 ST-7: 188, 214, 217, 233-234,
skin temperature: 329 237-238, 240, 358
SP-11: 316,357
skin texture and color: 150
SP-13: 85, 139 ST-8: 188, 234, 238, 358
small intestine channel: 53,
57, 67, 69, 78, 99-100, 135, SP-14: 214 ST-9: 85, 139, 142, 161, 188,
140-141, 181, 184, 189-190, 209,213-214,216,358
SP-15:85, 139,279
192, 218, 225, 275-278, 280,
SP-16:85, 139,357 ST-11: 83, 161, 188, 289, 318-
283, 298, 300-302, 306, 308,
319
366,370 SP-20: 357
small intestine problem: 100, ST-12:85, 139,142,149,161,
SP-21: 135, 137, 139, 145, 188, 190, 318, 358
135,189,278,306 161,164,167,303
sotai: 85, 158, 195, 197-203, ST-14: 314
spasming of the muscles
209-210, 245-251, 256, 288- ST-16: 314
around ST-32: 149
294,307,324,326,389,407
spasming of the muscles of ST-17: 358
Soulie De Morant: 323, 326
the third toe: 149 ST-18: 304-305
source points: 82, 90-93, 103,
165-166, 168, 188, 190, 364, spasming of the sole of the ST-19: 214
367 foot: 149
ST-20: 315
source-luo points: 189 speech disorders: 146, 307
spider veins: 129 ST-21: 135, 164, 214, 216,
source-yuan points: 52, 63, 232,237,303-304,315
67-68, 72, 75, 92, 160, 324 spinal extension problems:
147 ST-23: 78
south magnet: 25, 31, 63,
113,382-383,385,388,403- spinal flexion problems: 147, ST-24:214-216,317
404 201,291 ST-25: 63, 72, 74-75, 78, 134-
SP-1: 89, 103, 168, 180, 357, spine and neck problems: 135, 137, 139, 145, 161, 164,
365 146 166-167, 171, 178, 194, 207,
210, 234, 236-237, 239, 253,
SP-2: 89, 94, 101, 103, 145, spinal problems: 146-147, 257, 266-267, 269-270, 274-
164, 166-168, 171, 274-276, 216 276, 279, 291, 294, 299, 301-
299,407 302, 305, 315-316, 318-319,
spiritual turtle eight meth-
SP-3: 89-92, 103-104, 166, ods: 105 407
168-169, 190, 237, 279 ST-26: 63, 78, 100-101, 135,
spleen channel: 84, 100, 128,
SP-4: 82, 120, 159-161, 167, 130,145,167,189-190,225, 137, 139-140, 152, 161, 164-
171-175,210, 236-237, 239- 259,274-276,311,357,370 165, 167, 171, 266, 268-269,
240, 266-271, 278, 291-293, 273, 277, 280, 285-286, 289,
spleen problem: 145, 265, 291-292,294,296-298,300-
301-305, 308, 405
275,370 301, 305-306, 317, 366, 370,
SP-5: 89, 94, 98, 101, 103, 406
145, 164, 167-168, 240, 274- spontaneous bleeding: 129
276,299,370,407 sprained ankle: 243, 256
Index 451
ST-27: 31, 62-63, 67, 75, 91, stiffness in the back of the sweating problems: 146
100, 135, 137, 141, 152, 161, neck: 148
swelling and pain of the
164-165, 167, 171, 194, 210, stomach atony: 214 fifth toe and heel: 148
214-215, 256, 265-266, 272-
274,280-282,285,288-289, stomach cancer: 315 swelling of the anterior por-
291-295,297,300-302, 304, stomach channel: 50-51, 55, tions of the thigh: 149
316,318,370,405 62, 102, 128, 137, 153, 171, symmetry: 22-23, 25-26, 28,
ST-28: 236-237 189, 212, 226, 232, 274, 311, 33, 43, 47, 81, 111, 113
358
ST-29: 236 symptom control treatment:
ST-30: 83, 85, 139, 142, 193, stomach hyperacidity: 214 115, 118, 156, 177, 203, 205-
239,358 stomach problem: 134, 146- 245,252
ST-31: 193,212,358 147,153,194,210,253-254, symptom patterns: 131, 145-
275, 303, 314 146, 153
ST-32: 139,149,290,316,358
stomach ulcer: 194, 214, 304, symptoms in confirming
ST-33: 358 314,331 diagnosis: 145
ST-34: 209-210, 214-216, 283, stomatitis: 214
297,317 systematic and comprehen-
stream-shu points: 160 sive treatment plan: 18
ST-35: 240, 358 stress: 59,136,205,232,253- systematic correspondences:
ST-36: 89-91, 98, 103, 107, 254,256-257,269,285,302- 391
169, 177-178, 206-210, 212- 304,306,324,326
217, 234, 236-240, 253, 256, systemic microcirculatory
stretching exercises: 256 changes: 65
290, 297-298, 316, 378
stroke: 216, 219, 241, 257,
ST-37:214,234,237,255 T
349
ST-38:239,256,342,358 tachycardia: 315
structural disorders: 116,
ST-39: 210, 237-238, 255, 315 156,183,195-197,246 tactile examination: 127, 131
ST-40: 189, 235-239, 303 Su Wen: 3, 5, 7, 9, 16, 56-57, Tae Woo Yoo: 35, 117, 180,
343, 348, 391 217,219,223,244,299,325
ST-41: 89, 94, 101, 103, 132,
152, 164, 167-168, 171, 181, subcostal reactions: 102, 153, tai ji moxa: 253
206,235,240,256,276,304 167,181,268,277
tai yang: 7, 56-57, 67-70, 75-
ST-42: 92, 168, 189-190 subcostal tension: 33, 93, 76, 146, 148, 150, 180-181,
102, 132, 137, 162, 171, 181, 221,370
ST-43:89, 100,103,169,180,
273, 280, 291-295, 297,299-
240 tai yang disease: 146
300
ST-44:89, 103,168,176,232- tai yin: 7, 56-57, 67-68, 70, 76,
subcutaneous tissues: 136
233, 237-238 149-150, 180-181, 188-189,
summerheat: 5 370
ST-45: 89, 91, 94, 101-103,
107,164,168-169,301,365 Sun Si-Mo: 13 taikyoku: 176, 206, 232
stagnant liver qi: 314 sunken appearance: 128 Takagi: 26, 43
Stengers: 423 superficial invasion of cold TB-1: 89, 103, 169, 365
sterility: 152, 210, 215 or external qi: 146 TB-2: 89, 103, 168, 289
sternocleidomastoid mus- supplementation: 7-8, 60-61, TB-3: 89, 94, 101, 103, 164,
des: 143 63-64, 79, 94-98, 101-102, 167-168, 171, 175, 233, 274-
104, 111, 132, 140, 145, 159- 276,299,407
stiffness: 148, 150, 184, 188, 160, 163, 166-168, 181, 276,
191,193,228,246,254,256, 366,388 TB-4: 63, 72, 92, 166, 168,
272,283,289-291,406-407 171, 175, 177, 207, 214-217,
surgery: 10, 27, 79, 136, 179, 240,279,357
stiffness and difficulty mov-
228,268,270,279,281,302,
ing the tongue: 150 TB-5: 11, 68, 82, 159-161,
306-307,316,331,405
stiffness of the fourth toe: 171-175,188,206,209,233,
148 sweat rash: 217 236-238, 240, 266-271, 279,
291-294,301,304-305,405
452 Index
TB-6: 89, 103, 166, 168, 239- tetany of the muscles in the tuberculosis: 7-8, 177, 213-
240 pectoral and anterior neck: 214,230,312,314,353
148
TB-7: 357 tuina: 197
tetany of the posterior
TB-8: 64, 84, 178, 188, 194, tumors: 130,153,227,245
gluteal muscles: 148
206-208, 213, 232-233, 253,
twelve branches: 169
256, 301, 357 thoracic: 53, 221,240, 259,
TB-9: 192, 216-217 272,313,316,406 twelve channels: 7, 36, 50,
67, 69, 74, 81-86, 88, 94, 103,
TB-10: 89, 94, 101, 103, 164, throat infection: 213, 216
106, 111-112, 145, 159, 168,
167-169,240,275, 299,370, thrombophlebitis: 317 180,234,259
407
thumb: 13, 18, 25, 31, 55, 59- two-metal contact: 31, 83,
TB-13: 85, 188 60, 95-98, 119, 132, 144, 155, 119, 122-123
TB-14: 188, 192, 239-240 251,254,266,282,352,378
typhoid fever: 242
TB-15: 85,192,213,216-217, tilted uterus: 215
288-289, 291 tinnitus: 150,216,232,237, u
TB-16: 235, 357 259 ulcer of the oral cavity: 317
TB-17: 188, 213-214, 216-217, tiredness: 146,254 ulcers: 130, 217, 237, 338, 351
233, 235, 237-238, 240 tones: 97, 391 Ulett: 326
TB-18: 235, 357 tonsillitis: 209, 216, 317
unidirectionality of channel
TB-19: 235, 357 tonus, poor: 128 flow: 18
TB-20: 188,235,357 tooth extraction: 221 uniting-he points: 160
TB-21: 188,206,235,230357 toothache: 33, 57, 145, 194, Unschuld: 14-16, 373,398,
207,214,221,235,237,253, 410
TB-22: 215, 217, 357 255
unusual sweating: 146
TB-23:235,240,357,365 topology: 18-19, 27-28, 42-
43, 79, 82, 84, 106, 307, 361, upper limb problem: 220
temperature differences:
134,341 411, 420, 423 uranaitei: 176, 209-210, 214,
trachoma: 215 253, 286-288
temporal relationships: 69
tranquilizers: 136, 142 urethral calculi: 316
ten-day channel biorhythms:
103 transporting-shu points: 88- urethritis:215,316,406
ten-day stem method: 103- 89, 92, 94, 111 urinary incontinence: 239,
105 trauma: 115, 129, 179, 206, 316
254,256,273,290,296,298, urinary retention: 230, 316
tension: 28, 31, 33-34, 37, 59,
71-72, 74, 76, 84, 93, 96-97, 323
urticaria: 221, 232
102,127,132,134,137,141- traumatic injuries: 254, 256
144, 150, 152, 156-158, 162, uterine bleeding: 215, 231
trigeminal neuralgia: 10-11,
171, 176, 181, 183, 187, 189, uterine cancer: 317
146,207,217,231,238
191, 193, 195, 197, 203, 205,
212,219,227,236,246,254- trigger points: 16, 219, 311, uterine prolapse: 317
256, 266, 273, 277, 279-280, 323-324, 326, 411
291-295, 297, 299-302, 304-
trigrams: 105,363-364,366-
v
306, 323, 325-326, 384, 401, vacuities: 7, 13,94,96,100-
367,369,371
405-407 101, 113, 128, 141-142, 152,
triple burner: 6, 56-57, 59, 157, 162, 177, 194, 236-239,
tension and pressure pain: 63-64, 67-68, 70-72, 75, 78,
33,37,59, 76,132,162,193 252-253, 269, 271, 273, 282,
81-82, 84, 89, 92, 94, 97, 101- 290,309,314,348,366,395,
ten-stem: 169, 396 102, 132, 134-135, 142, 145, 400,402-404,408,410
164, 166-167, 171, 180, 184,
testicular pain: 149 vaginitis: 285, 287-288
187,191-193,225,242,274-
tetany of the muscles anteri- 276, 299-300, 303, 319-320, vascular spiders: 128-130,
or to the femoral bone: 148 357,365,370,397,407 241-242
Index 453
wei: 11, 13, 49, 57, 65-66, 68, yang qiao mai: 11, 85, 146,
82, 84-85, 137-138, 141-142, 159, 161, 228, 268-269, 295,
146, 152-153, 159, 161-162, 318
167,171,184,187,228,265- yang wei mai: 11, 57, 68, 85,
271, 275, 277, 290, 295, 318, 137, 146, 159, 161, 187, 228,
325,414 265-267,271,290,318
well-jing points: 160 yang wei-dai mai: 137-139,
whiplash: 146, 207, 228, 236, 167
244 Yasumasa:21,375,389,417
wide costal arch: 128 Yi ]ing: 105, 355, 363-374
Wilber: 423 yin qiao mai: 85, 145, 159,
wind: 5, 236-238, 240, 285 161-162, 187, 193, 265-267,
269,271,290,295,318
Wiseman: 15
yin qiao mai-ren mai: 128, 137,
wood phase: 87, 89, 92, 94, 139, 141-142, 144, 152, 162,
97, 364, 366, 391-392, 395, 223,265,283
420
yin wei mai: 57, 85, 137, 141,
wooden hammer and nee- 146, 159, 161-162, 187, 265-
dle: 72-73, 100, 104-105, 192- 267,269-271,277,295,318
193,195,202,211,242-243,
253-254, 256-258, 282, 372 yin wei mai-chong mai: 128,
137, 139, 142, 153, 162, 167
work habits: 155
Yin Yang Shi Yi Mai ]iu ]ing:
Worsley: 79 56,348
wounds: 253-254,256,349, ying: 13, 49-50, 58, 65-66, 69,
351 82,89, 103,355,365,376,
414,420
ying qi: 69, 365, 414, 420
Yoshio Manaka, MD
with Kazuko Itaya and Stephen Birch